cvs.texinfo revision 1.5
1\input texinfo  @c -*-texinfo-*-
2@comment Documentation for CVS.
3@setfilename cvs.info
4@macro copyleftnotice
5@noindent
6Copyright @copyright{} 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
7                       2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
8                       Free Software Foundation, Inc.
9
10@multitable @columnfractions .12 .88
11@item Portions
12@item @tab Copyright @copyright{} 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005,
13				  2006 Derek R. Price,
14@item @tab Copyright @copyright{} 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
15                                  Ximbiot @url{http://ximbiot.com},
16@item @tab Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1993, 1999 Signum Support AB,
17@item @tab and Copyright @copyright{} others.
18@end multitable
19
20@ignore
21Permission is granted to process this file through Tex and print the
22results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
23notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
24(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
25
26@end ignore
27Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
28this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
29are preserved on all copies.
30
31Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
32manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
33entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
34permission notice identical to this one.
35
36Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
37into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
38except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation
39approved by the Free Software Foundation.
40@end macro
41
42@comment This file is part of the CVS distribution.
43
44@comment CVS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
45@comment it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
46@comment the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
47@comment any later version.
48
49@comment CVS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
50@comment but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
51@comment MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
52@comment GNU General Public License for more details.
53
54@c See ../README for A4 vs. US letter size.
55@c When we provided A4 postscript, and people tried to
56@c print it on US letter, the usual complaint was that the
57@c page numbers would get cut off.
58@c If one prints US letter on A4, reportedly there is
59@c some extra space at the top and/or bottom, and the side
60@c margins are a bit narrow, but no text is lost.
61@c
62@c See
63@c http://www.ft.uni-erlangen.de/~mskuhn/iso-paper.html
64@c for more on paper sizes.  Insuring that margins are
65@c big enough to print on either A4 or US letter does
66@c indeed seem to be the usual approach (RFC2346).
67
68@c This document seems to get overfull hboxes with some
69@c frequency (probably because the tendency is to
70@c sanity-check it with "make info" and run TeX less
71@c often).  The big ugly boxes just seem to add insult
72@c to injury, and I'm not aware of them helping to fix
73@c the overfull hboxes at all.
74@finalout
75
76@include version.texi
77@settitle CVS---Concurrent Versions System v@value{VERSION}
78@setchapternewpage odd
79
80@c -- TODO list:
81@c -- Fix all lines that match "^@c -- "
82@c -- Also places marked with FIXME should be manual
83@c problems (as opposed to FIXCVS for CVS problems).
84
85@c @splitrcskeyword{} is used to avoid keyword expansion.  It is replaced by
86@c @asis when generating info and dvi, and by <i></i> in the generated html,
87@c such that keywords are not expanded in the generated html. 
88@ifnothtml
89@macro splitrcskeyword {arg}
90@asis{}\arg\
91@end macro
92@end ifnothtml
93
94@ifhtml
95@macro splitrcskeyword {arg}
96@i{}\arg\
97@end macro
98@end ifhtml
99
100@dircategory GNU Packages
101@direntry
102* CVS: (cvs).                   Concurrent Versions System
103@end direntry
104@dircategory Individual utilities
105@direntry
106* cvs: (cvs)CVS commands.       Concurrent Versions System
107@end direntry
108
109@comment The titlepage section does not appear in the Info file.
110@titlepage
111@sp 4
112@comment The title is printed in a large font.
113@center @titlefont{Version Management}
114@sp
115@center @titlefont{with}
116@sp
117@center @titlefont{CVS}
118@sp 2
119@center for @sc{cvs} @value{VERSION}
120@comment -release-
121@sp 3
122@center Per Cederqvist et al
123
124@comment  The following two commands start the copyright page
125@comment  for the printed manual.  This will not appear in the Info file.
126@page
127@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
128@copyleftnotice
129@end titlepage
130
131@summarycontents
132
133@contents
134
135@comment ================================================================
136@comment                   The real text starts here
137@comment ================================================================
138
139@ifnottex
140@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
141@node    Top
142@top
143
144This info manual describes how to use and administer
145@sc{cvs} version @value{VERSION}.
146@end ifnottex
147
148@ifinfo
149@copyleftnotice
150@end ifinfo
151
152@c This menu is pretty long.  Not sure how easily that
153@c can be fixed (no brilliant ideas right away)...
154@menu
155* Overview::                    An introduction to CVS
156* Repository::                  Where all your sources are stored
157* Starting a new project::      Starting a project with CVS
158* Revisions::                   Numeric and symbolic names for revisions
159* Branching and merging::       Diverging/rejoining branches of development
160* Recursive behavior::          CVS descends directories
161* Adding and removing::         Adding/removing/renaming files/directories
162* History browsing::            Viewing the history of files in various ways
163
164CVS and the Real World.
165-----------------------
166* Binary files::                CVS can handle binary files
167* Multiple developers::         How CVS helps a group of developers
168* Revision management::         Policy questions for revision management
169* Keyword substitution::        CVS can include the revision inside the file
170* Tracking sources::            Tracking third-party sources
171* Builds::                      Issues related to CVS and builds
172* Special Files::		Devices, links and other non-regular files
173
174References.
175-----------
176* CVS commands::                CVS commands share some things
177* Invoking CVS::                Quick reference to CVS commands
178* Administrative files::        Reference manual for the Administrative files
179* Environment variables::       All environment variables which affect CVS
180* Compatibility::               Upgrading CVS versions
181* Troubleshooting::             Some tips when nothing works
182* Credits::                     Some of the contributors to this manual
183* BUGS::                        Dealing with bugs in CVS or this manual
184* Index::                       Index
185@end menu
186
187@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
188@node Overview
189@chapter Overview
190@cindex Overview
191
192This chapter is for people who have never used
193@sc{cvs}, and perhaps have never used version control
194software before.
195
196If you are already familiar with @sc{cvs} and are just
197trying to learn a particular feature or remember a
198certain command, you can probably skip everything here.
199
200@menu
201* What is CVS?::                What you can do with @sc{cvs}
202* What is CVS not?::            Problems @sc{cvs} doesn't try to solve
203* A sample session::            A tour of basic @sc{cvs} usage
204@end menu
205
206@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
207@node What is CVS?
208@section What is CVS?
209@cindex What is CVS?
210@cindex Introduction to CVS
211@cindex CVS, introduction to
212
213@sc{cvs} is a version control system.  Using it, you can
214record the history of your source files.
215
216@c -- ///
217@c -- ///Those who cannot remember the past are condemned to repeat it.
218@c -- ///               -- George Santayana
219@c -- //////
220
221@c -- Insert history  quote here!
222For example, bugs sometimes creep in when
223software is modified, and you might not detect the bug
224until a long time after you make the modification.
225With @sc{cvs}, you can easily retrieve old versions to see
226exactly which change caused the bug.  This can
227sometimes be a big help.
228
229You could of course save every version of every file
230you have ever created.  This would
231however waste an enormous amount of disk space.  @sc{cvs}
232stores all the versions of a file in a single file in a
233clever way that only stores the differences between
234versions.
235
236@sc{cvs} also helps you if you are part of a group of people working
237on the same project.  It is all too easy to overwrite
238each others' changes unless you are extremely careful.
239Some editors, like @sc{gnu} Emacs, try to make sure that
240two people never modify the same file at the
241same time.  Unfortunately, if someone is using another
242editor, that safeguard will not work.  @sc{cvs} solves this problem
243by insulating the different developers from each other.  Every
244developer works in his own directory, and @sc{cvs} merges
245the work when each developer is done.
246
247@cindex History of CVS
248@cindex CVS, history of
249@cindex Credits (CVS program)
250@cindex Contributors (CVS program)
251@sc{cvs} started out as a bunch of shell scripts written by
252Dick Grune, posted to the newsgroup
253@code{comp.sources.unix} in the volume 6
254release of July, 1986.  While no actual code from
255these shell scripts is present in the current version
256of @sc{cvs} much of the @sc{cvs} conflict resolution algorithms
257come from them.
258
259In April, 1989, Brian Berliner designed and coded @sc{cvs}.
260Jeff Polk later helped Brian with the design of the @sc{cvs}
261module and vendor branch support.
262
263@cindex Source, getting CVS source
264You can get @sc{cvs} in a variety of ways, including
265free download from the Internet.  For more information
266on downloading @sc{cvs} and other @sc{cvs} topics, see:
267
268@example
269@url{http://cvs.nongnu.org/}
270@end example
271
272@cindex Mailing list
273@cindex List, mailing list
274@cindex Newsgroups
275There is a mailing list, known as @email{info-cvs@@nongnu.org},
276devoted to @sc{cvs}.  To subscribe or
277unsubscribe
278write to
279@email{info-cvs-request@@nongnu.org}.
280If you prefer a Usenet group, there is a one-way mirror (posts to the email
281list are usually sent to the news group, but not visa versa) of
282@email{info-cvs@@nongnu.org} at @url{news:gnu.cvs.help}.  The right
283Usenet group for posts is @url{news:comp.software.config-mgmt} which is for
284@sc{cvs} discussions (along with other configuration
285management systems).  In the future, it might be
286possible to create a
287@code{comp.software.config-mgmt.cvs}, but probably only
288if there is sufficient @sc{cvs} traffic on
289@url{news:comp.software.config-mgmt}.
290@c Other random data is that the tale was very
291@c skeptical of comp.software.config-mgmt.cvs when the
292@c subject came up around 1995 or so (for one
293@c thing, because creating it would be a "reorg" which
294@c would need to take a more comprehensive look at the
295@c whole comp.software.config-mgmt.* hierarchy).
296
297You can also subscribe to the @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org} mailing list,
298described in more detail in @ref{BUGS}.  To subscribe
299send mail to @email{bug-cvs-request@@nongnu.org}.  There is a two-way
300Usenet mirror (posts to the Usenet group are usually sent to the email list and
301visa versa) of @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org} named @url{news:gnu.cvs.bug}.
302
303@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
304@node What is CVS not?
305@section What is CVS not?
306@cindex What is CVS not?
307
308@sc{cvs} can do a lot of things for you, but it does
309not try to be everything for everyone.
310
311@table @asis
312@item @sc{cvs} is not a build system.
313
314Though the structure of your repository and modules
315file interact with your build system
316(e.g. @file{Makefile}s), they are essentially
317independent.
318
319@sc{cvs} does not dictate how you build anything.  It
320merely stores files for retrieval in a tree structure
321you devise.
322
323@sc{cvs} does not dictate how to use disk space in the
324checked out working directories.  If you write your
325@file{Makefile}s or scripts in every directory so they
326have to know the relative positions of everything else,
327you wind up requiring the entire repository to be
328checked out.
329
330If you modularize your work, and construct a build
331system that will share files (via links, mounts,
332@code{VPATH} in @file{Makefile}s, etc.), you can
333arrange your disk usage however you like.
334
335But you have to remember that @emph{any} such system is
336a lot of work to construct and maintain.  @sc{cvs} does
337not address the issues involved.
338
339Of course, you should place the tools created to
340support such a build system (scripts, @file{Makefile}s,
341etc) under @sc{cvs}.
342
343Figuring out what files need to be rebuilt when
344something changes is, again, something to be handled
345outside the scope of @sc{cvs}.  One traditional
346approach is to use @code{make} for building, and use
347some automated tool for generating the dependencies which
348@code{make} uses.
349
350See @ref{Builds}, for more information on doing builds
351in conjunction with @sc{cvs}.
352
353@item @sc{cvs} is not a substitute for management.
354
355Your managers and project leaders are expected to talk
356to you frequently enough to make certain you are aware
357of schedules, merge points, branch names and release
358dates.  If they don't, @sc{cvs} can't help.
359
360@sc{cvs} is an instrument for making sources dance to
361your tune.  But you are the piper and the composer.  No
362instrument plays itself or writes its own music.
363
364@item @sc{cvs} is not a substitute for developer communication.
365
366When faced with conflicts within a single file, most
367developers manage to resolve them without too much
368effort.  But a more general definition of ``conflict''
369includes problems too difficult to solve without
370communication between developers.
371
372@sc{cvs} cannot determine when simultaneous changes
373within a single file, or across a whole collection of
374files, will logically conflict with one another.  Its
375concept of a @dfn{conflict} is purely textual, arising
376when two changes to the same base file are near enough
377to spook the merge (i.e. @code{diff3}) command.
378
379@sc{cvs} does not claim to help at all in figuring out
380non-textual or distributed conflicts in program logic.
381
382For example: Say you change the arguments to function
383@code{X} defined in file @file{A}.  At the same time,
384someone edits file @file{B}, adding new calls to
385function @code{X} using the old arguments.  You are
386outside the realm of @sc{cvs}'s competence.
387
388Acquire the habit of reading specs and talking to your
389peers.
390
391
392@item @sc{cvs} does not have change control
393
394Change control refers to a number of things.  First of
395all it can mean @dfn{bug-tracking}, that is being able
396to keep a database of reported bugs and the status of
397each one (is it fixed?  in what release?  has the bug
398submitter agreed that it is fixed?).  For interfacing
399@sc{cvs} to an external bug-tracking system, see the
400@file{rcsinfo} and @file{verifymsg} files
401(@pxref{Administrative files}).
402
403Another aspect of change control is keeping track of
404the fact that changes to several files were in fact
405changed together as one logical change.  If you check
406in several files in a single @code{cvs commit}
407operation, @sc{cvs} then forgets that those files were
408checked in together, and the fact that they have the
409same log message is the only thing tying them
410together.  Keeping a @sc{gnu} style @file{ChangeLog}
411can help somewhat.
412@c FIXME: should have an xref to a section which talks
413@c more about keeping ChangeLog's with CVS, but that
414@c section hasn't been written yet.
415
416Another aspect of change control, in some systems, is
417the ability to keep track of the status of each
418change.  Some changes have been written by a developer,
419others have been reviewed by a second developer, and so
420on.  Generally, the way to do this with @sc{cvs} is to
421generate a diff (using @code{cvs diff} or @code{diff})
422and email it to someone who can then apply it using the
423@code{patch} utility.  This is very flexible, but
424depends on mechanisms outside @sc{cvs} to make sure
425nothing falls through the cracks.
426
427@item @sc{cvs} is not an automated testing program
428
429It should be possible to enforce mandatory use of a
430test suite using the @code{commitinfo} file.  I haven't
431heard a lot about projects trying to do that or whether
432there are subtle gotchas, however.
433
434@item @sc{cvs} does not have a built-in process model
435
436Some systems provide ways to ensure that changes or
437releases go through various steps, with various
438approvals as needed.  Generally, one can accomplish
439this with @sc{cvs} but it might be a little more work.
440In some cases you'll want to use the @file{commitinfo},
441@file{loginfo}, @file{rcsinfo}, or @file{verifymsg}
442files, to require that certain steps be performed
443before cvs will allow a checkin.  Also consider whether
444features such as branches and tags can be used to
445perform tasks such as doing work in a development tree
446and then merging certain changes over to a stable tree
447only once they have been proven.
448@end table
449
450@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
451@node A sample session
452@section A sample session
453@cindex Example of a work-session
454@cindex Getting started
455@cindex Work-session, example of
456@cindex tc, Trivial Compiler (example)
457@cindex Trivial Compiler (example)
458
459@c I think an example is a pretty good way to start.  But
460@c somewhere in here, maybe after the sample session,
461@c we need something which is kind of
462@c a "roadmap" which is more directed at sketching out
463@c the functionality of CVS and pointing people to
464@c various other parts of the manual.  As it stands now
465@c people who read in order get dumped right into all
466@c manner of hair regarding remote repositories,
467@c creating a repository, etc.
468@c
469@c The following was in the old Basic concepts node.  I don't
470@c know how good a job it does at introducing modules,
471@c or whether they need to be introduced so soon, but
472@c something of this sort might go into some
473@c introductory material somewhere.
474@ignore
475@cindex Modules (intro)
476The repository contains directories and files, in an
477arbitrary tree.  The @dfn{modules} feature can be used
478to group together a set of directories or files into a
479single entity (@pxref{modules}).  A typical usage is to
480define one module per project.
481@end ignore
482
483As a way of introducing @sc{cvs}, we'll go through a
484typical work-session using @sc{cvs}.  The first thing
485to understand is that @sc{cvs} stores all files in a
486centralized @dfn{repository} (@pxref{Repository}); this
487section assumes that a repository is set up.
488@c I'm not sure that the sentence concerning the
489@c repository quite tells the user what they need to
490@c know at this point.  Might need to expand on "centralized"
491@c slightly (maybe not here, maybe further down in the example?)
492
493Suppose you are working on a simple compiler.  The source
494consists of a handful of C files and a @file{Makefile}.
495The compiler is called @samp{tc} (Trivial Compiler),
496and the repository is set up so that there is a module
497called @samp{tc}.
498
499@menu
500* Getting the source::          Creating a workspace
501* Committing your changes::     Making your work available to others
502* Cleaning up::                 Cleaning up
503* Viewing differences::         Viewing differences
504@end menu
505
506@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
507@node Getting the source
508@subsection Getting the source
509@cindex Getting the source
510@cindex Checking out source
511@cindex Fetching source
512@cindex Source, getting from CVS
513@cindex Checkout, example
514
515The first thing you must do is to get your own working copy of the
516source for @samp{tc}.  For this, you use the @code{checkout} command:
517
518@example
519$ cvs checkout tc
520@end example
521
522@noindent
523This will create a new directory called @file{tc} and populate it with
524the source files.
525
526@example
527$ cd tc
528$ ls
529CVS         Makefile    backend.c   driver.c    frontend.c  parser.c
530@end example
531
532The @file{CVS} directory is used internally by
533@sc{cvs}.  Normally, you should not modify or remove
534any of the files in it.
535
536You start your favorite editor, hack away at @file{backend.c}, and a couple
537of hours later you have added an optimization pass to the compiler.
538A note to @sc{rcs} and @sc{sccs} users: There is no need to lock the files that
539you want to edit.  @xref{Multiple developers}, for an explanation.
540
541@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
542@node Committing your changes
543@subsection Committing your changes
544@cindex Committing changes to files
545@cindex Log message entry
546
547When you have checked that the compiler is still compilable you decide
548to make a new version of @file{backend.c}.  This will
549store your new @file{backend.c} in the repository and
550make it available to anyone else who is using that same
551repository.
552
553@example
554$ cvs commit backend.c
555@end example
556
557@noindent
558@sc{cvs} starts an editor, to allow you to enter a log
559message.  You type in ``Added an optimization pass.'',
560save the temporary file, and exit the editor.
561
562@cindex CVSEDITOR, environment variable
563@cindex EDITOR, environment variable
564The environment variable @code{$CVSEDITOR} determines
565which editor is started.  If @code{$CVSEDITOR} is not
566set, then if the environment variable @code{$EDITOR} is
567set, it will be used. If both @code{$CVSEDITOR} and
568@code{$EDITOR} are not set then there is a default
569which will vary with your operating system, for example
570@code{vi} for unix or @code{notepad} for Windows
571NT/95.
572
573@cindex VISUAL, environment variable
574In addition, @sc{cvs} checks the @code{$VISUAL} environment
575variable.  Opinions vary on whether this behavior is desirable and
576whether future releases of @sc{cvs} should check @code{$VISUAL} or
577ignore it.  You will be OK either way if you make sure that
578@code{$VISUAL} is either unset or set to the same thing as
579@code{$EDITOR}.
580
581@c This probably should go into some new node
582@c containing detailed info on the editor, rather than
583@c the intro.  In fact, perhaps some of the stuff with
584@c CVSEDITOR and -m and so on should too.
585When @sc{cvs} starts the editor, it includes a list of
586files which are modified.  For the @sc{cvs} client,
587this list is based on comparing the modification time
588of the file against the modification time that the file
589had when it was last gotten or updated.  Therefore, if
590a file's modification time has changed but its contents
591have not, it will show up as modified.  The simplest
592way to handle this is simply not to worry about it---if
593you proceed with the commit @sc{cvs} will detect that
594the contents are not modified and treat it as an
595unmodified file.  The next @code{update} will clue
596@sc{cvs} in to the fact that the file is unmodified,
597and it will reset its stored timestamp so that the file
598will not show up in future editor sessions.
599@c FIXCVS: Might be nice if "commit" and other commands
600@c would reset that timestamp too, but currently commit
601@c doesn't.
602@c FIXME: Need to talk more about the process of
603@c prompting for the log message.  Like show an example
604@c of what it pops up in the editor, for example.  Also
605@c a discussion of how to get the "a)bort, c)ontinue,
606@c e)dit" prompt and what to do with it.  Might also
607@c work in the suggestion that if you want a diff, you
608@c should make it before running commit (someone
609@c suggested that the diff pop up in the editor.  I'm
610@c not sure that is better than telling people to run
611@c "cvs diff" first if that is what they want, but if
612@c we want to tell people that, the manual possibly
613@c should say it).
614
615If you want to avoid
616starting an editor you can specify the log message on
617the command line using the @samp{-m} flag instead, like
618this:
619
620@example
621$ cvs commit -m "Added an optimization pass" backend.c
622@end example
623
624@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
625@node Cleaning up
626@subsection Cleaning up
627@cindex Cleaning up
628@cindex Working copy, removing
629@cindex Removing your working copy
630@cindex Releasing your working copy
631
632Before you turn to other tasks you decide to remove your working copy of
633tc.  One acceptable way to do that is of course
634
635@example
636$ cd ..
637$ rm -r tc
638@end example
639
640@noindent
641but a better way is to use the @code{release} command (@pxref{release}):
642
643@example
644$ cd ..
645$ cvs release -d tc
646M driver.c
647? tc
648You have [1] altered files in this repository.
649Are you sure you want to release (and delete) directory `tc': n
650** `release' aborted by user choice.
651@end example
652
653The @code{release} command checks that all your modifications have been
654committed.  If history logging is enabled it also makes a note in the
655history file.  @xref{history file}.
656
657When you use the @samp{-d} flag with @code{release}, it
658also removes your working copy.
659
660In the example above, the @code{release} command wrote a couple of lines
661of output.  @samp{? tc} means that the file @file{tc} is unknown to @sc{cvs}.
662That is nothing to worry about: @file{tc} is the executable compiler,
663and it should not be stored in the repository.  @xref{cvsignore},
664for information about how to make that warning go away.
665@xref{release output}, for a complete explanation of
666all possible output from @code{release}.
667
668@samp{M driver.c} is more serious.  It means that the
669file @file{driver.c} has been modified since it was
670checked out.
671
672The @code{release} command always finishes by telling
673you how many modified files you have in your working
674copy of the sources, and then asks you for confirmation
675before deleting any files or making any note in the
676history file.
677
678You decide to play it safe and answer @kbd{n @key{RET}}
679when @code{release} asks for confirmation.
680
681@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
682@node Viewing differences
683@subsection Viewing differences
684@cindex Viewing differences
685@cindex Diff
686
687You do not remember modifying @file{driver.c}, so you want to see what
688has happened to that file.
689
690@example
691$ cd tc
692$ cvs diff driver.c
693@end example
694
695This command runs @code{diff} to compare the version of @file{driver.c}
696that you checked out with your working copy.  When you see the output
697you remember that you added a command line option that enabled the
698optimization pass.  You check it in, and release the module.
699@c FIXME: we haven't yet defined the term "check in".
700
701@example
702$ cvs commit -m "Added an optimization pass" driver.c
703Checking in driver.c;
704/usr/local/cvsroot/tc/driver.c,v  <--  driver.c
705new revision: 1.2; previous revision: 1.1
706done
707$ cd ..
708$ cvs release -d tc
709? tc
710You have [0] altered files in this repository.
711Are you sure you want to release (and delete) directory `tc': y
712@end example
713
714@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
715@node Repository
716@chapter The Repository
717@cindex Repository (intro)
718@cindex Repository, example
719@cindex Layout of repository
720@cindex Typical repository
721@cindex /usr/local/cvsroot, as example repository
722@cindex cvsroot
723
724The @sc{cvs} @dfn{repository} stores a complete copy of
725all the files and directories which are under version
726control.
727
728Normally, you never access any of the files in the
729repository directly.  Instead, you use @sc{cvs}
730commands to get your own copy of the files into a
731@dfn{working directory}, and then
732work on that copy.  When you've finished a set of
733changes, you check (or @dfn{commit}) them back into the
734repository.  The repository then contains the changes
735which you have made, as well as recording exactly what
736you changed, when you changed it, and other such
737information.  Note that the repository is not a
738subdirectory of the working directory, or vice versa;
739they should be in separate locations.
740@c Need some example, e.g. repository
741@c /usr/local/cvsroot; working directory
742@c /home/joe/sources.  But this node is too long
743@c as it is; need a little reorganization...
744
745@cindex :local:, setting up
746@sc{cvs} can access a repository by a variety of
747means.  It might be on the local computer, or it might
748be on a computer across the room or across the world.
749To distinguish various ways to access a repository, the
750repository name can start with an @dfn{access method}.
751For example, the access method @code{:local:} means to
752access a repository directory, so the repository
753@code{:local:/usr/local/cvsroot} means that the
754repository is in @file{/usr/local/cvsroot} on the
755computer running @sc{cvs}.  For information on other
756access methods, see @ref{Remote repositories}.
757
758@c Can se say this more concisely?  Like by passing
759@c more of the buck to the Remote repositories node?
760If the access method is omitted, then if the repository
761starts with @samp{/}, then @code{:local:} is
762assumed.  If it does not start with @samp{/} then either
763@code{:ext:} or @code{:server:} is assumed.  For
764example, if you have a local repository in
765@file{/usr/local/cvsroot}, you can use
766@code{/usr/local/cvsroot} instead of
767@code{:local:/usr/local/cvsroot}.  But if (under
768Windows NT, for example) your local repository is
769@file{c:\src\cvsroot}, then you must specify the access
770method, as in @code{:local:c:/src/cvsroot}.
771
772@c This might appear to go in Repository storage, but
773@c actually it is describing something which is quite
774@c user-visible, when you do a "cvs co CVSROOT".  This
775@c isn't necessary the perfect place for that, though.
776The repository is split in two parts.  @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT} contains
777administrative files for @sc{cvs}.  The other directories contain the actual
778user-defined modules.
779
780@menu
781* Specifying a repository::     Telling CVS where your repository is
782* Repository storage::          The structure of the repository
783* Working directory storage::   The structure of working directories
784* Intro administrative files::  Defining modules
785* Multiple repositories::       Multiple repositories
786* Creating a repository::       Creating a repository
787* Backing up::                  Backing up a repository
788* Moving a repository::         Moving a repository
789* Remote repositories::         Accessing repositories on remote machines
790* Read-only access::            Granting read-only access to the repository
791* Server temporary directory::  The server creates temporary directories
792@end menu
793
794@node Specifying a repository
795@section Telling CVS where your repository is
796
797There are several ways to tell @sc{cvs}
798where to find the repository.  You can name the
799repository on the command line explicitly, with the
800@code{-d} (for "directory") option:
801
802@example
803cvs -d /usr/local/cvsroot checkout yoyodyne/tc
804@end example
805
806@cindex .profile, setting CVSROOT in
807@cindex .cshrc, setting CVSROOT in
808@cindex .tcshrc, setting CVSROOT in
809@cindex .bashrc, setting CVSROOT in
810@cindex CVSROOT, environment variable
811        Or you can set the @code{$CVSROOT} environment
812variable to an absolute path to the root of the
813repository, @file{/usr/local/cvsroot} in this example.
814To set @code{$CVSROOT}, @code{csh} and @code{tcsh}
815users should have this line in their @file{.cshrc} or
816@file{.tcshrc} files:
817
818@example
819setenv CVSROOT /usr/local/cvsroot
820@end example
821
822@noindent
823@code{sh} and @code{bash} users should instead have these lines in their
824@file{.profile} or @file{.bashrc}:
825
826@example
827CVSROOT=/usr/local/cvsroot
828export CVSROOT
829@end example
830
831@cindex Root file, in CVS directory
832@cindex CVS/Root file
833        A repository specified with @code{-d} will
834override the @code{$CVSROOT} environment variable.
835Once you've checked a working copy out from the
836repository, it will remember where its repository is
837(the information is recorded in the
838@file{CVS/Root} file in the working copy).
839
840The @code{-d} option and the @file{CVS/Root} file both
841override the @code{$CVSROOT} environment variable.  If
842@code{-d} option differs from @file{CVS/Root}, the
843former is used.  Of course, for proper operation they
844should be two ways of referring to the same repository.
845
846@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
847@node Repository storage
848@section How data is stored in the repository
849@cindex Repository, how data is stored
850
851For most purposes it isn't important @emph{how}
852@sc{cvs} stores information in the repository.  In
853fact, the format has changed in the past, and is likely
854to change in the future.  Since in almost all cases one
855accesses the repository via @sc{cvs} commands, such
856changes need not be disruptive.
857
858However, in some cases it may be necessary to
859understand how @sc{cvs} stores data in the repository,
860for example you might need to track down @sc{cvs} locks
861(@pxref{Concurrency}) or you might need to deal with
862the file permissions appropriate for the repository.
863
864@menu
865* Repository files::            What files are stored in the repository
866* File permissions::            File permissions
867* Windows permissions::         Issues specific to Windows
868* Attic::                       Some files are stored in the Attic
869* CVS in repository::           Additional information in CVS directory
870* Locks::                       CVS locks control concurrent accesses
871* CVSROOT storage::             A few things about CVSROOT are different
872@end menu
873
874@node Repository files
875@subsection Where files are stored within the repository
876
877@c @cindex Filenames, legal
878@c @cindex Legal filenames
879@c Somewhere we need to say something about legitimate
880@c characters in filenames in working directory and
881@c repository.  Not "/" (not even on non-unix).  And
882@c here is a specific set of issues:
883@c 	Files starting with a - are handled inconsistently. They can not
884@c   be added to a repository with an add command, because it they are
885@c   interpreted as a switch. They can appear in a repository if they are
886@c   part of a tree that is imported. They can not be removed from the tree
887@c   once they are there.
888@c Note that "--" *is* supported (as a
889@c consequence of using GNU getopt).  Should document
890@c this somewhere ("Common options"?).  The other usual technique,
891@c "./-foo", isn't as effective, at least for "cvs add"
892@c which doesn't support pathnames containing "/".
893
894The overall structure of the repository is a directory
895tree corresponding to the directories in the working
896directory.  For example, supposing the repository is in
897
898@example
899/usr/local/cvsroot
900@end example
901
902@noindent
903here is a possible directory tree (showing only the
904directories):
905
906@example
907@t{/usr}
908 |
909 +--@t{local}
910 |   |
911 |   +--@t{cvsroot}
912 |   |    |
913 |   |    +--@t{CVSROOT}
914          |      (administrative files)
915          |
916          +--@t{gnu}
917          |   |
918          |   +--@t{diff}
919          |   |   (source code to @sc{gnu} diff)
920          |   |
921          |   +--@t{rcs}
922          |   |   (source code to @sc{rcs})
923          |   |
924          |   +--@t{cvs}
925          |       (source code to @sc{cvs})
926          |
927          +--@t{yoyodyne}
928              |
929              +--@t{tc}
930              |    |
931              |    +--@t{man}
932              |    |
933              |    +--@t{testing}
934              |
935              +--(other Yoyodyne software)
936@end example
937
938With the directories are @dfn{history files} for each file
939under version control.  The name of the history file is
940the name of the corresponding file with @samp{,v}
941appended to the end.  Here is what the repository for
942the @file{yoyodyne/tc} directory might look like:
943@c FIXME: Should also mention CVS (CVSREP)
944@c FIXME? Should we introduce Attic with an xref to
945@c Attic?  Not sure whether that is a good idea or not.
946@example
947  @code{$CVSROOT}
948    |
949    +--@t{yoyodyne}
950    |   |
951    |   +--@t{tc}
952    |   |   |
953            +--@t{Makefile,v}
954            +--@t{backend.c,v}
955            +--@t{driver.c,v}
956            +--@t{frontend.c,v}
957            +--@t{parser.c,v}
958            +--@t{man}
959            |    |
960            |    +--@t{tc.1,v}
961            |
962            +--@t{testing}
963                 |
964                 +--@t{testpgm.t,v}
965                 +--@t{test2.t,v}
966@end example
967
968@cindex History files
969@cindex RCS history files
970@c The first sentence, about what history files
971@c contain, is kind of redundant with our intro to what the
972@c repository does in node Repository....
973The history files contain, among other things, enough
974information to recreate any revision of the file, a log
975of all commit messages and the user-name of the person
976who committed the revision.  The history files are
977known as @dfn{RCS files}, because the first program to
978store files in that format was a version control system
979known as @sc{rcs}.  For a full
980description of the file format, see the @code{man} page
981@cite{rcsfile(5)}, distributed with @sc{rcs}, or the
982file @file{doc/RCSFILES} in the @sc{cvs} source
983distribution.  This
984file format has become very common---many systems other
985than @sc{cvs} or @sc{rcs} can at least import history
986files in this format.
987@c FIXME: Think about including documentation for this
988@c rather than citing it?  In the long run, getting
989@c this to be a standard (not sure if we can cope with
990@c a standards process as formal as IEEE/ANSI/ISO/etc,
991@c though...) is the way to go, so maybe citing is
992@c better.
993
994The @sc{rcs} files used in @sc{cvs} differ in a few
995ways from the standard format.  The biggest difference
996is magic branches; for more information see @ref{Magic
997branch numbers}.  Also in @sc{cvs} the valid tag names
998are a subset of what @sc{rcs} accepts; for @sc{cvs}'s
999rules see @ref{Tags}.
1000
1001@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1002@node File permissions
1003@subsection File permissions
1004@c -- Move this to @node Creating a repository or similar
1005@cindex Security, file permissions in repository
1006@cindex File permissions, general
1007@cindex Permissions, general
1008@c FIXME: we need to somehow reflect "permissions in
1009@c repository" versus "permissions in working
1010@c directory" in the index entries.
1011@cindex Group, UNIX file permissions, in repository
1012@cindex Read-only files, in repository
1013All @samp{,v} files are created read-only, and you
1014should not change the permission of those files.  The
1015directories inside the repository should be writable by
1016the persons that have permission to modify the files in
1017each directory.  This normally means that you must
1018create a UNIX group (see group(5)) consisting of the
1019persons that are to edit the files in a project, and
1020set up the repository so that it is that group that
1021owns the directory.
1022(On some systems, you also need to set the set-group-ID-on-execution bit
1023on the repository directories (see chmod(1)) so that newly-created files
1024and directories get the group-ID of the parent directory rather than
1025that of the current process.)
1026
1027@c See also comment in commitinfo node regarding cases
1028@c which are really awkward with unix groups.
1029
1030This means that you can only control access to files on
1031a per-directory basis.
1032
1033Note that users must also have write access to check
1034out files, because @sc{cvs} needs to create lock files
1035(@pxref{Concurrency}).  You can use LockDir in CVSROOT/config
1036to put the lock files somewhere other than in the repository
1037if you want to allow read-only access to some directories
1038(@pxref{config}).
1039
1040@c CVS seems to use CVSUMASK in picking permissions for
1041@c val-tags, but maybe we should say more about this.
1042@c Like val-tags gets created by someone who doesn't
1043@c have CVSUMASK set right?
1044@cindex CVSROOT/val-tags file, and read-only access to projects
1045@cindex val-tags file, and read-only access to projects
1046Also note that users must have write access to the
1047@file{CVSROOT/val-tags} file.  @sc{cvs} uses it to keep
1048track of what tags are valid tag names (it is sometimes
1049updated when tags are used, as well as when they are
1050created).
1051
1052Each @sc{rcs} file will be owned by the user who last
1053checked it in.  This has little significance; what
1054really matters is who owns the directories.
1055
1056@cindex CVSUMASK, environment variable
1057@cindex Umask, for repository files
1058@sc{cvs} tries to set up reasonable file permissions
1059for new directories that are added inside the tree, but
1060you must fix the permissions manually when a new
1061directory should have different permissions than its
1062parent directory.  If you set the @code{CVSUMASK}
1063environment variable that will control the file
1064permissions which @sc{cvs} uses in creating directories
1065and/or files in the repository.  @code{CVSUMASK} does
1066not affect the file permissions in the working
1067directory; such files have the permissions which are
1068typical for newly created files, except that sometimes
1069@sc{cvs} creates them read-only (see the sections on
1070watches, @ref{Setting a watch}; -r, @ref{Global
1071options}; or @code{CVSREAD}, @ref{Environment variables}).
1072@c FIXME: Need more discussion of which
1073@c group should own the file in the repository.
1074@c Include a somewhat detailed example of the usual
1075@c case where CVSUMASK is 007, the developers are all
1076@c in a group, and that group owns stuff in the
1077@c repository.  Need to talk about group ownership of
1078@c newly-created directories/files (on some unices,
1079@c such as SunOS4, setting the setgid bit on the
1080@c directories will make files inherit the directory's
1081@c group.  On other unices, your mileage may vary.  I
1082@c can't remember what POSIX says about this, if
1083@c anything).
1084
1085Note that using the client/server @sc{cvs}
1086(@pxref{Remote repositories}), there is no good way to
1087set @code{CVSUMASK}; the setting on the client machine
1088has no effect.  If you are connecting with @code{rsh}, you
1089can set @code{CVSUMASK} in @file{.bashrc} or @file{.cshrc}, as
1090described in the documentation for your operating
1091system.  This behavior might change in future versions
1092of @sc{cvs}; do not rely on the setting of
1093@code{CVSUMASK} on the client having no effect.
1094@c FIXME: need to explain what a umask is or cite
1095@c someplace which does.
1096@c
1097@c There is also a larger (largely separate) issue
1098@c about the meaning of CVSUMASK in a non-unix context.
1099@c For example, whether there is
1100@c an equivalent which fits better into other
1101@c protection schemes like POSIX.6, VMS, &c.
1102@c
1103@c FIXME: Need one place which discusses this
1104@c read-only files thing.  Why would one use -r or
1105@c CVSREAD?  Why would one use watches?  How do they
1106@c interact?
1107@c
1108@c FIXME: We need to state
1109@c whether using CVSUMASK removes the need for manually
1110@c fixing permissions (in fact, if we are going to mention
1111@c manually fixing permission, we better document a lot
1112@c better just what we mean by "fix").
1113
1114Using pserver, you will generally need stricter
1115permissions on the @sc{cvsroot} directory and
1116directories above it in the tree; see @ref{Password
1117authentication security}.
1118
1119@cindex Setuid
1120@cindex Setgid
1121@cindex Security, setuid
1122@cindex Installed images (VMS)
1123Some operating systems have features which allow a
1124particular program to run with the ability to perform
1125operations which the caller of the program could not.
1126For example, the set user ID (setuid) or set group ID
1127(setgid) features of unix or the installed image
1128feature of VMS.  @sc{cvs} was not written to use such
1129features and therefore attempting to install @sc{cvs} in
1130this fashion will provide protection against only
1131accidental lapses; anyone who is trying to circumvent
1132the measure will be able to do so, and depending on how
1133you have set it up may gain access to more than just
1134@sc{cvs}.  You may wish to instead consider pserver.  It
1135shares some of the same attributes, in terms of
1136possibly providing a false sense of security or opening
1137security holes wider than the ones you are trying to
1138fix, so read the documentation on pserver security
1139carefully if you are considering this option
1140(@ref{Password authentication security}).
1141
1142@node Windows permissions
1143@subsection File Permission issues specific to Windows
1144@cindex Windows, and permissions
1145@cindex File permissions, Windows-specific
1146@cindex Permissions, Windows-specific
1147
1148Some file permission issues are specific to Windows
1149operating systems (Windows 95, Windows NT, and
1150presumably future operating systems in this family.
1151Some of the following might apply to OS/2 but I'm not
1152sure).
1153
1154If you are using local @sc{cvs} and the repository is on a
1155networked file system which is served by the Samba SMB
1156server, some people have reported problems with
1157permissions.  Enabling WRITE=YES in the samba
1158configuration is said to fix/workaround it.
1159Disclaimer: I haven't investigated enough to know the
1160implications of enabling that option, nor do I know
1161whether there is something which @sc{cvs} could be doing
1162differently in order to avoid the problem.  If you find
1163something out, please let us know as described in
1164@ref{BUGS}.
1165
1166@node Attic
1167@subsection The attic
1168@cindex Attic
1169
1170You will notice that sometimes @sc{cvs} stores an
1171@sc{rcs} file in the @code{Attic}.  For example, if the
1172@sc{cvsroot} is @file{/usr/local/cvsroot} and we are
1173talking about the file @file{backend.c} in the
1174directory @file{yoyodyne/tc}, then the file normally
1175would be in
1176
1177@example
1178/usr/local/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/backend.c,v
1179@end example
1180
1181@noindent
1182but if it goes in the attic, it would be in
1183
1184@example
1185/usr/local/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/Attic/backend.c,v
1186@end example
1187
1188@noindent
1189@cindex Dead state
1190instead.  It should not matter from a user point of
1191view whether a file is in the attic; @sc{cvs} keeps
1192track of this and looks in the attic when it needs to.
1193But in case you want to know, the rule is that the RCS
1194file is stored in the attic if and only if the head
1195revision on the trunk has state @code{dead}.  A
1196@code{dead} state means that file has been removed, or
1197never added, for that revision.  For example, if you
1198add a file on a branch, it will have a trunk revision
1199in @code{dead} state, and a branch revision in a
1200non-@code{dead} state.
1201@c Probably should have some more concrete examples
1202@c here, or somewhere (not sure exactly how we should
1203@c arrange the discussion of the dead state, versus
1204@c discussion of the attic).
1205
1206@node CVS in repository
1207@subsection The CVS directory in the repository
1208@cindex CVS directory, in repository
1209
1210The @file{CVS} directory in each repository directory
1211contains information such as file attributes (in a file
1212called @file{CVS/fileattr}.  In the
1213future additional files may be added to this directory,
1214so implementations should silently ignore additional
1215files.
1216
1217This behavior is implemented only by @sc{cvs} 1.7 and
1218later; for details see @ref{Watches Compatibility}.
1219
1220The format of the @file{fileattr} file is a series of entries
1221of the following form (where @samp{@{} and @samp{@}}
1222means the text between the braces can be repeated zero
1223or more times):
1224
1225@var{ent-type} @var{filename} <tab> @var{attrname} = @var{attrval}
1226  @{; @var{attrname} = @var{attrval}@} <linefeed>
1227
1228@var{ent-type} is @samp{F} for a file, in which case the entry specifies the
1229attributes for that file.
1230
1231@var{ent-type} is @samp{D},
1232and @var{filename} empty, to specify default attributes
1233to be used for newly added files.
1234
1235Other @var{ent-type} are reserved for future expansion.  @sc{cvs} 1.9 and older
1236will delete them any time it writes file attributes.
1237@sc{cvs} 1.10 and later will preserve them.
1238
1239Note that the order of the lines is not significant;
1240a program writing the fileattr file may
1241rearrange them at its convenience.
1242
1243There is currently no way of quoting tabs or line feeds in the
1244filename, @samp{=} in @var{attrname},
1245@samp{;} in @var{attrval}, etc.  Note: some implementations also
1246don't handle a NUL character in any of the fields, but
1247implementations are encouraged to allow it.
1248
1249By convention, @var{attrname} starting with @samp{_} is for an attribute given
1250special meaning by @sc{cvs}; other @var{attrname}s are for user-defined attributes
1251(or will be, once implementations start supporting user-defined attributes).
1252
1253Built-in attributes:
1254
1255@table @code
1256@item _watched
1257Present means the file is watched and should be checked out
1258read-only.
1259
1260@item _watchers
1261Users with watches for this file.  Value is
1262@var{watcher} > @var{type} @{ , @var{watcher} > @var{type} @}
1263where @var{watcher} is a username, and @var{type}
1264is zero or more of edit,unedit,commit separated by
1265@samp{+} (that is, nothing if none; there is no "none" or "all" keyword).
1266
1267@item _editors
1268Users editing this file.  Value is
1269@var{editor} > @var{val} @{ , @var{editor} > @var{val} @}
1270where @var{editor} is a username, and @var{val} is
1271@var{time}+@var{hostname}+@var{pathname}, where
1272@var{time} is when the @code{cvs edit} command (or
1273equivalent) happened,
1274and @var{hostname} and @var{pathname} are for the working directory.
1275@end table
1276
1277Example:
1278
1279@c FIXME: sanity.sh should contain a similar test case
1280@c so we can compare this example from something from
1281@c Real Life(TM).  See cvsclient.texi (under Notify) for more
1282@c discussion of the date format of _editors.
1283@example
1284Ffile1 _watched=;_watchers=joe>edit,mary>commit
1285Ffile2 _watched=;_editors=sue>8 Jan 1975+workstn1+/home/sue/cvs
1286D _watched=
1287@end example
1288
1289@noindent
1290means that the file @file{file1} should be checked out
1291read-only.  Furthermore, joe is watching for edits and
1292mary is watching for commits.  The file @file{file2}
1293should be checked out read-only; sue started editing it
1294on 8 Jan 1975 in the directory @file{/home/sue/cvs} on
1295the machine @code{workstn1}.  Future files which are
1296added should be checked out read-only.  To represent
1297this example here, we have shown a space after
1298@samp{D}, @samp{Ffile1}, and @samp{Ffile2}, but in fact
1299there must be a single tab character there and no spaces.
1300
1301@node Locks
1302@subsection CVS locks in the repository
1303
1304@cindex #cvs.rfl, technical details
1305@cindex #cvs.pfl, technical details
1306@cindex #cvs.wfl, technical details
1307@cindex #cvs.lock, technical details
1308@cindex Locks, cvs, technical details
1309For an introduction to @sc{cvs} locks focusing on
1310user-visible behavior, see @ref{Concurrency}.  The
1311following section is aimed at people who are writing
1312tools which want to access a @sc{cvs} repository without
1313interfering with other tools accessing the same
1314repository.  If you find yourself confused by concepts
1315described here, like @dfn{read lock}, @dfn{write lock},
1316and @dfn{deadlock}, you might consult the literature on
1317operating systems or databases.
1318
1319@cindex #cvs.tfl
1320Any file in the repository with a name starting
1321with @file{#cvs.rfl.} is a read lock.  Any file in
1322the repository with a name starting with
1323@file{#cvs.pfl} is a promotable read lock.  Any file in
1324the repository with a name starting with
1325@file{#cvs.wfl} is a write lock.  Old versions of @sc{cvs}
1326(before @sc{cvs} 1.5) also created files with names starting
1327with @file{#cvs.tfl}, but they are not discussed here.
1328The directory @file{#cvs.lock} serves as a master
1329lock.  That is, one must obtain this lock first before
1330creating any of the other locks.
1331
1332To obtain a read lock, first create the @file{#cvs.lock}
1333directory.  This operation must be atomic (which should
1334be true for creating a directory under most operating
1335systems).  If it fails because the directory already
1336existed, wait for a while and try again.  After
1337obtaining the @file{#cvs.lock} lock, create a file
1338whose name is @file{#cvs.rfl.} followed by information
1339of your choice (for example, hostname and process
1340identification number).  Then remove the
1341@file{#cvs.lock} directory to release the master lock.
1342Then proceed with reading the repository.  When you are
1343done, remove the @file{#cvs.rfl} file to release the
1344read lock.
1345
1346Promotable read locks are a concept you may not find in other literature on
1347concurrency.  They are used to allow a two (or more) pass process to only lock
1348a file for read on the first (read) pass(es), then upgrade its read locks to
1349write locks if necessary for a final pass, still assured that the files have
1350not changed since they were first read.  @sc{cvs} uses promotable read locks,
1351for example, to prevent commit and tag verification passes from interfering
1352with other reading processes.  It can then lock only a single directory at a
1353time for write during the write pass.
1354
1355To obtain a promotable read lock, first create the @file{#cvs.lock} directory,
1356as with a non-promotable read lock.  Then check
1357that there are no files that start with
1358@file{#cvs.pfl}.  If there are, remove the master @file{#cvs.lock} directory,
1359wait awhile (CVS waits 30 seconds between lock attempts), and try again.  If
1360there are no other promotable locks, go ahead and create a file whose name is
1361@file{#cvs.pfl} followed by information of your choice (for example, CVS uses
1362its hostname and the process identification number of the CVS server process
1363creating the lock).  If versions of @sc{cvs} older than version 1.12.4 access
1364your repository directly (not via a @sc{cvs} server of version 1.12.4 or
1365later), then you should also create a read lock since older versions of CVS
1366will ignore the promotable lock when attempting to create their own write lock.
1367Then remove the master @file{#cvs.lock} directory in order to allow other
1368processes to obtain read locks.
1369
1370To obtain a write lock, first create the
1371@file{#cvs.lock} directory, as with read locks.  Then
1372check that there are no files whose names start with
1373@file{#cvs.rfl.} and no files whose names start with @file{#cvs.pfl} that are
1374not owned by the process attempting to get the write lock.  If either exist,
1375remove @file{#cvs.lock}, wait for a while, and try again.  If
1376there are no readers or promotable locks from other processes, then create a
1377file whose name is @file{#cvs.wfl} followed by information of your choice
1378(again, CVS uses the hostname and server process identification
1379number).  Remove your @file{#cvs.pfl} file if present.  Hang on to the
1380@file{#cvs.lock} lock.  Proceed
1381with writing the repository.  When you are done, first
1382remove the @file{#cvs.wfl} file and then the
1383@file{#cvs.lock} directory. Note that unlike the
1384@file{#cvs.rfl} file, the @file{#cvs.wfl} file is just
1385informational; it has no effect on the locking operation
1386beyond what is provided by holding on to the
1387@file{#cvs.lock} lock itself.
1388
1389Note that each lock (write lock or read lock) only locks
1390a single directory in the repository, including
1391@file{Attic} and @file{CVS} but not including
1392subdirectories which represent other directories under
1393version control.  To lock an entire tree, you need to
1394lock each directory (note that if you fail to obtain
1395any lock you need, you must release the whole tree
1396before waiting and trying again, to avoid deadlocks).
1397
1398Note also that @sc{cvs} expects write locks to control
1399access to individual @file{foo,v} files.  @sc{rcs} has
1400a scheme where the @file{,foo,} file serves as a lock,
1401but @sc{cvs} does not implement it and so taking out a
1402@sc{cvs} write lock is recommended.  See the comments at
1403rcs_internal_lockfile in the @sc{cvs} source code for
1404further discussion/rationale.
1405
1406@node CVSROOT storage
1407@subsection How files are stored in the CVSROOT directory
1408@cindex CVSROOT, storage of files
1409
1410The @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT} directory contains the
1411various administrative files.  In some ways this
1412directory is just like any other directory in the
1413repository; it contains @sc{rcs} files whose names end
1414in @samp{,v}, and many of the @sc{cvs} commands operate
1415on it the same way.  However, there are a few
1416differences.
1417
1418For each administrative file, in addition to the
1419@sc{rcs} file, there is also a checked out copy of the
1420file.  For example, there is an @sc{rcs} file
1421@file{loginfo,v} and a file @file{loginfo} which
1422contains the latest revision contained in
1423@file{loginfo,v}.  When you check in an administrative
1424file, @sc{cvs} should print
1425
1426@example
1427cvs commit: Rebuilding administrative file database
1428@end example
1429
1430@noindent
1431and update the checked out copy in
1432@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT}.  If it does not, there is
1433something wrong (@pxref{BUGS}).  To add your own files
1434to the files to be updated in this fashion, you can add
1435them to the @file{checkoutlist} administrative file
1436(@pxref{checkoutlist}).
1437
1438@cindex modules.db
1439@cindex modules.pag
1440@cindex modules.dir
1441By default, the @file{modules} file behaves as
1442described above.  If the modules file is very large,
1443storing it as a flat text file may make looking up
1444modules slow (I'm not sure whether this is as much of a
1445concern now as when @sc{cvs} first evolved this
1446feature; I haven't seen benchmarks).  Therefore, by
1447making appropriate edits to the @sc{cvs} source code
1448one can store the modules file in a database which
1449implements the @code{ndbm} interface, such as Berkeley
1450db or GDBM.  If this option is in use, then the modules
1451database will be stored in the files @file{modules.db},
1452@file{modules.pag}, and/or @file{modules.dir}.
1453@c I think fileattr also will use the database stuff.
1454@c Anything else?
1455
1456For information on the meaning of the various
1457administrative files, see @ref{Administrative files}.
1458
1459@node Working directory storage
1460@section How data is stored in the working directory
1461
1462@c FIXME: Somewhere we should discuss timestamps (test
1463@c case "stamps" in sanity.sh).  But not here.  Maybe
1464@c in some kind of "working directory" chapter which
1465@c would encompass the "Builds" one?  But I'm not sure
1466@c whether that is a good organization (is it based on
1467@c what the user wants to do?).
1468
1469@cindex CVS directory, in working directory
1470While we are discussing @sc{cvs} internals which may
1471become visible from time to time, we might as well talk
1472about what @sc{cvs} puts in the @file{CVS} directories
1473in the working directories.  As with the repository,
1474@sc{cvs} handles this information and one can usually
1475access it via @sc{cvs} commands.  But in some cases it
1476may be useful to look at it, and other programs, such
1477as the @code{jCVS} graphical user interface or the
1478@code{VC} package for emacs, may need to look at it.
1479Such programs should follow the recommendations in this
1480section if they hope to be able to work with other
1481programs which use those files, including future
1482versions of the programs just mentioned and the
1483command-line @sc{cvs} client.
1484
1485The @file{CVS} directory contains several files.
1486Programs which are reading this directory should
1487silently ignore files which are in the directory but
1488which are not documented here, to allow for future
1489expansion.
1490
1491The files are stored according to the text file
1492convention for the system in question.  This means that
1493working directories are not portable between systems
1494with differing conventions for storing text files.
1495This is intentional, on the theory that the files being
1496managed by @sc{cvs} probably will not be portable between
1497such systems either.
1498
1499@table @file
1500@item Root
1501This file contains the current @sc{cvs} root, as
1502described in @ref{Specifying a repository}.
1503
1504@cindex Repository file, in CVS directory
1505@cindex CVS/Repository file
1506@item Repository
1507This file contains the directory within the repository
1508which the current directory corresponds with.  It can
1509be either an absolute pathname or a relative pathname;
1510@sc{cvs} has had the ability to read either format
1511since at least version 1.3 or so.  The relative
1512pathname is relative to the root, and is the more
1513sensible approach, but the absolute pathname is quite
1514common and implementations should accept either.  For
1515example, after the command
1516
1517@example
1518cvs -d :local:/usr/local/cvsroot checkout yoyodyne/tc
1519@end example
1520
1521@noindent
1522@file{Root} will contain
1523
1524@example
1525:local:/usr/local/cvsroot
1526@end example
1527
1528@noindent
1529and @file{Repository} will contain either
1530
1531@example
1532/usr/local/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc
1533@end example
1534
1535@noindent
1536or
1537
1538@example
1539yoyodyne/tc
1540@end example
1541
1542If the particular working directory does not correspond
1543to a directory in the repository, then @file{Repository}
1544should contain @file{CVSROOT/Emptydir}.
1545@cindex Emptydir, in CVSROOT directory
1546@cindex CVSROOT/Emptydir directory
1547
1548@cindex Entries file, in CVS directory
1549@cindex CVS/Entries file
1550@item Entries
1551This file lists the files and directories in the
1552working directory.
1553The first character of each line indicates what sort of
1554line it is.  If the character is unrecognized, programs
1555reading the file should silently skip that line, to
1556allow for future expansion.
1557
1558If the first character is @samp{/}, then the format is:
1559
1560@example
1561/@var{name}/@var{revision}/@var{timestamp}[+@var{conflict}]/@var{options}/@var{tagdate}
1562@end example
1563
1564@noindent
1565where @samp{[} and @samp{]} are not part of the entry,
1566but instead indicate that the @samp{+} and conflict
1567marker are optional.  @var{name} is the name of the
1568file within the directory.  @var{revision} is the
1569revision that the file in the working derives from, or
1570@samp{0} for an added file, or @samp{-} followed by a
1571revision for a removed file.  @var{timestamp} is the
1572timestamp of the file at the time that @sc{cvs} created
1573it; if the timestamp differs with the actual
1574modification time of the file it means the file has
1575been modified.  It is stored in
1576the format used by the ISO C asctime() function (for
1577example, @samp{Sun Apr  7 01:29:26 1996}).  One may
1578write a string which is not in that format, for
1579example, @samp{Result of merge}, to indicate that the
1580file should always be considered to be modified.  This
1581is not a special case; to see whether a file is
1582modified a program should take the timestamp of the file
1583and simply do a string compare with @var{timestamp}.
1584If there was a conflict, @var{conflict} can be set to
1585the modification time of the file after the file has been
1586written with conflict markers (@pxref{Conflicts example}).
1587Thus if @var{conflict} is subsequently the same as the actual
1588modification time of the file it means that the user
1589has obviously not resolved the conflict.  @var{options}
1590contains sticky options (for example @samp{-kb} for a
1591binary file).  @var{tagdate} contains @samp{T} followed
1592by a tag name, or @samp{D} for a date, followed by a
1593sticky tag or date.  Note that if @var{timestamp}
1594contains a pair of timestamps separated by a space,
1595rather than a single timestamp, you are dealing with a
1596version of @sc{cvs} earlier than @sc{cvs} 1.5 (not
1597documented here).
1598
1599The timezone on the timestamp in CVS/Entries (local or
1600universal) should be the same as the operating system
1601stores for the timestamp of the file itself.  For
1602example, on Unix the file's timestamp is in universal
1603time (UT), so the timestamp in CVS/Entries should be
1604too.  On @sc{vms}, the file's timestamp is in local
1605time, so @sc{cvs} on @sc{vms} should use local time.
1606This rule is so that files do not appear to be modified
1607merely because the timezone changed (for example, to or
1608from summer time).
1609@c See comments and calls to gmtime() and friends in
1610@c src/vers_ts.c (function time_stamp).
1611
1612If the first character of a line in @file{Entries} is
1613@samp{D}, then it indicates a subdirectory.  @samp{D}
1614on a line all by itself indicates that the program
1615which wrote the @file{Entries} file does record
1616subdirectories (therefore, if there is such a line and
1617no other lines beginning with @samp{D}, one knows there
1618are no subdirectories).  Otherwise, the line looks
1619like:
1620
1621@example
1622D/@var{name}/@var{filler1}/@var{filler2}/@var{filler3}/@var{filler4}
1623@end example
1624
1625@noindent
1626where @var{name} is the name of the subdirectory, and
1627all the @var{filler} fields should be silently ignored,
1628for future expansion.  Programs which modify
1629@code{Entries} files should preserve these fields.
1630
1631The lines in the @file{Entries} file can be in any order.
1632
1633@cindex Entries.Log file, in CVS directory
1634@cindex CVS/Entries.Log file
1635@item Entries.Log
1636This file does not record any information beyond that
1637in @file{Entries}, but it does provide a way to update
1638the information without having to rewrite the entire
1639@file{Entries} file, including the ability to preserve
1640the information even if the program writing
1641@file{Entries} and @file{Entries.Log} abruptly aborts.
1642Programs which are reading the @file{Entries} file
1643should also check for @file{Entries.Log}.  If the latter
1644exists, they should read @file{Entries} and then apply
1645the changes mentioned in @file{Entries.Log}.  After
1646applying the changes, the recommended practice is to
1647rewrite @file{Entries} and then delete @file{Entries.Log}.
1648The format of a line in @file{Entries.Log} is a single
1649character command followed by a space followed by a
1650line in the format specified for a line in
1651@file{Entries}.  The single character command is
1652@samp{A} to indicate that the entry is being added,
1653@samp{R} to indicate that the entry is being removed,
1654or any other character to indicate that the entire line
1655in @file{Entries.Log} should be silently ignored (for
1656future expansion).  If the second character of the line
1657in @file{Entries.Log} is not a space, then it was
1658written by an older version of @sc{cvs} (not documented
1659here).
1660
1661Programs which are writing rather than reading can
1662safely ignore @file{Entries.Log} if they so choose.
1663
1664@cindex Entries.Backup file, in CVS directory
1665@cindex CVS/Entries.Backup file
1666@item Entries.Backup
1667This is a temporary file.  Recommended usage is to
1668write a new entries file to @file{Entries.Backup}, and
1669then to rename it (atomically, where possible) to @file{Entries}.
1670
1671@cindex Entries.Static file, in CVS directory
1672@cindex CVS/Entries.Static file
1673@item Entries.Static
1674The only relevant thing about this file is whether it
1675exists or not.  If it exists, then it means that only
1676part of a directory was gotten and @sc{cvs} will
1677not create additional files in that directory.  To
1678clear it, use the @code{update} command with the
1679@samp{-d} option, which will get the additional files
1680and remove @file{Entries.Static}.
1681@c FIXME: This needs to be better documented, in places
1682@c other than Working Directory Storage.
1683@c FIXCVS: The fact that this setting exists needs to
1684@c be more visible to the user.  For example "cvs
1685@c status foo", in the case where the file would be
1686@c gotten except for Entries.Static, might say
1687@c something to distinguish this from other cases.
1688@c One thing that periodically gets suggested is to
1689@c have "cvs update" print something when it skips
1690@c files due to Entries.Static, but IMHO that kind of
1691@c noise pretty much makes the Entries.Static feature
1692@c useless.
1693
1694@cindex Tag file, in CVS directory
1695@cindex CVS/Tag file
1696@cindex Sticky tags/dates, per-directory
1697@cindex Per-directory sticky tags/dates
1698@item Tag
1699This file contains per-directory sticky tags or dates.
1700The first character is @samp{T} for a branch tag,
1701@samp{N} for a non-branch tag, or @samp{D} for a date,
1702or another character to mean the file should be
1703silently ignored, for future expansion.  This character
1704is followed by the tag or date.  Note that
1705per-directory sticky tags or dates are used for things
1706like applying to files which are newly added; they
1707might not be the same as the sticky tags or dates on
1708individual files.  For general information on sticky
1709tags and dates, see @ref{Sticky tags}.
1710@c FIXME: This needs to be much better documented,
1711@c preferably not in the context of "working directory
1712@c storage".
1713@c FIXME: The Sticky tags node needs to discuss, or xref to
1714@c someplace which discusses, per-directory sticky
1715@c tags and the distinction with per-file sticky tags.
1716
1717@cindex Notify file, in CVS directory
1718@cindex CVS/Notify file
1719@item Notify
1720This file stores notifications (for example, for
1721@code{edit} or @code{unedit}) which have not yet been
1722sent to the server.  Its format is not yet documented
1723here.
1724
1725@cindex Notify.tmp file, in CVS directory
1726@cindex CVS/Notify.tmp file
1727@item Notify.tmp
1728This file is to @file{Notify} as @file{Entries.Backup}
1729is to @file{Entries}.  That is, to write @file{Notify},
1730first write the new contents to @file{Notify.tmp} and
1731then (atomically where possible), rename it to
1732@file{Notify}.
1733
1734@cindex Base directory, in CVS directory
1735@cindex CVS/Base directory
1736@item Base
1737If watches are in use, then an @code{edit} command
1738stores the original copy of the file in the @file{Base}
1739directory.  This allows the @code{unedit} command to
1740operate even if it is unable to communicate with the
1741server.
1742
1743@cindex Baserev file, in CVS directory
1744@cindex CVS/Baserev file
1745@item Baserev
1746The file lists the revision for each of the files in
1747the @file{Base} directory.  The format is:
1748
1749@example
1750B@var{name}/@var{rev}/@var{expansion}
1751@end example
1752
1753@noindent
1754where @var{expansion} should be ignored, to allow for
1755future expansion.
1756
1757@cindex Baserev.tmp file, in CVS directory
1758@cindex CVS/Baserev.tmp file
1759@item Baserev.tmp
1760This file is to @file{Baserev} as @file{Entries.Backup}
1761is to @file{Entries}.  That is, to write @file{Baserev},
1762first write the new contents to @file{Baserev.tmp} and
1763then (atomically where possible), rename it to
1764@file{Baserev}.
1765
1766@cindex Template file, in CVS directory
1767@cindex CVS/Template file
1768@item Template
1769This file contains the template specified by the
1770@file{rcsinfo} file (@pxref{rcsinfo}).  It is only used
1771by the client; the non-client/server @sc{cvs} consults
1772@file{rcsinfo} directly.
1773@end table
1774
1775@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1776@node Intro administrative files
1777@section The administrative files
1778@cindex Administrative files (intro)
1779@cindex Modules file
1780@cindex CVSROOT, module name
1781@cindex Defining modules (intro)
1782
1783@c FIXME: this node should be reorganized into "general
1784@c information about admin files" and put the "editing
1785@c admin files" stuff up front rather than jumping into
1786@c the details of modules right away.  Then the
1787@c Administrative files node can go away, the information
1788@c on each admin file distributed to a place appropriate
1789@c to its function, and this node can contain a table
1790@c listing each file and a @ref to its detailed description.
1791
1792The directory @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT} contains some @dfn{administrative
1793files}.  @xref{Administrative files}, for a complete description.
1794You can use @sc{cvs} without any of these files, but
1795some commands work better when at least the
1796@file{modules} file is properly set up.
1797
1798The most important of these files is the @file{modules}
1799file.  It defines all modules in the repository.  This
1800is a sample @file{modules} file.
1801
1802@c FIXME: The CVSROOT line is a goofy example now that
1803@c mkmodules doesn't exist.
1804@example
1805CVSROOT         CVSROOT
1806modules         CVSROOT modules
1807cvs             gnu/cvs
1808rcs             gnu/rcs
1809diff            gnu/diff
1810tc              yoyodyne/tc
1811@end example
1812
1813The @file{modules} file is line oriented.  In its
1814simplest form each line contains the name of the
1815module, whitespace, and the directory where the module
1816resides.  The directory is a path relative to
1817@code{$CVSROOT}.  The last four lines in the example
1818above are examples of such lines.
1819
1820@c FIXME: might want to introduce the concept of options in modules file
1821@c (the old example which was here, -i mkmodules, is obsolete).
1822
1823The line that defines the module called @samp{modules}
1824uses features that are not explained here.
1825@xref{modules}, for a full explanation of all the
1826available features.
1827
1828@c FIXME: subsection without node is bogus
1829@subsection Editing administrative files
1830@cindex Editing administrative files
1831@cindex Administrative files, editing them
1832
1833You edit the administrative files in the same way that you would edit
1834any other module.  Use @samp{cvs checkout CVSROOT} to get a working
1835copy, edit it, and commit your changes in the normal way.
1836
1837It is possible to commit an erroneous administrative
1838file.  You can often fix the error and check in a new
1839revision, but sometimes a particularly bad error in the
1840administrative file makes it impossible to commit new
1841revisions.
1842@c @xref{Bad administrative files} for a hint
1843@c about how to solve such situations.
1844@c -- administrative file checking--
1845
1846@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1847@node Multiple repositories
1848@section Multiple repositories
1849@cindex Multiple repositories
1850@cindex Repositories, multiple
1851@cindex Many repositories
1852@cindex Parallel repositories
1853@cindex Disjoint repositories
1854@cindex CVSROOT, multiple repositories
1855
1856In some situations it is a good idea to have more than
1857one repository, for instance if you have two
1858development groups that work on separate projects
1859without sharing any code.  All you have to do to have
1860several repositories is to specify the appropriate
1861repository, using the @code{CVSROOT} environment
1862variable, the @samp{-d} option to @sc{cvs}, or (once
1863you have checked out a working directory) by simply
1864allowing @sc{cvs} to use the repository that was used
1865to check out the working directory
1866(@pxref{Specifying a repository}).
1867
1868The big advantage of having multiple repositories is
1869that they can reside on different servers.  With @sc{cvs}
1870version 1.10, a single command cannot recurse into
1871directories from different repositories.  With development
1872versions of @sc{cvs}, you can check out code from multiple
1873servers into your working directory.  @sc{cvs} will
1874recurse and handle all the details of making
1875connections to as many server machines as necessary to
1876perform the requested command.  Here is an example of
1877how to set up a working directory:
1878
1879@example
1880cvs -d server1:/cvs co dir1
1881cd dir1
1882cvs -d server2:/root co sdir
1883cvs update
1884@end example
1885
1886The @code{cvs co} commands set up the working
1887directory, and then the @code{cvs update} command will
1888contact server2, to update the dir1/sdir subdirectory,
1889and server1, to update everything else.
1890
1891@c FIXME: Does the FAQ have more about this?  I have a
1892@c dim recollection, but I'm too lazy to check right now.
1893
1894@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1895@node Creating a repository
1896@section Creating a repository
1897
1898@cindex Repository, setting up
1899@cindex Creating a repository
1900@cindex Setting up a repository
1901
1902This section describes how to set up a @sc{cvs} repository for any
1903sort of access method.  After completing the setup described in this
1904section, you should be able to access your @sc{cvs} repository immediately
1905via the local access method and several remote access methods.  For
1906more information on setting up remote access to the repository you create
1907in this section, please read the section on @xref{Remote repositories}.
1908
1909To set up a @sc{cvs} repository, first choose the
1910machine and disk on which you want to store the
1911revision history of the source files.  CPU and memory
1912requirements are modest, so most machines should be
1913adequate.  For details see @ref{Server requirements}.
1914@c Possible that we should be providing a quick rule of
1915@c thumb, like the 32M memory for the server.  That
1916@c might increase the number of people who are happy
1917@c with the answer, without following the xref.
1918
1919To estimate disk space
1920requirements, if you are importing RCS files from
1921another system, the size of those files is the
1922approximate initial size of your repository, or if you
1923are starting without any version history, a rule of
1924thumb is to allow for the server approximately three
1925times the size of the code to be under @sc{cvs} for the
1926repository (you will eventually outgrow this, but not
1927for a while).  On the machines on which the developers
1928will be working, you'll want disk space for
1929approximately one working directory for each developer
1930(either the entire tree or a portion of it, depending
1931on what each developer uses).
1932
1933The repository should be accessible
1934(directly or via a networked file system) from all
1935machines which want to use @sc{cvs} in server or local
1936mode; the client machines need not have any access to
1937it other than via the @sc{cvs} protocol.  It is not
1938possible to use @sc{cvs} to read from a repository
1939which one only has read access to; @sc{cvs} needs to be
1940able to create lock files (@pxref{Concurrency}).
1941
1942@cindex init (subcommand)
1943To create a repository, run the @code{cvs init}
1944command.  It will set up an empty repository in the
1945@sc{cvs} root specified in the usual way
1946(@pxref{Repository}).  For example,
1947
1948@example
1949cvs -d /usr/local/cvsroot init
1950@end example
1951
1952@code{cvs init} is careful to never overwrite any
1953existing files in the repository, so no harm is done if
1954you run @code{cvs init} on an already set-up
1955repository.
1956
1957@code{cvs init} will enable history logging; if you
1958don't want that, remove the history file after running
1959@code{cvs init}.  @xref{history file}.
1960
1961@node Backing up
1962@section Backing up a repository
1963@cindex Repository, backing up
1964@cindex Backing up, repository
1965
1966There is nothing particularly magical about the files
1967in the repository; for the most part it is possible to
1968back them up just like any other files.  However, there
1969are a few issues to consider.
1970
1971@cindex Locks, cvs, and backups
1972@cindex #cvs.rfl, and backups
1973The first is that to be paranoid, one should either not
1974use @sc{cvs} during the backup, or have the backup
1975program lock @sc{cvs} while doing the backup.  To not
1976use @sc{cvs}, you might forbid logins to machines which
1977can access the repository, turn off your @sc{cvs}
1978server, or similar mechanisms.  The details would
1979depend on your operating system and how you have
1980@sc{cvs} set up.  To lock @sc{cvs}, you would create
1981@file{#cvs.rfl} locks in each repository directory.
1982See @ref{Concurrency}, for more on @sc{cvs} locks.
1983Having said all this, if you just back up without any
1984of these precautions, the results are unlikely to be
1985particularly dire.  Restoring from backup, the
1986repository might be in an inconsistent state, but this
1987would not be particularly hard to fix manually.
1988
1989When you restore a repository from backup, assuming
1990that changes in the repository were made after the time
1991of the backup, working directories which were not
1992affected by the failure may refer to revisions which no
1993longer exist in the repository.  Trying to run @sc{cvs}
1994in such directories will typically produce an error
1995message.  One way to get those changes back into the
1996repository is as follows:
1997
1998@itemize @bullet
1999@item
2000Get a new working directory.
2001
2002@item
2003Copy the files from the working directory from before
2004the failure over to the new working directory (do not
2005copy the contents of the @file{CVS} directories, of
2006course).
2007
2008@item
2009Working in the new working directory, use commands such
2010as @code{cvs update} and @code{cvs diff} to figure out
2011what has changed, and then when you are ready, commit
2012the changes into the repository.
2013@end itemize
2014
2015@node Moving a repository
2016@section Moving a repository
2017@cindex Repository, moving
2018@cindex Moving a repository
2019@cindex Copying a repository
2020
2021Just as backing up the files in the repository is
2022pretty much like backing up any other files, if you
2023need to move a repository from one place to another it
2024is also pretty much like just moving any other
2025collection of files.
2026
2027The main thing to consider is that working directories
2028point to the repository.  The simplest way to deal with
2029a moved repository is to just get a fresh working
2030directory after the move.  Of course, you'll want to
2031make sure that the old working directory had been
2032checked in before the move, or you figured out some
2033other way to make sure that you don't lose any
2034changes.  If you really do want to reuse the existing
2035working directory, it should be possible with manual
2036surgery on the @file{CVS/Repository} files.  You can
2037see @ref{Working directory storage}, for information on
2038the @file{CVS/Repository} and @file{CVS/Root} files, but
2039unless you are sure you want to bother, it probably
2040isn't worth it.
2041@c FIXME: Surgery on CVS/Repository should be avoided
2042@c by making RELATIVE_REPOS the default.
2043@c FIXME-maybe: might want some documented way to
2044@c change the CVS/Root files in some particular tree.
2045@c But then again, I don't know, maybe just having
2046@c people do this in perl/shell/&c isn't so bad...
2047
2048@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2049@node Remote repositories
2050@section Remote repositories
2051@cindex Repositories, remote
2052@cindex Remote repositories
2053@cindex Client/Server Operation
2054@cindex Server, CVS
2055@cindex Remote repositories, port specification
2056@cindex Repositories, remote, port specification
2057@cindex Client/Server Operation, port specification
2058@cindex pserver (client/server connection method), port specification
2059@cindex kserver (client/server connection method), port specification
2060@cindex gserver (client/server connection method), port specification
2061@cindex port, specifying for remote repositories
2062
2063        Your working copy of the sources can be on a
2064different machine than the repository.  Using @sc{cvs}
2065in this manner is known as @dfn{client/server}
2066operation.  You run @sc{cvs} on a machine which can
2067mount your working directory, known as the
2068@dfn{client}, and tell it to communicate to a machine
2069which can mount the repository, known as the
2070@dfn{server}.  Generally, using a remote
2071repository is just like using a local one, except that
2072the format of the repository name is:
2073
2074@example
2075[:@var{method}:][[@var{user}][:@var{password}]@@]@var{hostname}[:[@var{port}]]/path/to/repository
2076@end example
2077
2078Specifying a password in the repository name is not recommended during
2079checkout, since this will cause @sc{cvs} to store a cleartext copy of the
2080password in each created directory.  @code{cvs login} first instead
2081(@pxref{Password authentication client}).
2082
2083The details of exactly what needs to be set up depend
2084on how you are connecting to the server.
2085
2086@c Should we try to explain which platforms are which?
2087@c Platforms like unix and VMS, which only allow
2088@c privileged programs to bind to sockets <1024 lose on
2089@c :server:
2090@c Platforms like Mac and VMS, whose rsh program is
2091@c unusable or nonexistent, lose on :ext:
2092@c Platforms like OS/2 and NT probably could plausibly
2093@c default either way (modulo -b troubles).
2094
2095@menu
2096* Server requirements::         Memory and other resources for servers
2097* The connection method::       Connection methods and method options
2098* Connecting via rsh::          Using the @code{rsh} program to connect
2099* Password authenticated::      Direct connections using passwords
2100* GSSAPI authenticated::        Direct connections using GSSAPI
2101* Kerberos authenticated::      Direct connections with Kerberos
2102* Connecting via fork::         Using a forked @code{cvs server} to connect
2103* Write proxies::               Distributing load across several CVS servers
2104@end menu
2105
2106@node Server requirements
2107@subsection Server requirements
2108
2109The quick answer to what sort of machine is suitable as
2110a server is that requirements are modest---a server
2111with 32M of memory or even less can handle a fairly
2112large source tree with a fair amount of activity.
2113@c Say something about CPU speed too?  I'm even less sure
2114@c what to say on that subject...
2115
2116The real answer, of course, is more complicated.
2117Estimating the known areas of large memory consumption
2118should be sufficient to estimate memory requirements.
2119There are two such areas documented here; other memory
2120consumption should be small by comparison (if you find
2121that is not the case, let us know, as described in
2122@ref{BUGS}, so we can update this documentation).
2123
2124The first area of big memory consumption is large
2125checkouts, when using the @sc{cvs} server.  The server
2126consists of two processes for each client that it is
2127serving.  Memory consumption on the child process
2128should remain fairly small.  Memory consumption on the
2129parent process, particularly if the network connection
2130to the client is slow, can be expected to grow to
2131slightly more than the size of the sources in a single
2132directory, or two megabytes, whichever is larger.
2133@c "two megabytes" of course is SERVER_HI_WATER.  But
2134@c we don't mention that here because we are
2135@c documenting the default configuration of CVS.  If it
2136@c is a "standard" thing to change that value, it
2137@c should be some kind of run-time configuration.
2138@c
2139@c See cvsclient.texi for more on the design decision
2140@c to not have locks in place while waiting for the
2141@c client, which is what results in memory consumption
2142@c as high as this.
2143
2144Multiplying the size of each @sc{cvs} server by the
2145number of servers which you expect to have active at
2146one time should give an idea of memory requirements for
2147the server.  For the most part, the memory consumed by
2148the parent process probably can be swap space rather
2149than physical memory.
2150@c Has anyone verified that notion about swap space?
2151@c I say it based pretty much on guessing that the
2152@c ->text of the struct buffer_data only gets accessed
2153@c in a first in, first out fashion, but I haven't
2154@c looked very closely.
2155
2156@c What about disk usage in /tmp on the server?  I think that
2157@c it can be substantial, but I haven't looked at this
2158@c again and tried to figure it out ("cvs import" is
2159@c probably the worst case...).
2160
2161The second area of large memory consumption is
2162@code{diff}, when checking in large files.  This is
2163required even for binary files.  The rule of thumb is
2164to allow about ten times the size of the largest file
2165you will want to check in, although five times may be
2166adequate.  For example, if you want to check in a file
2167which is 10 megabytes, you should have 100 megabytes of
2168memory on the machine doing the checkin (the server
2169machine for client/server, or the machine running
2170@sc{cvs} for non-client/server).  This can be swap
2171space rather than physical memory.  Because the memory
2172is only required briefly, there is no particular need
2173to allow memory for more than one such checkin at a
2174time.
2175@c The 5-10 times rule of thumb is from Paul Eggert for
2176@c GNU diff.  I don't think it is in the GNU diff
2177@c manual or anyplace like that.
2178@c
2179@c Probably we could be saying more about
2180@c non-client/server CVS.
2181@c I would guess for non-client/server CVS in an NFS
2182@c environment the biggest issues are the network and
2183@c the NFS server.
2184
2185Resource consumption for the client is even more
2186modest---any machine with enough capacity to run the
2187operating system in question should have little
2188trouble.
2189@c Is that true?  I think the client still wants to
2190@c (bogusly) store entire files in memory at times.
2191
2192For information on disk space requirements, see
2193@ref{Creating a repository}.
2194
2195@node The connection method
2196@subsection The connection method
2197
2198In its simplest form, the @var{method} portion of the repository string
2199(@pxref{Remote repositories}) may be one of @samp{ext}, @samp{fork},
2200@samp{gserver}, @samp{kserver}, @samp{local}, @samp{pserver}, and, on some
2201platforms, @samp{server}.
2202
2203If @var{method} is not specified, and the repository
2204name starts with a @samp{/}, then the default is @code{local}.
2205If @var{method} is not specified, and the repository
2206name does not start with a @samp{/}, then the default is @code{ext}
2207or @code{server}, depending on your platform; both the @samp{ext}
2208and @samp{server} methods are described in @ref{Connecting via rsh}.
2209
2210@cindex connection method options
2211@cindex options, connection method
2212The @code{ext}, @code{fork}, @code{gserver}, and @code{pserver} connection
2213methods all accept optional method options, specified as part of the
2214@var{method} string, like so:
2215
2216@example
2217:@var{method}[;@var{option}=@var{arg}...]:@var{other_connection_data}
2218@end example
2219
2220@sc{cvs} is not sensitive to the case of @var{method} or @var{option}, though
2221it may sometimes be sensitive to the case of @var{arg}.  The possible method
2222options are as follows:
2223
2224@table @code
2225@cindex CVS_PROXY_PORT
2226@cindex proxy, method option
2227@cindex proxyport, method option
2228@cindex proxies, web, connecting via
2229@cindex web proxies, connecting via
2230@cindex proxies, HTTP, connecting via
2231@cindex HTTP proxies, connecting via
2232@item proxy=@var{hostname}
2233@itemx proxyport=@var{port}
2234These two method options can be used to connect via an HTTP tunnel style web
2235proxy.  @var{hostname} should be the name of the HTTP proxy server to connect
2236through and @var{port} is the port number on the HTTP proxy server to connect
2237via.  @var{port} defaults to 8080.
2238
2239@strong{NOTE: An HTTP proxy server is not the same as a @sc{cvs} write proxy
2240server - please see @ref{Write proxies} for more on @sc{cvs} write proxies.}
2241
2242For example, to connect pserver via a web proxy listening on port 8000 of
2243www.myproxy.net, you would use a method of:
2244
2245@example
2246:pserver;proxy=www.myproxy.net;proxyport=8000:@var{pserver_connection_string}
2247@end example
2248
2249@strong{NOTE: In the above example, @var{pserver_connection_string} is still
2250required to connect and authenticate to the CVS server, as noted in the
2251upcoming sections on password authentication, @code{gserver}, and
2252@code{kserver}.  The example above only demonstrates a modification to the
2253@var{method} portion of the repository name.}
2254
2255These options first appeared in @sc{cvs} version 1.12.7 and are valid as
2256modifcations to the @code{gserver} and @code{pserver} connection methods.
2257
2258@cindex CVS_RSH method option
2259@item CVS_RSH=@var{path}
2260This method option can be used with the @code{ext} method to specify the path
2261the @sc{cvs} client will use to find the remote shell used to contact the
2262@sc{cvs} server and takes precedence over any path specified in the
2263@code{$CVS_RSH} environment variable (@pxref{Connecting via rsh}).  For
2264example, to connect to a @sc{cvs} server via the local
2265@file{/path/to/ssh/command} command, you could choose to specify the following
2266@var{path} via the @code{CVS_RSH} method option:
2267
2268@example
2269:ext;CVS_RSH=/path/to/ssh/command:@var{ext_connection_string}
2270@end example
2271
2272This method option first appeared in @sc{cvs} version 1.12.11 and is valid only
2273as a modifcation to the @code{ext} connection method.
2274
2275@cindex CVS_SERVER method option
2276@item CVS_SERVER=@var{path}
2277This method option can be used with the @code{ext} and @code{fork} methods to
2278specify the path @sc{cvs} will use to find the @sc{cvs} executable on the
2279@sc{cvs} server and takes precedence over any path specified in the
2280@code{$CVS_SERVER} environment variable (@pxref{Connecting via rsh}).  For
2281example, to select the remote @file{/path/to/cvs/command} executable as your
2282@sc{cvs} server application on the @sc{cvs} server machine, you could choose to
2283specify the following @var{path} via the @code{CVS_SERVER} method option:
2284
2285@example
2286:ext;CVS_SERVER=/path/to/cvs/command:@var{ext_connection_string}
2287@end example
2288
2289@noindent
2290or, to select an executable named @samp{cvs-1.12.11}, assuming it is in your
2291@code{$PATH} on the @sc{cvs} server:
2292
2293@example
2294:ext;CVS_SERVER=cvs-1.12.11:@var{ext_connection_string}
2295@end example
2296
2297This method option first appeared in @sc{cvs} version 1.12.11 and is valid
2298as a modifcation to both the @code{ext} and @code{fork} connection methods.
2299
2300@cindex Redirect, method option
2301@item Redirect=@var{boolean-state}
2302The @code{Redirect} method option determines whether the @sc{cvs} client will
2303allow a @sc{cvs} server to redirect it to a different @sc{cvs} server, usually
2304for write requests, as in a write proxy setup.
2305
2306A @var{boolean-state} of any value acceptable for boolean @file{CVSROOT/config}
2307file options is acceptable here (@pxref{config}).  For example, @samp{on},
2308@samp{off}, @samp{true}, and @samp{false} are all valid values for
2309@var{boolean-state}.  @var{boolean-state} for the @code{Redirect} method option
2310defaults to @samp{on}.
2311
2312This option will have no effect when talking to any non-secondary @sc{cvs}
2313server.  For more on write proxies and secondary servers, please see
2314@ref{Write proxies}.
2315
2316This method option first appeared in @sc{cvs} version 1.12.11 and is valid only
2317as a modifcation to the @code{ext} connection method.
2318@end table
2319
2320As a further example, to combine both the @code{CVS_RSH} and @code{CVS_SERVER}
2321options, a method specification like the following would work:
2322
2323@example
2324:ext;CVS_RSH=/path/to/ssh/command;CVS_SERVER=/path/to/cvs/command:
2325@end example
2326
2327This means that you would not need to have
2328the @code{CVS_SERVER} or @code{CVS_RSH} environment
2329variables set correctly.  See @ref{Connecting via rsh}, for more details on
2330these environment variables.
2331
2332@node Connecting via rsh
2333@subsection Connecting with rsh
2334
2335@cindex rsh
2336@sc{cvs} uses the @samp{rsh} protocol to perform these
2337operations, so the remote user host needs to have a
2338@file{.rhosts} file which grants access to the local
2339user. Note that the program that @sc{cvs} uses for this
2340purpose may be specified using the @file{--with-rsh}
2341flag to configure.
2342
2343For example, suppose you are the user @samp{mozart} on
2344the local machine @samp{toe.example.com}, and the
2345server machine is @samp{faun.example.org}.  On
2346faun, put the following line into the file
2347@file{.rhosts} in @samp{bach}'s home directory:
2348
2349@example
2350toe.example.com  mozart
2351@end example
2352
2353@noindent
2354Then test that @samp{rsh} is working with
2355
2356@example
2357rsh -l bach faun.example.org 'echo $PATH'
2358@end example
2359
2360@cindex CVS_SERVER, environment variable
2361Next you have to make sure that @code{rsh} will be able
2362to find the server.  Make sure that the path which
2363@code{rsh} printed in the above example includes the
2364directory containing a program named @code{cvs} which
2365is the server.  You need to set the path in
2366@file{.bashrc}, @file{.cshrc}, etc., not @file{.login}
2367or @file{.profile}.  Alternately, you can set the
2368environment variable @code{CVS_SERVER} on the client
2369machine to the filename of the server you want to use,
2370for example @file{/usr/local/bin/cvs-1.6}.
2371For the @code{ext} and @code{fork} methods, you may
2372also specify @var{CVS_SERVER} as an otpion in the
2373@var{CVSROOT} so that you may use different servers for
2374differnt roots. See @ref{Remote repositories} for more
2375details.
2376
2377There is no need to edit @file{inetd.conf} or start a
2378@sc{cvs} server daemon.
2379
2380@cindex :server:, setting up
2381@cindex :ext:, setting up
2382@cindex Kerberos, using kerberized rsh
2383@cindex SSH (rsh replacement)
2384@cindex rsh replacements (Kerberized, SSH, &c)
2385There are two access methods that you use in @code{CVSROOT}
2386for rsh.  @code{:server:} specifies an internal rsh
2387client, which is supported only by some @sc{cvs} ports.
2388@code{:ext:} specifies an external rsh program.  By
2389default this is @code{rsh} (unless otherwise specified
2390by the @file{--with-rsh} flag to configure) but you may set the
2391@code{CVS_RSH} environment variable to invoke another
2392program which can access the remote server (for
2393example, @code{remsh} on HP-UX 9 because @code{rsh} is
2394something different).  It must be a program which can
2395transmit data to and from the server without modifying
2396it; for example the Windows NT @code{rsh} is not
2397suitable since it by default translates between CRLF
2398and LF.  The OS/2 @sc{cvs} port has a hack to pass @samp{-b}
2399to @code{rsh} to get around this, but since this could
2400potentially cause problems for programs other than the
2401standard @code{rsh}, it may change in the future.  If
2402you set @code{CVS_RSH} to @code{SSH} or some other rsh
2403replacement, the instructions in the rest of this
2404section concerning @file{.rhosts} and so on are likely
2405to be inapplicable; consult the documentation for your rsh
2406replacement.
2407
2408You may choose to specify the @var{CVS_RSH} option as a method option
2409in the @var{CVSROOT} string to allow you to use different connection tools
2410for different roots (@pxref{The connection method}).  For example, allowing
2411some roots to use @code{CVS_RSH=remsh} and some to use
2412@code{CVS_RSH=ssh} for the @code{ext} method.  See also
2413the @ref{Remote repositories} for more details.
2414@c See also the comment in src/client.c for rationale
2415@c concerning "rsh" being the default and never
2416@c "remsh".
2417
2418Continuing our example, supposing you want to access
2419the module @file{foo} in the repository
2420@file{/usr/local/cvsroot/}, on machine
2421@file{faun.example.org}, you are ready to go:
2422
2423@example
2424cvs -d :ext:bach@@faun.example.org:/usr/local/cvsroot checkout foo
2425@end example
2426
2427@noindent
2428(The @file{bach@@} can be omitted if the username is
2429the same on both the local and remote hosts.)
2430
2431@c Should we mention "rsh host echo hi" and "rsh host
2432@c cat" (the latter followed by typing text and ^D)
2433@c as troubleshooting techniques?  Probably yes
2434@c (people tend to have trouble setting this up),
2435@c but this kind of thing can be hard to spell out.
2436
2437@node Password authenticated
2438@subsection Direct connection with password authentication
2439
2440The @sc{cvs} client can also connect to the server
2441using a password protocol.  This is particularly useful
2442if using @code{rsh} is not feasible (for example,
2443the server is behind a firewall), and Kerberos also is
2444not available.
2445
2446        To use this method, it is necessary to make
2447some adjustments on both the server and client sides.
2448
2449@menu
2450* Password authentication server::     Setting up the server
2451* Password authentication client::     Using the client
2452* Password authentication security::   What this method does and does not do
2453@end menu
2454
2455@node Password authentication server
2456@subsubsection Setting up the server for password authentication
2457
2458First of all, you probably want to tighten the
2459permissions on the @file{$CVSROOT} and
2460@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT} directories.  See @ref{Password
2461authentication security}, for more details.
2462
2463@cindex pserver (subcommand)
2464@cindex Remote repositories, port specification
2465@cindex Repositories, remote, port specification
2466@cindex Client/Server Operation, port specification
2467@cindex pserver (client/server connection method), port specification
2468@cindex kserver (client/server connection method), port specification
2469@cindex gserver (client/server connection method), port specification
2470@cindex port, specifying for remote repositories
2471@cindex Password server, setting up
2472@cindex Authenticating server, setting up
2473@cindex inetd, configuring for pserver
2474@cindex xinetd, configuring for pserver
2475@c FIXME: this isn't quite right regarding port
2476@c numbers; CVS looks up "cvspserver" in
2477@c /etc/services (on unix, but what about non-unix?).
2478On the server side, the file @file{/etc/inetd.conf}
2479needs to be edited so @code{inetd} knows to run the
2480command @code{cvs pserver} when it receives a
2481connection on the right port.  By default, the port
2482number is 2401; it would be different if your client
2483were compiled with @code{CVS_AUTH_PORT} defined to
2484something else, though.  This can also be specified in the CVSROOT variable
2485(@pxref{Remote repositories}) or overridden with the CVS_CLIENT_PORT
2486environment variable (@pxref{Environment variables}).
2487
2488        If your @code{inetd} allows raw port numbers in
2489@file{/etc/inetd.conf}, then the following (all on a
2490single line in @file{inetd.conf}) should be sufficient:
2491
2492@example
24932401  stream  tcp  nowait  root  /usr/local/bin/cvs
2494cvs -f --allow-root=/usr/cvsroot pserver
2495@end example
2496
2497@noindent
2498(You could also use the
2499@samp{-T} option to specify a temporary directory.)
2500
2501The @samp{--allow-root} option specifies the allowable
2502@sc{cvsroot} directory.  Clients which attempt to use a
2503different @sc{cvsroot} directory will not be allowed to
2504connect.  If there is more than one @sc{cvsroot}
2505directory which you want to allow, repeat the option.
2506(Unfortunately, many versions of @code{inetd} have very small
2507limits on the number of arguments and/or the total length
2508of the command.  The usual solution to this problem is
2509to have @code{inetd} run a shell script which then invokes
2510@sc{cvs} with the necessary arguments.)
2511
2512        If your @code{inetd} wants a symbolic service
2513name instead of a raw port number, then put this in
2514@file{/etc/services}:
2515
2516@example
2517cvspserver      2401/tcp
2518@end example
2519
2520@noindent
2521and put @code{cvspserver} instead of @code{2401} in @file{inetd.conf}.
2522
2523If your system uses @code{xinetd} instead of @code{inetd},
2524the procedure is slightly different.
2525Create a file called @file{/etc/xinetd.d/cvspserver} containing the following:
2526
2527@example
2528service cvspserver
2529@{
2530   port        = 2401
2531   socket_type = stream
2532   protocol    = tcp
2533   wait        = no
2534   user        = root
2535   passenv     = PATH
2536   server      = /usr/local/bin/cvs
2537   server_args = -f --allow-root=/usr/cvsroot pserver
2538@}
2539@end example
2540
2541@noindent
2542(If @code{cvspserver} is defined in @file{/etc/services}, you can omit
2543the @code{port} line.)
2544
2545        Once the above is taken care of, restart your
2546@code{inetd}, or do whatever is necessary to force it
2547to reread its initialization files.
2548
2549If you are having trouble setting this up, see
2550@ref{Connection}.
2551
2552@cindex CVS passwd file
2553@cindex passwd (admin file)
2554Because the client stores and transmits passwords in
2555cleartext (almost---see @ref{Password authentication
2556security}, for details), a separate @sc{cvs} password
2557file is generally used, so people don't compromise
2558their regular passwords when they access the
2559repository.  This file is
2560@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/passwd} (@pxref{Intro
2561administrative files}).  It uses a colon-separated
2562format, similar to @file{/etc/passwd} on Unix systems,
2563except that it has fewer fields: @sc{cvs} username,
2564optional password, and an optional system username for
2565@sc{cvs} to run as if authentication succeeds.  Here is
2566an example @file{passwd} file with five entries:
2567
2568@example
2569anonymous:
2570bach:ULtgRLXo7NRxs
2571spwang:1sOp854gDF3DY
2572melissa:tGX1fS8sun6rY:pubcvs
2573qproj:XR4EZcEs0szik:pubcvs
2574@end example
2575
2576@noindent
2577(The passwords are encrypted according to the standard
2578Unix @code{crypt()} function, so it is possible to
2579paste in passwords directly from regular Unix
2580@file{/etc/passwd} files.)
2581
2582The first line in the example will grant access to any
2583@sc{cvs} client attempting to authenticate as user
2584@code{anonymous}, no matter what password they use,
2585including an empty password.  (This is typical for
2586sites granting anonymous read-only access; for
2587information on how to do the "read-only" part, see
2588@ref{Read-only access}.)
2589
2590The second and third lines will grant access to
2591@code{bach} and @code{spwang} if they supply their
2592respective plaintext passwords.
2593
2594@cindex User aliases
2595The fourth line will grant access to @code{melissa}, if
2596she supplies the correct password, but her @sc{cvs}
2597operations will actually run on the server side under
2598the system user @code{pubcvs}.  Thus, there need not be
2599any system user named @code{melissa}, but there
2600@emph{must} be one named @code{pubcvs}.
2601
2602The fifth line shows that system user identities can be
2603shared: any client who successfully authenticates as
2604@code{qproj} will actually run as @code{pubcvs}, just
2605as @code{melissa} does.  That way you could create a
2606single, shared system user for each project in your
2607repository, and give each developer their own line in
2608the @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/passwd} file.  The @sc{cvs}
2609username on each line would be different, but the
2610system username would be the same.  The reason to have
2611different @sc{cvs} usernames is that @sc{cvs} will log their
2612actions under those names: when @code{melissa} commits
2613a change to a project, the checkin is recorded in the
2614project's history under the name @code{melissa}, not
2615@code{pubcvs}.  And the reason to have them share a
2616system username is so that you can arrange permissions
2617in the relevant area of the repository such that only
2618that account has write-permission there.
2619
2620If the system-user field is present, all
2621password-authenticated @sc{cvs} commands run as that
2622user; if no system user is specified, @sc{cvs} simply
2623takes the @sc{cvs} username as the system username and
2624runs commands as that user.  In either case, if there
2625is no such user on the system, then the @sc{cvs}
2626operation will fail (regardless of whether the client
2627supplied a valid password).
2628
2629The password and system-user fields can both be omitted
2630(and if the system-user field is omitted, then also
2631omit the colon that would have separated it from the
2632encrypted password).  For example, this would be a
2633valid @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/passwd} file:
2634
2635@example
2636anonymous::pubcvs
2637fish:rKa5jzULzmhOo:kfogel
2638sussman:1sOp854gDF3DY
2639@end example
2640
2641@noindent
2642When the password field is omitted or empty, then the
2643client's authentication attempt will succeed with any
2644password, including the empty string.  However, the
2645colon after the @sc{cvs} username is always necessary,
2646even if the password is empty.
2647
2648@sc{cvs} can also fall back to use system authentication.
2649When authenticating a password, the server first checks
2650for the user in the @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/passwd}
2651file.  If it finds the user, it will use that entry for
2652authentication as described above.  But if it does not
2653find the user, or if the @sc{cvs} @file{passwd} file
2654does not exist, then the server can try to authenticate
2655the username and password using the operating system's
2656user-lookup routines (this "fallback" behavior can be
2657disabled by setting @code{SystemAuth=no} in the
2658@sc{cvs} @file{config} file, @pxref{config}).
2659
2660The default fallback behavior is to look in 
2661@file{/etc/passwd} for this system user unless your
2662system has PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules)
2663and your @sc{cvs} server executable was configured to
2664use it at compile time (using @code{./configure --enable-pam} - see the
2665INSTALL file for more).  In this case, PAM will be consulted instead.
2666This means that @sc{cvs} can be configured to use any password
2667authentication source PAM can be configured to use (possibilities
2668include a simple UNIX password, NIS, LDAP, and others) in its
2669global configuration file (usually @file{/etc/pam.conf}
2670or possibly @file{/etc/pam.d/cvs}).  See your PAM documentation
2671for more details on PAM configuration.
2672
2673Note that PAM is an experimental feature in @sc{cvs} and feedback is
2674encouraged.  Please send a mail to one of the @sc{cvs} mailing lists
2675(@code{info-cvs@@nongnu.org} or @code{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}) if you use the 
2676@sc{cvs} PAM support.
2677
2678@strong{WARNING: Using PAM gives the system administrator much more 
2679flexibility about how @sc{cvs} users are authenticated but 
2680no more security than other methods.  See below for more.} 
2681
2682CVS needs an "auth", "account" and "session" module in the 
2683PAM configuration file. A typical PAM configuration 
2684would therefore have the following lines 
2685in @file{/etc/pam.conf} to emulate the standard @sc{cvs} 
2686system @file{/etc/passwd} authentication:
2687
2688@example
2689cvs	auth	    required	pam_unix.so
2690cvs	account	    required	pam_unix.so
2691cvs	session	    required	pam_unix.so
2692@end example
2693
2694The the equivalent @file{/etc/pam.d/cvs} would contain
2695
2696@example
2697auth	    required	pam_unix.so
2698account	    required	pam_unix.so
2699session	    required	pam_unix.so
2700@end example
2701
2702Some systems require a full path to the module so that
2703@file{pam_unix.so} (Linux) would become something like 
2704@file{/usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_unix.so.1} (Sun Solaris).
2705See the @file{contrib/pam} subdirectory of the @sc{cvs}
2706source distribution for further example configurations.
2707
2708The PAM service name given above as "cvs" is just
2709the service name in the default configuration and can be
2710set using
2711@code{./configure --with-hardcoded-pam-service-name=<pam-service-name>}
2712before compiling.  @sc{cvs} can also be configured to use whatever
2713name it is invoked as as its PAM service name using
2714@code{./configure --without-hardcoded-pam-service-name}, but this
2715feature should not be used if you may not have control of the name
2716@sc{cvs} will be invoked as.
2717
2718Be aware, also, that falling back to system
2719authentication might be a security risk: @sc{cvs}
2720operations would then be authenticated with that user's
2721regular login password, and the password flies across
2722the network in plaintext.  See @ref{Password
2723authentication security} for more on this.
2724This may be more of a problem with PAM authentication
2725because it is likely that the source of the system 
2726password is some central authentication service like
2727LDAP which is also used to authenticate other services.
2728
2729On the other hand, PAM makes it very easy to change your password
2730regularly.  If they are given the option of a one-password system for
2731all of their activities, users are often more willing to change their
2732password on a regular basis.
2733
2734In the non-PAM configuration where the password is stored in the
2735@file{CVSROOT/passwd} file, it is difficult to change passwords on a
2736regular basis since only administrative users (or in some cases
2737processes that act as an administrative user) are typically given
2738access to modify this file.  Either there needs to be some
2739hand-crafted web page or set-uid program to update the file, or the
2740update needs to be done by submitting a request to an administrator to
2741perform the duty by hand.  In the first case, having to remember to
2742update a separate password on a periodic basis can be difficult.  In
2743the second case, the manual nature of the change will typically mean
2744that the password will not be changed unless it is absolutely
2745necessary.
2746
2747Note that PAM administrators should probably avoid configuring
2748one-time-passwords (OTP) for @sc{cvs} authentication/authorization.  If
2749OTPs are desired, the administrator may wish to encourage the use of
2750one of the other Client/Server access methods.  See the section on
2751@pxref{Remote repositories} for a list of other methods.
2752
2753Right now, the only way to put a password in the
2754@sc{cvs} @file{passwd} file is to paste it there from
2755somewhere else.  Someday, there may be a @code{cvs
2756passwd} command.
2757
2758Unlike many of the files in @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT}, it
2759is normal to edit the @file{passwd} file in-place,
2760rather than via @sc{cvs}.  This is because of the
2761possible security risks of having the @file{passwd}
2762file checked out to people's working copies.  If you do
2763want to include the @file{passwd} file in checkouts of
2764@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT}, see @ref{checkoutlist}.
2765
2766@c We might also suggest using the @code{htpasswd} command
2767@c from freely available web servers as well, but that
2768@c would open up a can of worms in that the users next
2769@c questions are likely to be "where do I get it?" and
2770@c "how do I use it?"
2771@c Also note that htpasswd, at least the version I had,
2772@c likes to clobber the third field.
2773
2774@node Password authentication client
2775@subsubsection Using the client with password authentication
2776@cindex Login (subcommand)
2777@cindex Password client, using
2778@cindex Authenticated client, using
2779@cindex :pserver:, setting up
2780To run a @sc{cvs} command on a remote repository via
2781the password-authenticating server, one specifies the
2782@code{pserver} protocol, optional username, repository host, an
2783optional port number, and path to the repository.  For example:
2784
2785@example
2786cvs -d :pserver:faun.example.org:/usr/local/cvsroot checkout someproj
2787@end example
2788
2789@noindent
2790or
2791
2792@example
2793CVSROOT=:pserver:bach@@faun.example.org:2401/usr/local/cvsroot
2794cvs checkout someproj
2795@end example
2796
2797However, unless you're connecting to a public-access
2798repository (i.e., one where that username doesn't
2799require a password), you'll need to supply a password or @dfn{log in} first.
2800Logging in verifies your password with the repository and stores it in a file.
2801It's done with the @code{login} command, which will
2802prompt you interactively for the password if you didn't supply one as part of
2803@var{$CVSROOT}:
2804
2805@example
2806cvs -d :pserver:bach@@faun.example.org:/usr/local/cvsroot login
2807CVS password:
2808@end example
2809
2810@noindent
2811or
2812
2813@example
2814cvs -d :pserver:bach:p4ss30rd@@faun.example.org:/usr/local/cvsroot login
2815@end example
2816
2817After you enter the password, @sc{cvs} verifies it with
2818the server.  If the verification succeeds, then that
2819combination of username, host, repository, and password
2820is permanently recorded, so future transactions with
2821that repository won't require you to run @code{cvs
2822login}.  (If verification fails, @sc{cvs} will exit
2823complaining that the password was incorrect, and
2824nothing will be recorded.)
2825
2826The records are stored, by default, in the file
2827@file{$HOME/.cvspass}.  That file's format is
2828human-readable, and to a degree human-editable, but
2829note that the passwords are not stored in
2830cleartext---they are trivially encoded to protect them
2831from "innocent" compromise (i.e., inadvertent viewing
2832by a system administrator or other non-malicious
2833person).
2834
2835@cindex CVS_PASSFILE, environment variable
2836You can change the default location of this file by
2837setting the @code{CVS_PASSFILE} environment variable.
2838If you use this variable, make sure you set it
2839@emph{before} @code{cvs login} is run.  If you were to
2840set it after running @code{cvs login}, then later
2841@sc{cvs} commands would be unable to look up the
2842password for transmission to the server.
2843  
2844Once you have logged in, all @sc{cvs} commands using
2845that remote repository and username will authenticate
2846with the stored password.  So, for example
2847  
2848@example
2849cvs -d :pserver:bach@@faun.example.org:/usr/local/cvsroot checkout foo
2850@end example
2851
2852@noindent
2853should just work (unless the password changes on the
2854server side, in which case you'll have to re-run
2855@code{cvs login}).
2856
2857Note that if the @samp{:pserver:} were not present in
2858the repository specification, @sc{cvs} would assume it
2859should use @code{rsh} to connect with the server
2860instead (@pxref{Connecting via rsh}).
2861
2862Of course, once you have a working copy checked out and
2863are running @sc{cvs} commands from within it, there is
2864no longer any need to specify the repository
2865explicitly, because @sc{cvs} can deduce the repository
2866from the working copy's @file{CVS} subdirectory.
2867
2868@c FIXME: seems to me this needs somewhat more
2869@c explanation.
2870@cindex Logout (subcommand)
2871The password for a given remote repository can be
2872removed from the @code{CVS_PASSFILE} by using the
2873@code{cvs logout} command.
2874
2875@node Password authentication security
2876@subsubsection Security considerations with password authentication
2877
2878@cindex Security, of pserver
2879The passwords are stored on the client side in a
2880trivial encoding of the cleartext, and transmitted in
2881the same encoding.  The encoding is done only to
2882prevent inadvertent password compromises (i.e., a
2883system administrator accidentally looking at the file),
2884and will not prevent even a naive attacker from gaining
2885the password.
2886
2887@c FIXME: The bit about "access to the repository
2888@c implies general access to the system is *not* specific
2889@c to pserver; it applies to kerberos and SSH and
2890@c everything else too.  Should reorganize the
2891@c documentation to make this clear.
2892The separate @sc{cvs} password file (@pxref{Password
2893authentication server}) allows people
2894to use a different password for repository access than
2895for login access.  On the other hand, once a user has
2896non-read-only
2897access to the repository, she can execute programs on
2898the server system through a variety of means.  Thus, repository
2899access implies fairly broad system access as well.  It
2900might be possible to modify @sc{cvs} to prevent that,
2901but no one has done so as of this writing.
2902@c OpenBSD uses chroot() and copies the repository to
2903@c provide anonymous read-only access (for details see
2904@c http://www.openbsd.org/anoncvs.shar).  While this
2905@c closes the most obvious holes, I'm not sure it
2906@c closes enough holes to recommend it (plus it is
2907@c *very* easy to accidentally screw up a setup of this
2908@c type).
2909
2910Note that because the @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT} directory
2911contains @file{passwd} and other files which are used
2912to check security, you must control the permissions on
2913this directory as tightly as the permissions on
2914@file{/etc}.  The same applies to the @file{$CVSROOT}
2915directory itself and any directory
2916above it in the tree.  Anyone who has write access to
2917such a directory will have the ability to become any
2918user on the system.  Note that these permissions are
2919typically tighter than you would use if you are not
2920using pserver.
2921@c TODO: Would be really nice to document/implement a
2922@c scheme where the CVS server can run as some non-root
2923@c user, e.g. "cvs".  CVSROOT/passwd would contain a
2924@c bunch of entries of the form foo:xxx:cvs (or the "cvs"
2925@c would be implicit).  This would greatly reduce
2926@c security risks such as those hinted at in the
2927@c previous paragraph.  I think minor changes to CVS
2928@c might be required but mostly this would just need
2929@c someone who wants to play with it, document it, &c.
2930
2931In summary, anyone who gets the password gets
2932repository access (which may imply some measure of general system
2933access as well).  The password is available to anyone
2934who can sniff network packets or read a protected
2935(i.e., user read-only) file.  If you want real
2936security, get Kerberos.
2937
2938@node GSSAPI authenticated
2939@subsection Direct connection with GSSAPI
2940
2941@cindex GSSAPI
2942@cindex Security, GSSAPI
2943@cindex :gserver:, setting up
2944@cindex Kerberos, using :gserver:
2945GSSAPI is a generic interface to network security
2946systems such as Kerberos 5.
2947If you have a working GSSAPI library, you can have
2948@sc{cvs} connect via a direct @sc{tcp} connection,
2949authenticating with GSSAPI.
2950
2951To do this, @sc{cvs} needs to be compiled with GSSAPI
2952support; when configuring @sc{cvs} it tries to detect
2953whether GSSAPI libraries using Kerberos version 5 are
2954present.  You can also use the @file{--with-gssapi}
2955flag to configure.
2956
2957The connection is authenticated using GSSAPI, but the
2958message stream is @emph{not} authenticated by default.
2959You must use the @code{-a} global option to request
2960stream authentication.
2961
2962The data transmitted is @emph{not} encrypted by
2963default.  Encryption support must be compiled into both
2964the client and the server; use the
2965@file{--enable-encrypt} configure option to turn it on.
2966You must then use the @code{-x} global option to
2967request encryption.
2968
2969GSSAPI connections are handled on the server side by
2970the same server which handles the password
2971authentication server; see @ref{Password authentication
2972server}.  If you are using a GSSAPI mechanism such as
2973Kerberos which provides for strong authentication, you
2974will probably want to disable the ability to
2975authenticate via cleartext passwords.  To do so, create
2976an empty @file{CVSROOT/passwd} password file, and set
2977@code{SystemAuth=no} in the config file
2978(@pxref{config}).
2979
2980The GSSAPI server uses a principal name of
2981cvs/@var{hostname}, where @var{hostname} is the
2982canonical name of the server host.  You will have to
2983set this up as required by your GSSAPI mechanism.
2984
2985To connect using GSSAPI, use the @samp{:gserver:} method.  For
2986example,
2987
2988@example
2989cvs -d :gserver:faun.example.org:/usr/local/cvsroot checkout foo
2990@end example
2991
2992@node Kerberos authenticated
2993@subsection Direct connection with Kerberos
2994
2995@cindex Kerberos, using :kserver:
2996@cindex Security, Kerberos
2997@cindex :kserver:, setting up
2998The easiest way to use Kerberos is to use the Kerberos
2999@code{rsh}, as described in @ref{Connecting via rsh}.
3000The main disadvantage of using rsh is that all the data
3001needs to pass through additional programs, so it may be
3002slower.  So if you have Kerberos installed you can
3003connect via a direct @sc{tcp} connection,
3004authenticating with Kerberos.
3005
3006This section concerns the Kerberos network security
3007system, version 4.  Kerberos version 5 is supported via
3008the GSSAPI generic network security interface, as
3009described in the previous section.
3010
3011To do this, @sc{cvs} needs to be compiled with Kerberos
3012support; when configuring @sc{cvs} it tries to detect
3013whether Kerberos is present or you can use the
3014@file{--with-krb4} flag to configure.
3015
3016The data transmitted is @emph{not} encrypted by
3017default.  Encryption support must be compiled into both
3018the client and server; use the
3019@file{--enable-encryption} configure option to turn it
3020on.  You must then use the @code{-x} global option to
3021request encryption.
3022
3023The CVS client will attempt to connect to port 1999 by default.
3024
3025@cindex kinit
3026When you want to use @sc{cvs}, get a ticket in the
3027usual way (generally @code{kinit}); it must be a ticket
3028which allows you to log into the server machine.  Then
3029you are ready to go:
3030
3031@example
3032cvs -d :kserver:faun.example.org:/usr/local/cvsroot checkout foo
3033@end example
3034
3035Previous versions of @sc{cvs} would fall back to a
3036connection via rsh; this version will not do so.
3037
3038@node Connecting via fork
3039@subsection Connecting with fork
3040
3041@cindex fork, access method
3042@cindex :fork:, setting up
3043This access method allows you to connect to a
3044repository on your local disk via the remote protocol.
3045In other words it does pretty much the same thing as
3046@code{:local:}, but various quirks, bugs and the like are
3047those of the remote @sc{cvs} rather than the local
3048@sc{cvs}.
3049
3050For day-to-day operations you might prefer either
3051@code{:local:} or @code{:fork:}, depending on your
3052preferences.  Of course @code{:fork:} comes in
3053particularly handy in testing or
3054debugging @code{cvs} and the remote protocol.
3055Specifically, we avoid all of the network-related
3056setup/configuration, timeouts, and authentication
3057inherent in the other remote access methods but still
3058create a connection which uses the remote protocol.
3059
3060To connect using the @code{fork} method, use
3061@samp{:fork:} and the pathname to your local
3062repository.  For example:
3063
3064@example
3065cvs -d :fork:/usr/local/cvsroot checkout foo
3066@end example
3067
3068@cindex CVS_SERVER, and :fork:
3069As with @code{:ext:}, the server is called @samp{cvs}
3070by default, or the value of the @code{CVS_SERVER}
3071environment variable.
3072
3073
3074@node Write proxies
3075@subsection Distributing load across several CVS servers
3076
3077@cindex PrimaryServer, in CVSROOT/config
3078@cindex Primary server
3079@cindex Secondary server
3080@cindex proxy, write
3081@cindex write proxy
3082@sc{cvs} can be configured to distribute usage across several @sc{cvs}
3083servers.  This is accomplished by means of one or more @dfn{write proxies}, or
3084@dfn{secondary servers}, for a single @dfn{primary server}.
3085
3086When a @sc{cvs} client accesses a secondary server and only sends read
3087requests, then the secondary server handles the entire request.  If the client
3088sends any write requests, however, the secondary server asks the client to
3089redirect its write request to the primary server, if the client supports
3090redirect requests, and otherwise becomes a transparent proxy for the primary
3091server, which actually handles the write request.
3092
3093In this manner, any number of read-only secondary servers may be configured as
3094write proxies for the primary server, effectively distributing the load from
3095all read operations between the secondary servers and restricting the load on
3096the primary server to write operations and pushing changes to the secondaries.
3097
3098Primary servers will not automatically push changes to secondaries.  This must
3099be configured via @file{loginfo}, @file{postadmin}, @file{posttag}, &
3100@file{postwatch} scripts (@pxref{Trigger Scripts}) like the following:
3101
3102@example
3103ALL	rsync -gopr -essh ./ secondary:/cvsroot/%p &
3104@end example
3105
3106You would probably actually want to lock directories for write on the secondary
3107and for read on the primary before running the @samp{rsync} in the above
3108example, but describing such a setup is beyond the scope of this document.
3109
3110A secondary advantage of a write proxy setup is that users pointing at the
3111secondary server can still execute fast read operations while on a network that
3112connects to the primary over a slow link or even one where the link to the
3113primary is periodically broken.  Only write operations will require the network
3114link to the primary.
3115
3116To configure write proxies, the primary must be specified with the
3117@samp{PrimaryServer} option in @file{CVSROOT/config} (@pxref{config}).  For the
3118transparent proxy mode to work, all secondary servers must also be running the
3119same version of the @sc{cvs} server, or at least one that provides the same
3120list of supported requests to the client as the primary server.  This is not
3121necessary for redirection.
3122
3123Once a primary server is configured, secondary servers may be configured by:
3124
3125@enumerate
3126@item
3127Duplicating the primary repository at the new location.
3128@item
3129Setting up the @file{loginfo}, @file{postadmin}, @file{posttag}, and
3130@file{postwatch} files on the primary to propagate writes to the new secondary.
3131@item
3132Configure remote access to the secondary(ies) as you would configure access
3133to any other CVS server (@pxref{Remote repositories}).
3134@item
3135Ensuring that @code{--allow-root=@var{secondary-cvsroot}} is passed to
3136@strong{all} incovations of the secondary server if the path to the @sc{cvs}
3137repository directory is different on the two servers and you wish to support
3138clients that do not handle the @samp{Redirect} resopnse (CVS 1.12.9 and earlier
3139clients do not handle the @samp{Redirect} response).
3140
3141Please note, again, that writethrough proxy suport requires
3142@code{--allow-root=@var{secondary-cvsroot}} to be specified for @strong{all}
3143incovations of the secondary server, not just @samp{pserver} invocations.
3144This may require a wrapper script for the @sc{cvs} executable
3145on your server machine.
3146@end enumerate
3147
3148
3149@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
3150@node Read-only access
3151@section Read-only repository access
3152@cindex Read-only repository access
3153@cindex readers (admin file)
3154@cindex writers (admin file)
3155
3156        It is possible to grant read-only repository
3157access to people using the password-authenticated
3158server (@pxref{Password authenticated}).  (The
3159other access methods do not have explicit support for
3160read-only users because those methods all assume login
3161access to the repository machine anyway, and therefore
3162the user can do whatever local file permissions allow
3163her to do.)
3164
3165        A user who has read-only access can do only
3166those @sc{cvs} operations which do not modify the
3167repository, except for certain ``administrative'' files
3168(such as lock files and the history file).  It may be
3169desirable to use this feature in conjunction with
3170user-aliasing (@pxref{Password authentication server}).
3171
3172Unlike with previous versions of @sc{cvs}, read-only
3173users should be able merely to read the repository, and
3174not to execute programs on the server or otherwise gain
3175unexpected levels of access.  Or to be more accurate,
3176the @emph{known} holes have been plugged.  Because this
3177feature is new and has not received a comprehensive
3178security audit, you should use whatever level of
3179caution seems warranted given your attitude concerning
3180security.
3181
3182        There are two ways to specify read-only access
3183for a user: by inclusion, and by exclusion.
3184
3185        "Inclusion" means listing that user
3186specifically in the @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/readers}
3187file, which is simply a newline-separated list of
3188users.  Here is a sample @file{readers} file:
3189
3190@example
3191melissa
3192splotnik
3193jrandom
3194@end example
3195
3196@noindent
3197        (Don't forget the newline after the last user.)
3198
3199        "Exclusion" means explicitly listing everyone
3200who has @emph{write} access---if the file
3201
3202@example
3203$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/writers
3204@end example
3205
3206@noindent
3207exists, then only
3208those users listed in it have write access, and
3209everyone else has read-only access (of course, even the
3210read-only users still need to be listed in the
3211@sc{cvs} @file{passwd} file).  The
3212@file{writers} file has the same format as the
3213@file{readers} file.
3214
3215        Note: if your @sc{cvs} @file{passwd}
3216file maps cvs users onto system users (@pxref{Password
3217authentication server}), make sure you deny or grant
3218read-only access using the @emph{cvs} usernames, not
3219the system usernames.  That is, the @file{readers} and
3220@file{writers} files contain cvs usernames, which may
3221or may not be the same as system usernames.
3222
3223        Here is a complete description of the server's
3224behavior in deciding whether to grant read-only or
3225read-write access:
3226
3227        If @file{readers} exists, and this user is
3228listed in it, then she gets read-only access.  Or if
3229@file{writers} exists, and this user is NOT listed in
3230it, then she also gets read-only access (this is true
3231even if @file{readers} exists but she is not listed
3232there).  Otherwise, she gets full read-write access.
3233
3234        Of course there is a conflict if the user is
3235listed in both files.  This is resolved in the more
3236conservative way, it being better to protect the
3237repository too much than too little: such a user gets
3238read-only access.
3239
3240@node Server temporary directory
3241@section Temporary directories for the server
3242@cindex Temporary directories, and server
3243@cindex Server, temporary directories
3244
3245While running, the @sc{cvs} server creates temporary
3246directories.  They are named
3247
3248@example
3249cvs-serv@var{pid}
3250@end example
3251
3252@noindent
3253where @var{pid} is the process identification number of
3254the server.
3255They are located in the directory specified by 
3256the @samp{-T} global option (@pxref{Global options}), 
3257the @code{TMPDIR} environment variable (@pxref{Environment variables}), 
3258or, failing that, @file{/tmp}.
3259
3260In most cases the server will remove the temporary
3261directory when it is done, whether it finishes normally
3262or abnormally.  However, there are a few cases in which
3263the server does not or cannot remove the temporary
3264directory, for example:
3265
3266@itemize @bullet
3267@item
3268If the server aborts due to an internal server error,
3269it may preserve the directory to aid in debugging
3270
3271@item
3272If the server is killed in a way that it has no way of
3273cleaning up (most notably, @samp{kill -KILL} on unix).
3274
3275@item
3276If the system shuts down without an orderly shutdown,
3277which tells the server to clean up.
3278@end itemize
3279
3280In cases such as this, you will need to manually remove
3281the @file{cvs-serv@var{pid}} directories.  As long as
3282there is no server running with process identification
3283number @var{pid}, it is safe to do so.
3284
3285@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
3286@node Starting a new project
3287@chapter Starting a project with CVS
3288@cindex Starting a project with CVS
3289@cindex Creating a project
3290
3291@comment --moduledb--
3292Because renaming files and moving them between
3293directories is somewhat inconvenient, the first thing
3294you do when you start a new project should be to think
3295through your file organization.  It is not impossible
3296to rename or move files, but it does increase the
3297potential for confusion and @sc{cvs} does have some
3298quirks particularly in the area of renaming
3299directories.  @xref{Moving files}.
3300
3301What to do next depends on the situation at hand.
3302
3303@menu
3304* Setting up the files::        Getting the files into the repository
3305* Defining the module::         How to make a module of the files
3306@end menu
3307@c -- File permissions!
3308
3309@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3310@node Setting up the files
3311@section Setting up the files
3312
3313The first step is to create the files inside the repository.  This can
3314be done in a couple of different ways.
3315
3316@c -- The contributed scripts
3317@menu
3318* From files::                  This method is useful with old projects
3319                                where files already exists.
3320* From other version control systems::  Old projects where you want to
3321                                        preserve history from another system.
3322* From scratch::                Creating a directory tree from scratch.
3323@end menu
3324
3325@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3326@node From files
3327@subsection Creating a directory tree from a number of files
3328@cindex Importing files
3329
3330When you begin using @sc{cvs}, you will probably already have several
3331projects that can be
3332put under @sc{cvs} control.  In these cases the easiest way is to use the
3333@code{import} command.  An example is probably the easiest way to
3334explain how to use it.  If the files you want to install in
3335@sc{cvs} reside in @file{@var{wdir}}, and you want them to appear in the
3336repository as @file{$CVSROOT/yoyodyne/@var{rdir}}, you can do this:
3337
3338@example
3339$ cd @var{wdir}
3340$ cvs import -m "Imported sources" yoyodyne/@var{rdir} yoyo start
3341@end example
3342
3343Unless you supply a log message with the @samp{-m}
3344flag, @sc{cvs} starts an editor and prompts for a
3345message.  The string @samp{yoyo} is a @dfn{vendor tag},
3346and @samp{start} is a @dfn{release tag}.  They may fill
3347no purpose in this context, but since @sc{cvs} requires
3348them they must be present.  @xref{Tracking sources}, for
3349more information about them.
3350
3351You can now verify that it worked, and remove your
3352original source directory.
3353@c FIXME: Need to say more about "verify that it
3354@c worked".  What should the user look for in the output
3355@c from "diff -r"?
3356
3357@example
3358$ cd ..
3359$ cvs checkout yoyodyne/@var{rdir}       # @r{Explanation below}
3360$ diff -r @var{wdir} yoyodyne/@var{rdir}
3361$ rm -r @var{wdir}
3362@end example
3363
3364@noindent
3365Erasing the original sources is a good idea, to make sure that you do
3366not accidentally edit them in @var{wdir}, bypassing @sc{cvs}.
3367Of course, it would be wise to make sure that you have
3368a backup of the sources before you remove them.
3369
3370The @code{checkout} command can either take a module
3371name as argument (as it has done in all previous
3372examples) or a path name relative to @code{$CVSROOT},
3373as it did in the example above.
3374
3375It is a good idea to check that the permissions
3376@sc{cvs} sets on the directories inside @code{$CVSROOT}
3377are reasonable, and that they belong to the proper
3378groups.  @xref{File permissions}.
3379
3380If some of the files you want to import are binary, you
3381may want to use the wrappers features to specify which
3382files are binary and which are not.  @xref{Wrappers}.
3383
3384@c The node name is too long, but I am having trouble
3385@c thinking of something more concise.
3386@node From other version control systems
3387@subsection Creating Files From Other Version Control Systems
3388@cindex Importing files, from other version control systems
3389
3390If you have a project which you are maintaining with
3391another version control system, such as @sc{rcs}, you
3392may wish to put the files from that project into
3393@sc{cvs}, and preserve the revision history of the
3394files.
3395
3396@table @asis
3397@cindex RCS, importing files from
3398@item From RCS
3399If you have been using @sc{rcs}, find the @sc{rcs}
3400files---usually a file named @file{foo.c} will have its
3401@sc{rcs} file in @file{RCS/foo.c,v} (but it could be
3402other places; consult the @sc{rcs} documentation for
3403details).  Then create the appropriate directories in
3404@sc{cvs} if they do not already exist.  Then copy the
3405files into the appropriate directories in the @sc{cvs}
3406repository (the name in the repository must be the name
3407of the source file with @samp{,v} added; the files go
3408directly in the appropriate directory of the repository,
3409not in an @file{RCS} subdirectory).  This is one of the
3410few times when it is a good idea to access the @sc{cvs}
3411repository directly, rather than using @sc{cvs}
3412commands.  Then you are ready to check out a new
3413working directory.
3414@c Someday there probably should be a "cvs import -t
3415@c rcs" or some such.  It could even create magic
3416@c branches.  It could also do something about the case
3417@c where the RCS file had a (non-magic) "0" branch.
3418
3419The @sc{rcs} file should not be locked when you move it
3420into @sc{cvs}; if it is, @sc{cvs} will have trouble
3421letting you operate on it.
3422@c What is the easiest way to unlock your files if you
3423@c have them locked?  Especially if you have a lot of them?
3424@c This is a CVS bug/misfeature; importing RCS files
3425@c should ignore whether they are locked and leave them in
3426@c an unlocked state.  Yet another reason for a separate
3427@c "import RCS file" command.
3428
3429@c How many is "many"? Or do they just import RCS files?
3430@item From another version control system
3431Many version control systems have the ability to export
3432@sc{rcs} files in the standard format.  If yours does,
3433export the @sc{rcs} files and then follow the above
3434instructions.
3435
3436Failing that, probably your best bet is to write a
3437script that will check out the files one revision at a
3438time using the command line interface to the other
3439system, and then check the revisions into @sc{cvs}.
3440The @file{sccs2rcs} script mentioned below may be a
3441useful example to follow.
3442
3443@cindex SCCS, importing files from
3444@item From SCCS
3445There is a script in the @file{contrib} directory of
3446the @sc{cvs} source distribution called @file{sccs2rcs}
3447which converts @sc{sccs} files to @sc{rcs} files.
3448Note: you must run it on a machine which has both
3449@sc{sccs} and @sc{rcs} installed, and like everything
3450else in contrib it is unsupported (your mileage may
3451vary).
3452
3453@cindex PVCS, importing files from
3454@item From PVCS
3455There is a script in the @file{contrib} directory of
3456the @sc{cvs} source distribution called @file{pvcs_to_rcs}
3457which converts @sc{pvcs} archives to @sc{rcs} files.
3458You must run it on a machine which has both
3459@sc{pvcs} and @sc{rcs} installed, and like everything
3460else in contrib it is unsupported (your mileage may
3461vary).  See the comments in the script for details.
3462@end table
3463@c CMZ and/or PATCHY were systems that were used in the
3464@c high energy physics community (especially for
3465@c CERNLIB).  CERN has replaced them with CVS, but the
3466@c CAR format seems to live on as a way to submit
3467@c changes.  There is a program car2cvs which converts
3468@c but I'm not sure where one gets a copy.
3469@c Not sure it is worth mentioning here, since it would
3470@c appear to affect only one particular community.
3471@c Best page for more information is:
3472@c http://wwwcn1.cern.ch/asd/cvs/index.html
3473@c See also:
3474@c http://ecponion.cern.ch/ecpsa/cernlib.html
3475
3476@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3477@node From scratch
3478@subsection Creating a directory tree from scratch
3479
3480@c Also/instead should be documenting
3481@c $ cvs co -l .
3482@c $ mkdir tc
3483@c $ cvs add tc
3484@c $ cd tc
3485@c $ mkdir man
3486@c $ cvs add man
3487@c etc.
3488@c Using import to create the directories only is
3489@c probably a somewhat confusing concept.
3490For a new project, the easiest thing to do is probably
3491to create an empty directory structure, like this:
3492
3493@example
3494$ mkdir tc
3495$ mkdir tc/man
3496$ mkdir tc/testing
3497@end example
3498
3499After that, you use the @code{import} command to create
3500the corresponding (empty) directory structure inside
3501the repository:
3502
3503@example
3504$ cd tc
3505$ cvs import -m "Created directory structure" yoyodyne/@var{dir} yoyo start
3506@end example
3507
3508This will add yoyodyne/@var{dir} as a directory under
3509@code{$CVSROOT}.
3510
3511Use @code{checkout} to get the new project.  Then, use @code{add}
3512to add files (and new directories) as needed.
3513
3514@example
3515$ cd ..
3516$ cvs co yoyodyne/@var{dir}
3517@end example
3518
3519Check that the permissions @sc{cvs} sets on the
3520directories inside @code{$CVSROOT} are reasonable.
3521
3522@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3523@node Defining the module
3524@section Defining the module
3525@cindex Defining a module
3526@cindex Editing the modules file
3527@cindex Module, defining
3528@cindex Modules file, changing
3529
3530The next step is to define the module in the
3531@file{modules} file.  This is not strictly necessary,
3532but modules can be convenient in grouping together
3533related files and directories.
3534
3535In simple cases these steps are sufficient to define a module.
3536
3537@enumerate
3538@item
3539Get a working copy of the modules file.
3540
3541@example
3542$ cvs checkout CVSROOT/modules
3543$ cd CVSROOT
3544@end example
3545
3546@item
3547Edit the file and insert a line that defines the module.  @xref{Intro
3548administrative files}, for an introduction.  @xref{modules}, for a full
3549description of the modules file.  You can use the
3550following line to define the module @samp{tc}:
3551
3552@example
3553tc   yoyodyne/tc
3554@end example
3555
3556@item
3557Commit your changes to the modules file.
3558
3559@example
3560$ cvs commit -m "Added the tc module." modules
3561@end example
3562
3563@item
3564Release the modules module.
3565
3566@example
3567$ cd ..
3568$ cvs release -d CVSROOT
3569@end example
3570@end enumerate
3571
3572@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
3573@node Revisions
3574@chapter Revisions
3575
3576For many uses of @sc{cvs}, one doesn't need to worry
3577too much about revision numbers; @sc{cvs} assigns
3578numbers such as @code{1.1}, @code{1.2}, and so on, and
3579that is all one needs to know.  However, some people
3580prefer to have more knowledge and control concerning
3581how @sc{cvs} assigns revision numbers.
3582
3583If one wants to keep track of a set of revisions
3584involving more than one file, such as which revisions
3585went into a particular release, one uses a @dfn{tag},
3586which is a symbolic revision which can be assigned to a
3587numeric revision in each file.
3588
3589@menu
3590* Revision numbers::            The meaning of a revision number
3591* Versions revisions releases::  Terminology used in this manual
3592* Assigning revisions::         Assigning revisions
3593* Tags::                        Tags--Symbolic revisions
3594* Tagging the working directory::  The cvs tag command
3595* Tagging by date/tag::         The cvs rtag command
3596* Modifying tags::              Adding, renaming, and deleting tags
3597* Tagging add/remove::          Tags with adding and removing files
3598* Sticky tags::                 Certain tags are persistent
3599@end menu
3600
3601@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3602@node Revision numbers
3603@section Revision numbers
3604@cindex Revision numbers
3605@cindex Revision tree
3606@cindex Linear development
3607@cindex Number, revision-
3608@cindex Decimal revision number
3609@cindex Branch number
3610@cindex Number, branch
3611
3612Each version of a file has a unique @dfn{revision
3613number}.  Revision numbers look like @samp{1.1},
3614@samp{1.2}, @samp{1.3.2.2} or even @samp{1.3.2.2.4.5}.
3615A revision number always has an even number of
3616period-separated decimal integers.  By default revision
36171.1 is the first revision of a file.  Each successive
3618revision is given a new number by increasing the
3619rightmost number by one.  The following figure displays
3620a few revisions, with newer revisions to the right.
3621
3622@example
3623       +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
3624       ! 1.1 !----! 1.2 !----! 1.3 !----! 1.4 !----! 1.5 !
3625       +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
3626@end example
3627
3628It is also possible to end up with numbers containing
3629more than one period, for example @samp{1.3.2.2}.  Such
3630revisions represent revisions on branches
3631(@pxref{Branching and merging}); such revision numbers
3632are explained in detail in @ref{Branches and
3633revisions}.
3634
3635@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3636@node Versions revisions releases
3637@section Versions, revisions and releases
3638@cindex Revisions, versions and releases
3639@cindex Versions, revisions and releases
3640@cindex Releases, revisions and versions
3641
3642A file can have several versions, as described above.
3643Likewise, a software product can have several versions.
3644A software product is often given a version number such
3645as @samp{4.1.1}.
3646
3647Versions in the first sense are called @dfn{revisions}
3648in this document, and versions in the second sense are
3649called @dfn{releases}.  To avoid confusion, the word
3650@dfn{version} is almost never used in this document.
3651
3652@node Assigning revisions
3653@section Assigning revisions
3654
3655@c We avoid the "major revision" terminology.  It seems
3656@c like jargon.  Hopefully "first number" is clear enough.
3657@c
3658@c Well, in the context of software release numbers,
3659@c "major" and "minor" release or version numbers are
3660@c documented in at least the GNU Coding Standards, but I'm
3661@c still not sure I find that a valid reason to apply the
3662@c terminology to RCS revision numbers.  "First", "Second",
3663@c "subsequent", and so on is almost surely clearer,
3664@c especially to a novice reader. -DRP
3665By default, @sc{cvs} will assign numeric revisions by
3666leaving the first number the same and incrementing the
3667second number.  For example, @code{1.1}, @code{1.2},
3668@code{1.3}, etc.
3669
3670When adding a new file, the second number will always
3671be one and the first number will equal the highest
3672first number of any file in that directory.  For
3673example, the current directory contains files whose
3674highest numbered revisions are @code{1.7}, @code{3.1},
3675and @code{4.12}, then an added file will be given the
3676numeric revision @code{4.1}.
3677(When using client/server @sc{cvs},
3678only files that are actually sent to the server are considered.)
3679
3680@c This is sort of redundant with something we said a
3681@c while ago.  Somewhere we need a better way of
3682@c introducing how the first number can be anything
3683@c except "1", perhaps.  Also I don't think this
3684@c presentation is clear on why we are discussing releases
3685@c and first numbers of numeric revisions in the same
3686@c breath.
3687Normally there is no reason to care
3688about the revision numbers---it is easier to treat them
3689as internal numbers that @sc{cvs} maintains, and tags
3690provide a better way to distinguish between things like
3691release 1 versus release 2 of your product
3692(@pxref{Tags}).  However, if you want to set the
3693numeric revisions, the @samp{-r} option to @code{cvs
3694commit} can do that.  The @samp{-r} option implies the
3695@samp{-f} option, in the sense that it causes the
3696files to be committed even if they are not modified.
3697
3698For example, to bring all your files up to
3699revision 3.0 (including those that haven't changed),
3700you might invoke:
3701
3702@example
3703$ cvs commit -r 3.0
3704@end example
3705
3706Note that the number you specify with @samp{-r} must be
3707larger than any existing revision number.  That is, if
3708revision 3.0 exists, you cannot @samp{cvs commit
3709-r 1.3}.  If you want to maintain several releases in
3710parallel, you need to use a branch (@pxref{Branching and merging}).
3711
3712@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3713@node Tags
3714@section Tags--Symbolic revisions
3715@cindex Tags
3716
3717The revision numbers live a life of their own.  They
3718need not have anything at all to do with the release
3719numbers of your software product.  Depending
3720on how you use @sc{cvs} the revision numbers might change several times
3721between two releases.  As an example, some of the
3722source files that make up @sc{rcs} 5.6 have the following
3723revision numbers:
3724@cindex RCS revision numbers
3725
3726@example
3727ci.c            5.21
3728co.c            5.9
3729ident.c         5.3
3730rcs.c           5.12
3731rcsbase.h       5.11
3732rcsdiff.c       5.10
3733rcsedit.c       5.11
3734rcsfcmp.c       5.9
3735rcsgen.c        5.10
3736rcslex.c        5.11
3737rcsmap.c        5.2
3738rcsutil.c       5.10
3739@end example
3740
3741@cindex tag (subcommand), introduction
3742@cindex Tags, symbolic name
3743@cindex Symbolic name (tag)
3744@cindex Name, symbolic (tag)
3745@cindex HEAD, as reserved tag name
3746@cindex BASE, as reserved tag name
3747You can use the @code{tag} command to give a symbolic name to a
3748certain revision of a file.  You can use the @samp{-v} flag to the
3749@code{status} command to see all tags that a file has, and
3750which revision numbers they represent.  Tag names must
3751start with an uppercase or lowercase letter and can
3752contain uppercase and lowercase letters, digits,
3753@samp{-}, and @samp{_}.  The two tag names @code{BASE}
3754and @code{HEAD} are reserved for use by @sc{cvs}.  It
3755is expected that future names which are special to
3756@sc{cvs} will be specially named, for example by
3757starting with @samp{.}, rather than being named analogously to
3758@code{BASE} and @code{HEAD}, to avoid conflicts with
3759actual tag names.
3760@c Including a character such as % or = has also been
3761@c suggested as the naming convention for future
3762@c special tag names.  Starting with . is nice because
3763@c that is not a legal tag name as far as RCS is concerned.
3764@c FIXME: CVS actually accepts quite a few characters
3765@c in tag names, not just the ones documented above
3766@c (see RCS_check_tag).  RCS
3767@c defines legitimate tag names by listing illegal
3768@c characters rather than legal ones.  CVS is said to lose its
3769@c mind if you try to use "/" (try making such a tag sticky
3770@c and using "cvs status" client/server--see remote
3771@c protocol format for entries line for probable cause).
3772@c TODO: The testsuite
3773@c should test for whatever are documented above as
3774@c officially-OK tag names, and CVS should at least reject
3775@c characters that won't work, like "/".
3776
3777You'll want to choose some convention for naming tags,
3778based on information such as the name of the program
3779and the version number of the release.  For example,
3780one might take the name of the program, immediately
3781followed by the version number with @samp{.} changed to
3782@samp{-}, so that @sc{cvs} 1.9 would be tagged with the name
3783@code{cvs1-9}.  If you choose a consistent convention,
3784then you won't constantly be guessing whether a tag is
3785@code{cvs-1-9} or @code{cvs1_9} or what.  You might
3786even want to consider enforcing your convention in the
3787@file{taginfo} file (@pxref{taginfo}).
3788@c Might be nice to say more about using taginfo this
3789@c way, like giving an example, or pointing out any particular
3790@c issues which arise.
3791
3792@cindex Adding a tag
3793@cindex Tags, example
3794The following example shows how you can add a tag to a
3795file.  The commands must be issued inside your working
3796directory.  That is, you should issue the
3797command in the directory where @file{backend.c}
3798resides.
3799
3800@example
3801$ cvs tag rel-0-4 backend.c
3802T backend.c
3803$ cvs status -v backend.c
3804===================================================================
3805File: backend.c         Status: Up-to-date
3806
3807    Version:            1.4     Tue Dec  1 14:39:01 1992
3808    RCS Version:        1.4     /u/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/backend.c,v
3809    Sticky Tag:         (none)
3810    Sticky Date:        (none)
3811    Sticky Options:     (none)
3812
3813    Existing Tags:
3814        rel-0-4                     (revision: 1.4)
3815
3816@end example
3817
3818For a complete summary of the syntax of @code{cvs tag},
3819including the various options, see @ref{Invoking CVS}.
3820
3821There is seldom reason to tag a file in isolation.  A more common use is
3822to tag all the files that constitute a module with the same tag at
3823strategic points in the development life-cycle, such as when a release
3824is made.
3825
3826@example
3827$ cvs tag rel-1-0 .
3828cvs tag: Tagging .
3829T Makefile
3830T backend.c
3831T driver.c
3832T frontend.c
3833T parser.c
3834@end example
3835
3836@noindent
3837(When you give @sc{cvs} a directory as argument, it generally applies the
3838operation to all the files in that directory, and (recursively), to any
3839subdirectories that it may contain.  @xref{Recursive behavior}.)
3840
3841@cindex Retrieving an old revision using tags
3842@cindex Tags, retrieving old revisions
3843The @code{checkout} command has a flag, @samp{-r}, that lets you check out
3844a certain revision of a module.  This flag makes it easy to
3845retrieve the sources that make up release 1.0 of the module @samp{tc} at
3846any time in the future:
3847
3848@example
3849$ cvs checkout -r rel-1-0 tc
3850@end example
3851
3852@noindent
3853This is useful, for instance, if someone claims that there is a bug in
3854that release, but you cannot find the bug in the current working copy.
3855
3856You can also check out a module as it was on any branch at any given date.
3857@xref{checkout options}.  When specifying @samp{-r} or @samp{-D} to
3858any of these commands, you will need beware of sticky
3859tags; see @ref{Sticky tags}.
3860
3861When you tag more than one file with the same tag you
3862can think about the tag as "a curve drawn through a
3863matrix of filename vs. revision number."  Say we have 5
3864files with the following revisions:
3865
3866@example
3867@group
3868        file1   file2   file3   file4   file5
3869
3870        1.1     1.1     1.1     1.1  /--1.1*      <-*-  TAG
3871        1.2*-   1.2     1.2    -1.2*-
3872        1.3  \- 1.3*-   1.3   / 1.3
3873        1.4          \  1.4  /  1.4
3874                      \-1.5*-   1.5
3875                        1.6
3876@end group
3877@end example
3878
3879At some time in the past, the @code{*} versions were tagged.
3880You can think of the tag as a handle attached to the curve
3881drawn through the tagged revisions.  When you pull on
3882the handle, you get all the tagged revisions.  Another
3883way to look at it is that you "sight" through a set of
3884revisions that is "flat" along the tagged revisions,
3885like this:
3886
3887@example
3888@group
3889        file1   file2   file3   file4   file5
3890
3891                        1.1
3892                        1.2
3893                1.1     1.3                       _
3894        1.1     1.2     1.4     1.1              /
3895        1.2*----1.3*----1.5*----1.2*----1.1*    (--- <--- Look here
3896        1.3             1.6     1.3              \_
3897        1.4                     1.4
3898                                1.5
3899@end group
3900@end example
3901
3902@node Tagging the working directory
3903@section Specifying what to tag from the working directory
3904
3905@cindex tag (subcommand)
3906The example in the previous section demonstrates one of
3907the most common ways to choose which revisions to tag.
3908Namely, running the @code{cvs tag} command without
3909arguments causes @sc{cvs} to select the revisions which
3910are checked out in the current working directory.  For
3911example, if the copy of @file{backend.c} in working
3912directory was checked out from revision 1.4, then
3913@sc{cvs} will tag revision 1.4.  Note that the tag is
3914applied immediately to revision 1.4 in the repository;
3915tagging is not like modifying a file, or other
3916operations in which one first modifies the working
3917directory and then runs @code{cvs commit} to transfer
3918that modification to the repository.
3919
3920One potentially surprising aspect of the fact that
3921@code{cvs tag} operates on the repository is that you
3922are tagging the checked-in revisions, which may differ
3923from locally modified files in your working directory.
3924If you want to avoid doing this by mistake, specify the
3925@samp{-c} option to @code{cvs tag}.  If there are any
3926locally modified files, @sc{cvs} will abort with an
3927error before it tags any files:
3928
3929@example
3930$ cvs tag -c rel-0-4
3931cvs tag: backend.c is locally modified
3932cvs [tag aborted]: correct the above errors first!
3933@end example
3934
3935@node Tagging by date/tag
3936@section Specifying what to tag by date or revision
3937@cindex rtag (subcommand)
3938
3939The @code{cvs rtag} command tags the repository as of a
3940certain date or time (or can be used to tag the latest
3941revision).  @code{rtag} works directly on the
3942repository contents (it requires no prior checkout and
3943does not look for a working directory).
3944
3945The following options specify which date or revision to
3946tag.  See @ref{Common options}, for a complete
3947description of them.
3948
3949@table @code
3950@item -D @var{date}
3951Tag the most recent revision no later than @var{date}.
3952
3953@item -f
3954Only useful with the @samp{-D} or @samp{-r}
3955flags.  If no matching revision is found, use the most
3956recent revision (instead of ignoring the file).
3957
3958@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
3959Tag the revision already tagged with @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
3960and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
3961existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
3962@end table
3963
3964The @code{cvs tag} command also allows one to specify
3965files by revision or date, using the same @samp{-r},
3966@samp{-D}, and @samp{-f} options.  However, this
3967feature is probably not what you want.  The reason is
3968that @code{cvs tag} chooses which files to tag based on
3969the files that exist in the working directory, rather
3970than the files which existed as of the given tag/date.
3971Therefore, you are generally better off using @code{cvs
3972rtag}.  The exceptions might be cases like:
3973
3974@example
3975cvs tag -r 1.4 stable backend.c
3976@end example
3977
3978@node Modifying tags
3979@section Deleting, moving, and renaming tags
3980
3981@c Also see:
3982@c  "How do I move or rename a magic branch tag?"
3983@c in the FAQ (I think the issues it talks about still
3984@c apply, but this could use some sanity.sh work).
3985
3986Normally one does not modify tags.  They exist in order
3987to record the history of the repository and so deleting
3988them or changing their meaning would, generally, not be
3989what you want.
3990
3991However, there might be cases in which one uses a tag
3992temporarily or accidentally puts one in the wrong
3993place.  Therefore, one might delete, move, or rename a
3994tag.
3995
3996@noindent
3997@strong{WARNING: the commands in this section are
3998dangerous; they permanently discard historical
3999information and it can be difficult or impossible to
4000recover from errors.  If you are a @sc{cvs}
4001administrator, you may consider restricting these
4002commands with the @file{taginfo} file (@pxref{taginfo}).}
4003
4004@cindex Deleting tags
4005@cindex Deleting branch tags
4006@cindex Removing tags
4007@cindex Removing branch tags
4008@cindex Tags, deleting
4009@cindex Branch tags, deleting
4010To delete a tag, specify the @samp{-d} option to either
4011@code{cvs tag} or @code{cvs rtag}.  For example:
4012
4013@example
4014cvs rtag -d rel-0-4 tc
4015@end example
4016
4017@noindent
4018deletes the non-branch tag @code{rel-0-4} from the module @code{tc}.
4019In the event that branch tags are encountered within the repository
4020with the given name, a warning message will be issued and the branch 
4021tag will not be deleted.  If you are absolutely certain you know what
4022you are doing, the @code{-B} option may be specified to allow deletion
4023of branch tags.  In that case, any non-branch tags encountered will
4024trigger warnings and will not be deleted.
4025
4026@noindent
4027@strong{WARNING: Moving branch tags is very dangerous!  If you think
4028you need the @code{-B} option, think again and ask your @sc{cvs}
4029administrator about it (if that isn't you).  There is almost certainly
4030another way to accomplish what you want to accomplish.}
4031
4032@cindex Moving tags
4033@cindex Moving branch tags
4034@cindex Tags, moving
4035@cindex Branch tags, moving
4036When we say @dfn{move} a tag, we mean to make the same
4037name point to different revisions.  For example, the
4038@code{stable} tag may currently point to revision 1.4
4039of @file{backend.c} and perhaps we want to make it
4040point to revision 1.6.  To move a non-branch tag, specify the
4041@samp{-F} option to either @code{cvs tag} or @code{cvs
4042rtag}.  For example, the task just mentioned might be
4043accomplished as:
4044
4045@example
4046cvs tag -r 1.6 -F stable backend.c
4047@end example
4048
4049@noindent
4050If any branch tags are encountered in the repository 
4051with the given name, a warning is issued and the branch
4052tag is not disturbed.  If you are absolutely certain you
4053wish to move the branch tag, the @code{-B} option may be specified.
4054In that case, non-branch tags encountered with the given
4055name are ignored with a warning message.
4056
4057@noindent
4058@strong{WARNING: Moving branch tags is very dangerous!  If you think you
4059need the @code{-B} option, think again and ask your @sc{cvs}
4060administrator about it (if that isn't you).  There is almost certainly
4061another way to accomplish what you want to accomplish.}
4062
4063@cindex Renaming tags
4064@cindex Tags, renaming
4065When we say @dfn{rename} a tag, we mean to make a
4066different name point to the same revisions as the old
4067tag.  For example, one may have misspelled the tag name
4068and want to correct it (hopefully before others are
4069relying on the old spelling).  To rename a tag, first
4070create a new tag using the @samp{-r} option to
4071@code{cvs rtag}, and then delete the old name.  (Caution:
4072this method will not work with branch tags.) 
4073This leaves the new tag on exactly the 
4074same files as the old tag.  For example:
4075
4076@example
4077cvs rtag -r old-name-0-4 rel-0-4 tc
4078cvs rtag -d old-name-0-4 tc
4079@end example
4080
4081@node Tagging add/remove
4082@section Tagging and adding and removing files
4083
4084The subject of exactly how tagging interacts with
4085adding and removing files is somewhat obscure; for the
4086most part @sc{cvs} will keep track of whether files
4087exist or not without too much fussing.  By default,
4088tags are applied to only files which have a revision
4089corresponding to what is being tagged.  Files which did
4090not exist yet, or which were already removed, simply
4091omit the tag, and @sc{cvs} knows to treat the absence
4092of a tag as meaning that the file didn't exist as of
4093that tag.
4094
4095However, this can lose a small amount of information.
4096For example, suppose a file was added and then removed.
4097Then, if the tag is missing for that file, there is no
4098way to know whether the tag refers to the time before
4099the file was added, or the time after it was removed.
4100If you specify the @samp{-r} option to @code{cvs rtag},
4101then @sc{cvs} tags the files which have been removed,
4102and thereby avoids this problem.  For example, one
4103might specify @code{-r HEAD} to tag the head.
4104
4105On the subject of adding and removing files, the
4106@code{cvs rtag} command has a @samp{-a} option which
4107means to clear the tag from removed files that would
4108not otherwise be tagged.  For example, one might
4109specify this option in conjunction with @samp{-F} when
4110moving a tag.  If one moved a tag without @samp{-a},
4111then the tag in the removed files might still refer to
4112the old revision, rather than reflecting the fact that
4113the file had been removed.  I don't think this is
4114necessary if @samp{-r} is specified, as noted above.
4115
4116@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4117@node Sticky tags
4118@section Sticky tags
4119@cindex Sticky tags
4120@cindex Tags, sticky
4121
4122@c A somewhat related issue is per-directory sticky
4123@c tags (see comment at CVS/Tag in node Working
4124@c directory storage); we probably want to say
4125@c something like "you can set a sticky tag for only
4126@c some files, but you don't want to" or some such.
4127
4128Sometimes a working copy's revision has extra data
4129associated with it, for example it might be on a branch
4130(@pxref{Branching and merging}), or restricted to
4131versions prior to a certain date by @samp{checkout -D}
4132or @samp{update -D}.  Because this data persists --
4133that is, it applies to subsequent commands in the
4134working copy -- we refer to it as @dfn{sticky}.
4135
4136Most of the time, stickiness is an obscure aspect of
4137@sc{cvs} that you don't need to think about.  However,
4138even if you don't want to use the feature, you may need
4139to know @emph{something} about sticky tags (for
4140example, how to avoid them!).
4141
4142You can use the @code{status} command to see if any
4143sticky tags or dates are set:
4144
4145@example
4146$ cvs status driver.c
4147===================================================================
4148File: driver.c          Status: Up-to-date
4149
4150    Version:            1.7.2.1 Sat Dec  5 19:35:03 1992
4151    RCS Version:        1.7.2.1 /u/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/driver.c,v
4152    Sticky Tag:         rel-1-0-patches (branch: 1.7.2)
4153    Sticky Date:        (none)
4154    Sticky Options:     (none)
4155
4156@end example
4157
4158@cindex Resetting sticky tags
4159@cindex Sticky tags, resetting
4160@cindex Deleting sticky tags
4161The sticky tags will remain on your working files until
4162you delete them with @samp{cvs update -A}.  The
4163@samp{-A} option merges local changes into the version of the
4164file from the head of the trunk, removing any sticky tags,
4165dates, or options.  See @ref{update} for more on the operation
4166of @code{cvs update}.
4167
4168@cindex Sticky date
4169The most common use of sticky tags is to identify which
4170branch one is working on, as described in
4171@ref{Accessing branches}.  However, non-branch
4172sticky tags have uses as well.  For example,
4173suppose that you want to avoid updating your working
4174directory, to isolate yourself from possibly
4175destabilizing changes other people are making.  You
4176can, of course, just refrain from running @code{cvs
4177update}.  But if you want to avoid updating only a
4178portion of a larger tree, then sticky tags can help.
4179If you check out a certain revision (such as 1.4) it
4180will become sticky.  Subsequent @code{cvs update}
4181commands will
4182not retrieve the latest revision until you reset the
4183tag with @code{cvs update -A}.  Likewise, use of the
4184@samp{-D} option to @code{update} or @code{checkout}
4185sets a @dfn{sticky date}, which, similarly, causes that
4186date to be used for future retrievals.
4187
4188People often want to retrieve an old version of
4189a file without setting a sticky tag.  This can
4190be done with the @samp{-p} option to @code{checkout} or
4191@code{update}, which sends the contents of the file to
4192standard output.  For example:
4193@example
4194$ cvs update -p -r 1.1 file1 >file1
4195===================================================================
4196Checking out file1
4197RCS:  /tmp/cvs-sanity/cvsroot/first-dir/Attic/file1,v
4198VERS: 1.1
4199***************
4200$
4201@end example
4202
4203However, this isn't the easiest way, if you are asking
4204how to undo a previous checkin (in this example, put
4205@file{file1} back to the way it was as of revision
42061.1).  In that case you are better off using the
4207@samp{-j} option to @code{update}; for further
4208discussion see @ref{Merging two revisions}.
4209
4210@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
4211@node Branching and merging
4212@chapter Branching and merging
4213@cindex Branching
4214@cindex Merging
4215@cindex Copying changes
4216@cindex Main trunk and branches
4217@cindex Revision tree, making branches
4218@cindex Branches, copying changes between
4219@cindex Changes, copying between branches
4220@cindex Modifications, copying between branches
4221
4222@sc{cvs} allows you to isolate changes onto a separate
4223line of development, known as a @dfn{branch}.  When you
4224change files on a branch, those changes do not appear
4225on the main trunk or other branches.
4226
4227Later you can move changes from one branch to another
4228branch (or the main trunk) by @dfn{merging}.  Merging
4229involves first running @code{cvs update -j}, to merge
4230the changes into the working directory.
4231You can then commit that revision, and thus effectively
4232copy the changes onto another branch.
4233
4234@menu
4235* Branches motivation::         What branches are good for
4236* Creating a branch::           Creating a branch
4237* Accessing branches::          Checking out and updating branches
4238* Branches and revisions::      Branches are reflected in revision numbers
4239* Magic branch numbers::        Magic branch numbers
4240* Merging a branch::            Merging an entire branch
4241* Merging more than once::      Merging from a branch several times
4242* Merging two revisions::       Merging differences between two revisions
4243* Merging adds and removals::   What if files are added or removed?
4244* Merging and keywords::        Avoiding conflicts due to keyword substitution
4245@end menu
4246
4247@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4248@node Branches motivation
4249@section What branches are good for
4250@cindex Branches motivation
4251@cindex What branches are good for
4252@cindex Motivation for branches
4253
4254@c FIXME: this node mentions one way to use branches,
4255@c but it is by no means the only way.  For example,
4256@c the technique of committing a new feature on a branch,
4257@c until it is ready for the main trunk.  The whole
4258@c thing is generally speaking more akin to the
4259@c "Revision management" node although it isn't clear to
4260@c me whether policy matters should be centralized or
4261@c distributed throughout the relevant sections.
4262Suppose that release 1.0 of tc has been made.  You are continuing to
4263develop tc, planning to create release 1.1 in a couple of months.  After a
4264while your customers start to complain about a fatal bug.  You check
4265out release 1.0 (@pxref{Tags}) and find the bug
4266(which turns out to have a trivial fix).  However, the current revision
4267of the sources are in a state of flux and are not expected to be stable
4268for at least another month.  There is no way to make a
4269bug fix release based on the newest sources.
4270
4271The thing to do in a situation like this is to create a @dfn{branch} on
4272the revision trees for all the files that make up
4273release 1.0 of tc.  You can then make
4274modifications to the branch without disturbing the main trunk.  When the
4275modifications are finished you can elect to either incorporate them on
4276the main trunk, or leave them on the branch.
4277
4278@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4279@node Creating a branch
4280@section Creating a branch
4281@cindex Creating a branch
4282@cindex Branch, creating a
4283@cindex tag (subcommand), creating a branch using
4284@cindex rtag (subcommand), creating a branch using
4285
4286You can create a branch with @code{tag -b}; for
4287example, assuming you're in a working copy:
4288
4289@example
4290$ cvs tag -b rel-1-0-patches
4291@end example
4292
4293@c FIXME: we should be more explicit about the value of
4294@c having a tag on the branchpoint.  For example
4295@c "cvs tag rel-1-0-patches-branchpoint" before
4296@c the "cvs tag -b".  This points out that
4297@c rel-1-0-patches is a pretty awkward name for
4298@c this example (more so than for the rtag example
4299@c below).
4300
4301This splits off a branch based on the current revisions
4302in the working copy, assigning that branch the name
4303@samp{rel-1-0-patches}.
4304
4305It is important to understand that branches get created
4306in the repository, not in the working copy.  Creating a
4307branch based on current revisions, as the above example
4308does, will @emph{not} automatically switch the working
4309copy to be on the new branch.  For information on how
4310to do that, see @ref{Accessing branches}.
4311
4312You can also create a branch without reference to any
4313working copy, by using @code{rtag}:
4314
4315@example
4316$ cvs rtag -b -r rel-1-0 rel-1-0-patches tc
4317@end example
4318
4319@samp{-r rel-1-0} says that this branch should be
4320rooted at the revision that
4321corresponds to the tag @samp{rel-1-0}.  It need not
4322be the most recent revision -- it's often useful to
4323split a branch off an old revision (for example, when
4324fixing a bug in a past release otherwise known to be
4325stable).
4326
4327As with @samp{tag}, the @samp{-b} flag tells
4328@code{rtag} to create a branch (rather than just a
4329symbolic revision name).  Note that the numeric
4330revision number that matches @samp{rel-1-0} will
4331probably be different from file to file.
4332
4333So, the full effect of the command is to create a new
4334branch -- named @samp{rel-1-0-patches} -- in module
4335@samp{tc}, rooted in the revision tree at the point tagged
4336by @samp{rel-1-0}.
4337
4338@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4339@node Accessing branches
4340@section Accessing branches
4341@cindex Check out a branch
4342@cindex Retrieve a branch
4343@cindex Access a branch
4344@cindex Identifying a branch
4345@cindex Branch, check out
4346@cindex Branch, retrieving
4347@cindex Branch, accessing
4348@cindex Branch, identifying
4349
4350You can retrieve a branch in one of two ways: by
4351checking it out fresh from the repository, or by
4352switching an existing working copy over to the branch.
4353
4354To check out a branch from the repository, invoke
4355@samp{checkout} with the @samp{-r} flag, followed by
4356the tag name of the branch (@pxref{Creating a branch}):
4357
4358@example
4359$ cvs checkout -r rel-1-0-patches tc
4360@end example
4361
4362Or, if you already have a working copy, you can switch
4363it to a given branch with @samp{update -r}:
4364
4365@example
4366$ cvs update -r rel-1-0-patches tc
4367@end example
4368
4369@noindent
4370or equivalently:
4371
4372@example
4373$ cd tc
4374$ cvs update -r rel-1-0-patches
4375@end example
4376
4377It does not matter if the working copy was originally
4378on the main trunk or on some other branch -- the above
4379command will switch it to the named branch.  And
4380similarly to a regular @samp{update} command,
4381@samp{update -r} merges any changes you have made,
4382notifying you of conflicts where they occur.
4383
4384Once you have a working copy tied to a particular
4385branch, it remains there until you tell it otherwise.
4386This means that changes checked in from the working
4387copy will add new revisions on that branch, while
4388leaving the main trunk and other branches unaffected.
4389
4390@cindex Branches, sticky
4391To find out what branch a working copy is on, you can
4392use the @samp{status} command.  In its output, look for
4393the field named @samp{Sticky tag} (@pxref{Sticky tags})
4394-- that's @sc{cvs}'s way of telling you the branch, if
4395any, of the current working files:
4396
4397@example
4398$ cvs status -v driver.c backend.c
4399===================================================================
4400File: driver.c          Status: Up-to-date
4401
4402    Version:            1.7     Sat Dec  5 18:25:54 1992
4403    RCS Version:        1.7     /u/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/driver.c,v
4404    Sticky Tag:         rel-1-0-patches (branch: 1.7.2)
4405    Sticky Date:        (none)
4406    Sticky Options:     (none)
4407
4408    Existing Tags:
4409        rel-1-0-patches             (branch: 1.7.2)
4410        rel-1-0                     (revision: 1.7)
4411
4412===================================================================
4413File: backend.c         Status: Up-to-date
4414
4415    Version:            1.4     Tue Dec  1 14:39:01 1992
4416    RCS Version:        1.4     /u/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/backend.c,v
4417    Sticky Tag:         rel-1-0-patches (branch: 1.4.2)
4418    Sticky Date:        (none)
4419    Sticky Options:     (none)
4420
4421    Existing Tags:
4422        rel-1-0-patches             (branch: 1.4.2)
4423        rel-1-0                     (revision: 1.4)
4424        rel-0-4                     (revision: 1.4)
4425
4426@end example
4427
4428Don't be confused by the fact that the branch numbers
4429for each file are different (@samp{1.7.2} and
4430@samp{1.4.2} respectively).  The branch tag is the
4431same, @samp{rel-1-0-patches}, and the files are
4432indeed on the same branch.  The numbers simply reflect
4433the point in each file's revision history at which the
4434branch was made.  In the above example, one can deduce
4435that @samp{driver.c} had been through more changes than
4436@samp{backend.c} before this branch was created.
4437
4438See @ref{Branches and revisions} for details about how
4439branch numbers are constructed.
4440
4441@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4442@node Branches and revisions
4443@section Branches and revisions
4444@cindex Branch number
4445@cindex Number, branch
4446@cindex Revision numbers (branches)
4447
4448Ordinarily, a file's revision history is a linear
4449series of increments (@pxref{Revision numbers}):
4450
4451@example
4452       +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4453       ! 1.1 !----! 1.2 !----! 1.3 !----! 1.4 !----! 1.5 !
4454       +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4455@end example
4456
4457However, @sc{cvs} is not limited to linear development.  The
4458@dfn{revision tree} can be split into @dfn{branches},
4459where each branch is a self-maintained line of
4460development.  Changes made on one branch can easily be
4461moved back to the main trunk.
4462
4463Each branch has a @dfn{branch number}, consisting of an
4464odd number of period-separated decimal integers.  The
4465branch number is created by appending an integer to the
4466revision number where the corresponding branch forked
4467off.  Having branch numbers allows more than one branch
4468to be forked off from a certain revision.
4469
4470@need 3500
4471All revisions on a branch have revision numbers formed
4472by appending an ordinal number to the branch number.
4473The following figure illustrates branching with an
4474example.
4475
4476@example
4477@c This example used to have a 1.2.2.4 revision, which
4478@c might help clarify that development can continue on
4479@c 1.2.2.  Might be worth reinstating if it can be done
4480@c without overfull hboxes.
4481@group
4482                                                      +-------------+
4483                           Branch 1.2.2.3.2 ->        ! 1.2.2.3.2.1 !
4484                                                    / +-------------+
4485                                                   /
4486                                                  /
4487                 +---------+    +---------+    +---------+
4488Branch 1.2.2 -> _! 1.2.2.1 !----! 1.2.2.2 !----! 1.2.2.3 !
4489               / +---------+    +---------+    +---------+
4490              /
4491             /
4492+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4493! 1.1 !----! 1.2 !----! 1.3 !----! 1.4 !----! 1.5 !  <- The main trunk
4494+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4495                !
4496                !
4497                !   +---------+    +---------+    +---------+
4498Branch 1.2.4 -> +---! 1.2.4.1 !----! 1.2.4.2 !----! 1.2.4.3 !
4499                    +---------+    +---------+    +---------+
4500
4501@end group
4502@end example
4503
4504@c --   However, at least for me the figure is not enough.  I suggest more
4505@c --   text to accompany it.  "A picture is worth a thousand words", so you
4506@c --   have to make sure the reader notices the couple of hundred words
4507@c --   *you* had in mind more than the others!
4508
4509@c --   Why an even number of segments?  This section implies that this is
4510@c --   how the main trunk is distinguished from branch roots, but you never
4511@c --   explicitly say that this is the purpose of the [by itself rather
4512@c --   surprising] restriction to an even number of segments.
4513
4514The exact details of how the branch number is
4515constructed is not something you normally need to be
4516concerned about, but here is how it works: When
4517@sc{cvs} creates a branch number it picks the first
4518unused even integer, starting with 2.  So when you want
4519to create a branch from revision 6.4 it will be
4520numbered 6.4.2.  All branch numbers ending in a zero
4521(such as 6.4.0) are used internally by @sc{cvs}
4522(@pxref{Magic branch numbers}).  The branch 1.1.1 has a
4523special meaning.  @xref{Tracking sources}.
4524
4525@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4526@node Magic branch numbers
4527@section Magic branch numbers
4528
4529@c Want xref to here from "log"?
4530
4531This section describes a @sc{cvs} feature called
4532@dfn{magic branches}.  For most purposes, you need not
4533worry about magic branches; @sc{cvs} handles them for
4534you.  However, they are visible to you in certain
4535circumstances, so it may be useful to have some idea of
4536how it works.
4537
4538Externally, branch numbers consist of an odd number of
4539dot-separated decimal integers.  @xref{Revision
4540numbers}.  That is not the whole truth, however.  For
4541efficiency reasons @sc{cvs} sometimes inserts an extra 0
4542in the second rightmost position (1.2.4 becomes
45431.2.0.4, 8.9.10.11.12 becomes 8.9.10.11.0.12 and so
4544on).
4545
4546@sc{cvs} does a pretty good job at hiding these so
4547called magic branches, but in a few places the hiding
4548is incomplete:
4549
4550@itemize @bullet
4551@ignore
4552@c This is in ignore as I'm taking their word for it,
4553@c that this was fixed
4554@c a long time ago.  But before deleting this
4555@c entirely, I'd rather verify it (and add a test
4556@c case to the testsuite).
4557@item
4558The magic branch can appear in the output from
4559@code{cvs status} in vanilla @sc{cvs} 1.3.  This is
4560fixed in @sc{cvs} 1.3-s2.
4561
4562@end ignore
4563@item
4564The magic branch number appears in the output from
4565@code{cvs log}.
4566@c What output should appear instead?
4567
4568@item
4569You cannot specify a symbolic branch name to @code{cvs
4570admin}.
4571
4572@end itemize
4573
4574@c Can CVS do this automatically the first time
4575@c you check something in to that branch?  Should
4576@c it?
4577You can use the @code{admin} command to reassign a
4578symbolic name to a branch the way @sc{rcs} expects it
4579to be.  If @code{R4patches} is assigned to the branch
45801.4.2 (magic branch number 1.4.0.2) in file
4581@file{numbers.c} you can do this:
4582
4583@example
4584$ cvs admin -NR4patches:1.4.2 numbers.c
4585@end example
4586
4587It only works if at least one revision is already
4588committed on the branch.  Be very careful so that you
4589do not assign the tag to the wrong number.  (There is
4590no way to see how the tag was assigned yesterday).
4591
4592@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4593@node Merging a branch
4594@section Merging an entire branch
4595@cindex Merging a branch
4596@cindex -j (merging branches)
4597
4598You can merge changes made on a branch into your working copy by giving
4599the @samp{-j @var{branchname}} flag to the @code{update} subcommand.  With one
4600@samp{-j @var{branchname}} option it merges the changes made between the
4601greatest common ancestor (GCA) of the branch and the destination revision (in
4602the simple case below the GCA is the point where the branch forked) and the
4603newest revision on that branch into your working copy.
4604
4605@cindex Join
4606The @samp{-j} stands for ``join''.
4607
4608@cindex Branch merge example
4609@cindex Example, branch merge
4610@cindex Merge, branch example
4611Consider this revision tree:
4612
4613@example
4614+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4615! 1.1 !----! 1.2 !----! 1.3 !----! 1.4 !      <- The main trunk
4616+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4617                !
4618                !
4619                !   +---------+    +---------+
4620Branch R1fix -> +---! 1.2.2.1 !----! 1.2.2.2 !
4621                    +---------+    +---------+
4622@end example
4623
4624@noindent
4625The branch 1.2.2 has been given the tag (symbolic name) @samp{R1fix}.  The
4626following example assumes that the module @samp{mod} contains only one
4627file, @file{m.c}.
4628
4629@example
4630$ cvs checkout mod               # @r{Retrieve the latest revision, 1.4}
4631
4632$ cvs update -j R1fix m.c        # @r{Merge all changes made on the branch,}
4633                                 # @r{i.e. the changes between revision 1.2}
4634                                 # @r{and 1.2.2.2, into your working copy}
4635                                 # @r{of the file.}
4636
4637$ cvs commit -m "Included R1fix" # @r{Create revision 1.5.}
4638@end example
4639
4640A conflict can result from a merge operation.  If that
4641happens, you should resolve it before committing the
4642new revision.  @xref{Conflicts example}.
4643
4644If your source files contain keywords (@pxref{Keyword substitution}),
4645you might be getting more conflicts than strictly necessary.  See
4646@ref{Merging and keywords}, for information on how to avoid this.
4647
4648The @code{checkout} command also supports the @samp{-j @var{branchname}} flag.  The
4649same effect as above could be achieved with this:
4650
4651@example
4652$ cvs checkout -j R1fix mod
4653$ cvs commit -m "Included R1fix"
4654@end example
4655
4656It should be noted that @code{update -j @var{tagname}} will also work but may
4657not produce the desired result.  @xref{Merging adds and removals}, for more.
4658
4659@node Merging more than once
4660@section Merging from a branch several times
4661
4662Continuing our example, the revision tree now looks
4663like this:
4664
4665@example
4666+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4667! 1.1 !----! 1.2 !----! 1.3 !----! 1.4 !----! 1.5 !   <- The main trunk
4668+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4669                !                           *
4670                !                          *
4671                !   +---------+    +---------+
4672Branch R1fix -> +---! 1.2.2.1 !----! 1.2.2.2 !
4673                    +---------+    +---------+
4674@end example
4675
4676@noindent
4677where the starred line represents the merge from the
4678@samp{R1fix} branch to the main trunk, as just
4679discussed.
4680
4681Now suppose that development continues on the
4682@samp{R1fix} branch:
4683
4684@example
4685+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4686! 1.1 !----! 1.2 !----! 1.3 !----! 1.4 !----! 1.5 !   <- The main trunk
4687+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4688                !                           *
4689                !                          *
4690                !   +---------+    +---------+    +---------+
4691Branch R1fix -> +---! 1.2.2.1 !----! 1.2.2.2 !----! 1.2.2.3 !
4692                    +---------+    +---------+    +---------+
4693@end example
4694
4695@noindent
4696and then you want to merge those new changes onto the
4697main trunk.  If you just use the @code{cvs update -j
4698R1fix m.c} command again, @sc{cvs} will attempt to
4699merge again the changes which you have already merged,
4700which can have undesirable side effects.
4701
4702So instead you need to specify that you only want to
4703merge the changes on the branch which have not yet been
4704merged into the trunk.  To do that you specify two
4705@samp{-j} options, and @sc{cvs} merges the changes from
4706the first revision to the second revision.  For
4707example, in this case the simplest way would be
4708
4709@example
4710cvs update -j 1.2.2.2 -j R1fix m.c    # @r{Merge changes from 1.2.2.2 to the}
4711                                      # @r{head of the R1fix branch}
4712@end example
4713
4714The problem with this is that you need to specify the
47151.2.2.2 revision manually.  A slightly better approach
4716might be to use the date the last merge was done:
4717
4718@example
4719cvs update -j R1fix:yesterday -j R1fix m.c
4720@end example
4721
4722Better yet, tag the R1fix branch after every merge into
4723the trunk, and then use that tag for subsequent merges:
4724
4725@example
4726cvs update -j merged_from_R1fix_to_trunk -j R1fix m.c
4727@end example
4728
4729@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4730@node Merging two revisions
4731@section Merging differences between any two revisions
4732@cindex Merging two revisions
4733@cindex Revisions, merging differences between
4734@cindex Differences, merging
4735
4736With two @samp{-j @var{revision}} flags, the @code{update}
4737(and @code{checkout}) command can merge the differences
4738between any two revisions into your working file.
4739
4740@cindex Undoing a change
4741@cindex Removing a change
4742@example
4743$ cvs update -j 1.5 -j 1.3 backend.c
4744@end example
4745
4746@noindent
4747will undo all changes made between revision
47481.3 and 1.5.  Note the order of the revisions!
4749
4750If you try to use this option when operating on
4751multiple files, remember that the numeric revisions will
4752probably be very different between the various files.
4753You almost always use symbolic
4754tags rather than revision numbers when operating on
4755multiple files.
4756
4757@cindex Restoring old version of removed file
4758@cindex Resurrecting old version of dead file
4759Specifying two @samp{-j} options can also undo file
4760removals or additions.  For example, suppose you have
4761a file
4762named @file{file1} which existed as revision 1.1, and
4763you then removed it (thus adding a dead revision 1.2).
4764Now suppose you want to add it again, with the same
4765contents it had previously.  Here is how to do it:
4766
4767@example
4768$ cvs update -j 1.2 -j 1.1 file1
4769U file1
4770$ cvs commit -m test
4771Checking in file1;
4772/tmp/cvs-sanity/cvsroot/first-dir/file1,v  <--  file1
4773new revision: 1.3; previous revision: 1.2
4774done
4775$
4776@end example
4777
4778@node Merging adds and removals
4779@section Merging can add or remove files
4780
4781If the changes which you are merging involve removing
4782or adding some files, @code{update -j} will reflect
4783such additions or removals.
4784
4785@c FIXME: This example needs a lot more explanation.
4786@c We also need other examples for some of the other
4787@c cases (not all--there are too many--as long as we present a
4788@c coherent general principle).
4789For example:
4790@example
4791cvs update -A
4792touch a b c
4793cvs add a b c ; cvs ci -m "added" a b c
4794cvs tag -b branchtag
4795cvs update -r branchtag
4796touch d ; cvs add d
4797rm a ; cvs rm a
4798cvs ci -m "added d, removed a"
4799cvs update -A
4800cvs update -jbranchtag
4801@end example
4802
4803After these commands are executed and a @samp{cvs commit} is done,
4804file @file{a} will be removed and file @file{d} added in the main branch.
4805@c (which was determined by trying it)
4806
4807Note that using a single static tag (@samp{-j @var{tagname}})
4808rather than a dynamic tag (@samp{-j @var{branchname}}) to merge
4809changes from a branch will usually not remove files which were removed on the
4810branch since @sc{cvs} does not automatically add static tags to dead revisions.
4811The exception to this rule occurs when
4812a static tag has been attached to a dead revision manually.  Use the branch tag
4813to merge all changes from the branch or use two static tags as merge endpoints
4814to be sure that all intended changes are propagated in the merge.
4815
4816@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4817@node Merging and keywords
4818@section Merging and keywords
4819@cindex Merging, and keyword substitution
4820@cindex Keyword substitution, and merging
4821@cindex -j (merging branches), and keyword substitution
4822@cindex -kk, to avoid conflicts during a merge
4823
4824If you merge files containing keywords (@pxref{Keyword
4825substitution}), you will normally get numerous
4826conflicts during the merge, because the keywords are
4827expanded differently in the revisions which you are
4828merging.
4829
4830Therefore, you will often want to specify the
4831@samp{-kk} (@pxref{Substitution modes}) switch to the
4832merge command line.  By substituting just the name of
4833the keyword, not the expanded value of that keyword,
4834this option ensures that the revisions which you are
4835merging will be the same as each other, and avoid
4836spurious conflicts.
4837
4838For example, suppose you have a file like this:
4839
4840@example
4841       +---------+
4842      _! 1.1.2.1 !   <-  br1
4843     / +---------+
4844    /
4845   /
4846+-----+    +-----+
4847! 1.1 !----! 1.2 !
4848+-----+    +-----+
4849@end example
4850
4851@noindent
4852and your working directory is currently on the trunk
4853(revision 1.2).  Then you might get the following
4854results from a merge:
4855
4856@example
4857$ cat file1
4858key $@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 1.2 $
4859. . .
4860$ cvs update -j br1
4861U file1
4862RCS file: /cvsroot/first-dir/file1,v
4863retrieving revision 1.1
4864retrieving revision 1.1.2.1
4865Merging differences between 1.1 and 1.1.2.1 into file1
4866rcsmerge: warning: conflicts during merge
4867$ cat file1
4868@asis{}<<<<<<< file1
4869key $@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 1.2 $
4870@asis{}=======
4871key $@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 1.1.2.1 $
4872@asis{}>>>>>>> 1.1.2.1
4873. . .
4874@end example
4875
4876What happened was that the merge tried to merge the
4877differences between 1.1 and 1.1.2.1 into your working
4878directory.  So, since the keyword changed from
4879@code{Revision: 1.1} to @code{Revision: 1.1.2.1},
4880@sc{cvs} tried to merge that change into your working
4881directory, which conflicted with the fact that your
4882working directory had contained @code{Revision: 1.2}.
4883
4884Here is what happens if you had used @samp{-kk}:
4885
4886@example
4887$ cat file1
4888key $@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 1.2 $
4889. . .
4890$ cvs update -kk -j br1
4891U file1
4892RCS file: /cvsroot/first-dir/file1,v
4893retrieving revision 1.1
4894retrieving revision 1.1.2.1
4895Merging differences between 1.1 and 1.1.2.1 into file1
4896$ cat file1
4897key $@splitrcskeyword{Revision}$
4898. . .
4899@end example
4900
4901What is going on here is that revision 1.1 and 1.1.2.1
4902both expand as plain @code{Revision}, and therefore
4903merging the changes between them into the working
4904directory need not change anything.  Therefore, there
4905is no conflict.
4906
4907@strong{WARNING: In versions of @sc{cvs} prior to 1.12.2, there was a
4908major problem with using @samp{-kk} on merges.  Namely, @samp{-kk}
4909overrode any default keyword expansion mode set in the archive file in
4910the repository.  This could, unfortunately for some users, cause data
4911corruption in binary files (with a default keyword expansion mode set
4912to @samp{-kb}).  Therefore, when a repository contained binary files,
4913conflicts had to be dealt with manually rather than using @samp{-kk} in
4914a merge command.}
4915
4916In @sc{cvs} version 1.12.2 and later, the keyword expansion mode
4917provided on the command line to any @sc{cvs} command no longer
4918overrides the @samp{-kb} keyword expansion mode setting for binary
4919files, though it will still override other default keyword expansion
4920modes.  You can now safely merge using @samp{-kk} to avoid spurious conflicts
4921on lines containing RCS keywords, even when your repository contains
4922binary files.
4923
4924@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
4925@node Recursive behavior
4926@chapter Recursive behavior
4927@cindex Recursive (directory descending)
4928@cindex Directory, descending
4929@cindex Descending directories
4930@cindex Subdirectories
4931
4932Almost all of the subcommands of @sc{cvs} work
4933recursively when you specify a directory as an
4934argument.  For instance, consider this directory
4935structure:
4936
4937@example
4938      @code{$HOME}
4939        |
4940        +--@t{tc}
4941        |   |
4942            +--@t{CVS}
4943            |      (internal @sc{cvs} files)
4944            +--@t{Makefile}
4945            +--@t{backend.c}
4946            +--@t{driver.c}
4947            +--@t{frontend.c}
4948            +--@t{parser.c}
4949            +--@t{man}
4950            |    |
4951            |    +--@t{CVS}
4952            |    |  (internal @sc{cvs} files)
4953            |    +--@t{tc.1}
4954            |
4955            +--@t{testing}
4956                 |
4957                 +--@t{CVS}
4958                 |  (internal @sc{cvs} files)
4959                 +--@t{testpgm.t}
4960                 +--@t{test2.t}
4961@end example
4962
4963@noindent
4964If @file{tc} is the current working directory, the
4965following is true:
4966
4967@itemize @bullet
4968@item
4969@samp{cvs update testing} is equivalent to
4970
4971@example
4972cvs update testing/testpgm.t testing/test2.t
4973@end example
4974
4975@item
4976@samp{cvs update testing man} updates all files in the
4977subdirectories
4978
4979@item
4980@samp{cvs update .} or just @samp{cvs update} updates
4981all files in the @code{tc} directory
4982@end itemize
4983
4984If no arguments are given to @code{update} it will
4985update all files in the current working directory and
4986all its subdirectories.  In other words, @file{.} is a
4987default argument to @code{update}.  This is also true
4988for most of the @sc{cvs} subcommands, not only the
4989@code{update} command.
4990
4991The recursive behavior of the @sc{cvs} subcommands can be
4992turned off with the @samp{-l} option.
4993Conversely, the @samp{-R} option can be used to force recursion if
4994@samp{-l} is specified in @file{~/.cvsrc} (@pxref{~/.cvsrc}).
4995
4996@example
4997$ cvs update -l         # @r{Don't update files in subdirectories}
4998@end example
4999
5000@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
5001@node Adding and removing
5002@chapter Adding, removing, and renaming files and directories
5003
5004In the course of a project, one will often add new
5005files.  Likewise with removing or renaming, or with
5006directories.  The general concept to keep in mind in
5007all these cases is that instead of making an
5008irreversible change you want @sc{cvs} to record the
5009fact that a change has taken place, just as with
5010modifying an existing file.  The exact mechanisms to do
5011this in @sc{cvs} vary depending on the situation.
5012
5013@menu
5014* Adding files::                Adding files
5015* Removing files::              Removing files
5016* Removing directories::        Removing directories
5017* Moving files::                Moving and renaming files
5018* Moving directories::          Moving and renaming directories
5019@end menu
5020
5021@node Adding files
5022@section Adding files to a directory
5023@cindex Adding files
5024
5025To add a new file to a directory, follow these steps.
5026
5027@itemize @bullet
5028@item
5029You must have a working copy of the directory.
5030@xref{Getting the source}.
5031
5032@item
5033Create the new file inside your working copy of the directory.
5034
5035@item
5036Use @samp{cvs add @var{filename}} to tell @sc{cvs} that you
5037want to version control the file.  If the file contains
5038binary data, specify @samp{-kb} (@pxref{Binary files}).
5039
5040@item
5041Use @samp{cvs commit @var{filename}} to actually check
5042in the file into the repository.  Other developers
5043cannot see the file until you perform this step.
5044@end itemize
5045
5046You can also use the @code{add} command to add a new
5047directory.
5048@c FIXCVS and/or FIXME: Adding a directory doesn't
5049@c require the commit step.  This probably can be
5050@c considered a CVS bug, but it is possible we should
5051@c warn people since this behavior probably won't be
5052@c changing right away.
5053
5054Unlike most other commands, the @code{add} command is
5055not recursive.  You have to expcicitly name files and
5056directories that you wish to add to the repository.
5057However, each directory will need to be added
5058separately before you will be able to add new files
5059to those directories.
5060
5061@example
5062$ mkdir -p foo/bar
5063$ cp ~/myfile foo/bar/myfile
5064$ cvs add foo foo/bar
5065$ cvs add foo/bar/myfile
5066@end example
5067
5068@cindex add (subcommand)
5069@deffn Command {cvs add} [@code{-k} kflag] [@code{-m} message] files @dots{}
5070
5071Schedule @var{files} to be added to the repository.
5072The files or directories specified with @code{add} must
5073already exist in the current directory.  To add a whole
5074new directory hierarchy to the source repository (for
5075example, files received from a third-party vendor), use
5076the @code{import} command instead.  @xref{import}.
5077
5078The added files are not placed in the source repository
5079until you use @code{commit} to make the change
5080permanent.  Doing an @code{add} on a file that was
5081removed with the @code{remove} command will undo the
5082effect of the @code{remove}, unless a @code{commit}
5083command intervened.  @xref{Removing files}, for an
5084example.
5085
5086The @samp{-k} option specifies the default way that
5087this file will be checked out; for more information see
5088@ref{Substitution modes}.
5089
5090@c As noted in BUGS, -m is broken client/server (Nov
5091@c 96).  Also see testsuite log2-* tests.
5092The @samp{-m} option specifies a description for the
5093file.  This description appears in the history log (if
5094it is enabled, @pxref{history file}).  It will also be
5095saved in the version history inside the repository when
5096the file is committed.  The @code{log} command displays
5097this description.  The description can be changed using
5098@samp{admin -t}.  @xref{admin}.  If you omit the
5099@samp{-m @var{description}} flag, an empty string will
5100be used.  You will not be prompted for a description.
5101@end deffn
5102
5103For example, the following commands add the file
5104@file{backend.c} to the repository:
5105
5106@c This example used to specify
5107@c     -m "Optimizer and code generation passes."
5108@c to the cvs add command, but that doesn't work
5109@c client/server (see log2 in sanity.sh).  Should fix CVS,
5110@c but also seems strange to document things which
5111@c don't work...
5112@example
5113$ cvs add backend.c
5114$ cvs commit -m "Early version. Not yet compilable." backend.c
5115@end example
5116
5117When you add a file it is added only on the branch
5118which you are working on (@pxref{Branching and merging}).  You can
5119later merge the additions to another branch if you want
5120(@pxref{Merging adds and removals}).
5121@c Should we mention that earlier versions of CVS
5122@c lacked this feature (1.3) or implemented it in a buggy
5123@c way (well, 1.8 had many bugs in cvs update -j)?
5124@c Should we mention the bug/limitation regarding a
5125@c file being a regular file on one branch and a directory
5126@c on another?
5127@c FIXME: This needs an example, or several, here or
5128@c elsewhere, for it to make much sense.
5129@c Somewhere we need to discuss the aspects of death
5130@c support which don't involve branching, I guess.
5131@c Like the ability to re-create a release from a tag.
5132
5133@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
5134@node Removing files
5135@section Removing files
5136@cindex Removing files
5137@cindex Deleting files
5138
5139@c FIXME: this node wants to be split into several
5140@c smaller nodes.  Could make these children of
5141@c "Adding and removing", probably (death support could
5142@c be its own section, for example, as could the
5143@c various bits about undoing mistakes in adding and
5144@c removing).
5145Directories change.  New files are added, and old files
5146disappear.  Still, you want to be able to retrieve an
5147exact copy of old releases.
5148
5149Here is what you can do to remove a file,
5150but remain able to retrieve old revisions:
5151
5152@itemize @bullet
5153@c FIXME: should probably be saying something about
5154@c having a working directory in the first place.
5155@item
5156Make sure that you have not made any uncommitted
5157modifications to the file.  @xref{Viewing differences},
5158for one way to do that.  You can also use the
5159@code{status} or @code{update} command.  If you remove
5160the file without committing your changes, you will of
5161course not be able to retrieve the file as it was
5162immediately before you deleted it.
5163
5164@item
5165Remove the file from your working copy of the directory.
5166You can for instance use @code{rm}.
5167
5168@item
5169Use @samp{cvs remove @var{filename}} to tell @sc{cvs} that
5170you really want to delete the file.
5171
5172@item
5173Use @samp{cvs commit @var{filename}} to actually
5174perform the removal of the file from the repository.
5175@end itemize
5176
5177@c FIXME: Somehow this should be linked in with a more
5178@c general discussion of death support.  I don't know
5179@c whether we want to use the term "death support" or
5180@c not (we can perhaps get by without it), but we do
5181@c need to discuss the "dead" state in "cvs log" and
5182@c related subjects.  The current discussion is
5183@c scattered around, and not xref'd to each other.
5184@c FIXME: I think this paragraph wants to be moved
5185@c later down, at least after the first example.
5186When you commit the removal of the file, @sc{cvs}
5187records the fact that the file no longer exists.  It is
5188possible for a file to exist on only some branches and
5189not on others, or to re-add another file with the same
5190name later.  @sc{cvs} will correctly create or not create
5191the file, based on the @samp{-r} and @samp{-D} options
5192specified to @code{checkout} or @code{update}.
5193
5194@c FIXME: This style seems to clash with how we
5195@c document things in general.
5196@cindex Remove (subcommand)
5197@deffn Command {cvs remove} [options] files @dots{}
5198
5199Schedule file(s) to be removed from the repository
5200(files which have not already been removed from the
5201working directory are not processed).  This command
5202does not actually remove the file from the repository
5203until you commit the removal.  For a full list of
5204options, see @ref{Invoking CVS}.
5205@end deffn
5206
5207Here is an example of removing several files:
5208
5209@example
5210$ cd test
5211$ rm *.c
5212$ cvs remove
5213cvs remove: Removing .
5214cvs remove: scheduling a.c for removal
5215cvs remove: scheduling b.c for removal
5216cvs remove: use 'cvs commit' to remove these files permanently
5217$ cvs ci -m "Removed unneeded files"
5218cvs commit: Examining .
5219cvs commit: Committing .
5220@end example
5221
5222As a convenience you can remove the file and @code{cvs
5223remove} it in one step, by specifying the @samp{-f}
5224option.  For example, the above example could also be
5225done like this:
5226
5227@example
5228$ cd test
5229$ cvs remove -f *.c
5230cvs remove: scheduling a.c for removal
5231cvs remove: scheduling b.c for removal
5232cvs remove: use 'cvs commit' to remove these files permanently
5233$ cvs ci -m "Removed unneeded files"
5234cvs commit: Examining .
5235cvs commit: Committing .
5236@end example
5237
5238If you execute @code{remove} for a file, and then
5239change your mind before you commit, you can undo the
5240@code{remove} with an @code{add} command.
5241@ignore
5242@c is this worth saying or not?  Somehow it seems
5243@c confusing to me.
5244Of course,
5245since you have removed your copy of file in the working
5246directory, @sc{cvs} does not necessarily bring back the
5247contents of the file from right before you executed
5248@code{remove}; instead it gets the file from the
5249repository again.
5250@end ignore
5251
5252@c FIXME: what if you change your mind after you commit
5253@c it?  (answer is also "cvs add" but we don't say that...).
5254@c We need some index entries for thinks like "undoing
5255@c removal" too.
5256
5257@example
5258$ ls
5259CVS   ja.h  oj.c
5260$ rm oj.c
5261$ cvs remove oj.c
5262cvs remove: scheduling oj.c for removal
5263cvs remove: use 'cvs commit' to remove this file permanently
5264$ cvs add oj.c
5265U oj.c
5266cvs add: oj.c, version 1.1.1.1, resurrected
5267@end example
5268
5269If you realize your mistake before you run the
5270@code{remove} command you can use @code{update} to
5271resurrect the file:
5272
5273@example
5274$ rm oj.c
5275$ cvs update oj.c
5276cvs update: warning: oj.c was lost
5277U oj.c
5278@end example
5279
5280When you remove a file it is removed only on the branch
5281which you are working on (@pxref{Branching and merging}).  You can
5282later merge the removals to another branch if you want
5283(@pxref{Merging adds and removals}).
5284
5285@node Removing directories
5286@section Removing directories
5287@cindex Removing directories
5288@cindex Directories, removing
5289
5290In concept, removing directories is somewhat similar to
5291removing files---you want the directory to not exist in
5292your current working directories, but you also want to
5293be able to retrieve old releases in which the directory
5294existed.
5295
5296The way that you remove a directory is to remove all
5297the files in it.  You don't remove the directory
5298itself; there is no way to do that.
5299Instead you specify the @samp{-P} option to
5300@code{cvs update} or @code{cvs checkout},
5301which will cause @sc{cvs} to remove empty
5302directories from working directories.
5303(Note that @code{cvs export} always removes empty directories.)
5304Probably the
5305best way to do this is to always specify @samp{-P}; if
5306you want an empty directory then put a dummy file (for
5307example @file{.keepme}) in it to prevent @samp{-P} from
5308removing it.
5309
5310@c I'd try to give a rationale for this, but I'm not
5311@c sure there is a particularly convincing one.  What
5312@c we would _like_ is for CVS to do a better job of version
5313@c controlling whether directories exist, to eliminate the
5314@c need for -P and so that a file can be a directory in
5315@c one revision and a regular file in another.
5316Note that @samp{-P} is implied by the @samp{-r} or @samp{-D}
5317options of @code{checkout}.  This way,
5318@sc{cvs} will be able to correctly create the directory
5319or not depending on whether the particular version you
5320are checking out contains any files in that directory.
5321
5322@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
5323@node Moving files
5324@section Moving and renaming files
5325@cindex Moving files
5326@cindex Renaming files
5327@cindex Files, moving
5328
5329Moving files to a different directory or renaming them
5330is not difficult, but some of the ways in which this
5331works may be non-obvious.  (Moving or renaming a
5332directory is even harder.  @xref{Moving directories}.).
5333
5334The examples below assume that the file @var{old} is renamed to
5335@var{new}.
5336
5337@menu
5338* Outside::                     The normal way to Rename
5339* Inside::                      A tricky, alternative way
5340* Rename by copying::           Another tricky, alternative way
5341@end menu
5342
5343@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5344@node Outside
5345@subsection The Normal way to Rename
5346
5347@c More rename issues.  Not sure whether these are
5348@c worth documenting; I'm putting them here because
5349@c it seems to be as good a place as any to try to
5350@c set down the issues.
5351@c * "cvs annotate" will annotate either the new
5352@c file or the old file; it cannot annotate _each
5353@c line_ based on whether it was last changed in the
5354@c new or old file.  Unlike "cvs log", where the
5355@c consequences of having to select either the new
5356@c or old name seem fairly benign, this may be a
5357@c real advantage to having CVS know about renames
5358@c other than as a deletion and an addition.
5359
5360The normal way to move a file is to copy @var{old} to
5361@var{new}, and then issue the normal @sc{cvs} commands
5362to remove @var{old} from the repository, and add
5363@var{new} to it.
5364@c The following sentence is not true: one must cd into
5365@c the directory to run "cvs add".
5366@c  (Both @var{old} and @var{new} could
5367@c contain relative paths, for example @file{foo/bar.c}).
5368
5369@example
5370$ mv @var{old} @var{new}
5371$ cvs remove @var{old}
5372$ cvs add @var{new}
5373$ cvs commit -m "Renamed @var{old} to @var{new}" @var{old} @var{new}
5374@end example
5375
5376This is the simplest way to move a file, it is not
5377error-prone, and it preserves the history of what was
5378done.  Note that to access the history of the file you
5379must specify the old or the new name, depending on what
5380portion of the history you are accessing.  For example,
5381@code{cvs log @var{old}} will give the log up until the
5382time of the rename.
5383
5384When @var{new} is committed its revision numbers will
5385start again, usually at 1.1, so if that bothers you,
5386use the @samp{-r @var{tag}} option to commit.  For more
5387information see @ref{Assigning revisions}.
5388
5389@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5390@node Inside
5391@subsection Moving the history file
5392
5393This method is more dangerous, since it involves moving
5394files inside the repository.  Read this entire section
5395before trying it out!
5396
5397@example
5398$ cd $CVSROOT/@var{dir}
5399$ mv @var{old},v @var{new},v
5400@end example
5401
5402@noindent
5403Advantages:
5404
5405@itemize @bullet
5406@item
5407The log of changes is maintained intact.
5408
5409@item
5410The revision numbers are not affected.
5411@end itemize
5412
5413@noindent
5414Disadvantages:
5415
5416@itemize @bullet
5417@item
5418Old releases cannot easily be fetched from the
5419repository.  (The file will show up as @var{new} even
5420in revisions from the time before it was renamed).
5421
5422@item
5423There is no log information of when the file was renamed.
5424
5425@item
5426Nasty things might happen if someone accesses the history file
5427while you are moving it.  Make sure no one else runs any of the @sc{cvs}
5428commands while you move it.
5429@end itemize
5430
5431@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5432@node Rename by copying
5433@subsection Copying the history file
5434
5435This way also involves direct modifications to the
5436repository.  It is safe, but not without drawbacks.
5437
5438@example
5439# @r{Copy the @sc{rcs} file inside the repository}
5440$ cd $CVSROOT/@var{dir}
5441$ cp @var{old},v @var{new},v
5442# @r{Remove the old file}
5443$ cd ~/@var{dir}
5444$ rm @var{old}
5445$ cvs remove @var{old}
5446$ cvs commit @var{old}
5447# @r{Remove all tags from @var{new}}
5448$ cvs update @var{new}
5449$ cvs log @var{new}             # @r{Remember the non-branch tag names}
5450$ cvs tag -d @var{tag1} @var{new}
5451$ cvs tag -d @var{tag2} @var{new}
5452@dots{}
5453@end example
5454
5455By removing the tags you will be able to check out old
5456revisions.
5457
5458@noindent
5459Advantages:
5460
5461@itemize @bullet
5462@item
5463@c FIXME: Is this true about -D now that we have death
5464@c support?  See 5B.3 in the FAQ.
5465Checking out old revisions works correctly, as long as
5466you use @samp{-r @var{tag}} and not @samp{-D @var{date}}
5467to retrieve the revisions.
5468
5469@item
5470The log of changes is maintained intact.
5471
5472@item
5473The revision numbers are not affected.
5474@end itemize
5475
5476@noindent
5477Disadvantages:
5478
5479@itemize @bullet
5480@item
5481You cannot easily see the history of the file across the rename.
5482
5483@ignore
5484@c Is this true?  I don't see how the revision numbers
5485@c _could_ start over, when new,v is just old,v with
5486@c the tags deleted.
5487@c If there is some need to reinstate this text,
5488@c it is "usually 1.1", not "1.0" and it needs an
5489@c xref to Assigning revisions
5490@item
5491Unless you use the @samp{-r @var{tag}} (@pxref{commit
5492options}) flag when @var{new} is committed its revision
5493numbers will start at 1.0 again.
5494@end ignore
5495@end itemize
5496
5497@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
5498@node Moving directories
5499@section Moving and renaming directories
5500@cindex Moving directories
5501@cindex Renaming directories
5502@cindex Directories, moving
5503
5504The normal way to rename or move a directory is to
5505rename or move each file within it as described in
5506@ref{Outside}.  Then check out with the @samp{-P}
5507option, as described in @ref{Removing directories}.
5508
5509If you really want to hack the repository to rename or
5510delete a directory in the repository, you can do it
5511like this:
5512
5513@enumerate
5514@item
5515Inform everyone who has a checked out copy of the directory that the
5516directory will be renamed.  They should commit all their changes in all their
5517copies of the project containing the directory to be removed, and remove
5518all their working copies of said project, before you take the steps below.
5519
5520@item
5521Rename the directory inside the repository.
5522
5523@example
5524$ cd $CVSROOT/@var{parent-dir}
5525$ mv @var{old-dir} @var{new-dir}
5526@end example
5527
5528@item
5529Fix the @sc{cvs} administrative files, if necessary (for
5530instance if you renamed an entire module).
5531
5532@item
5533Tell everyone that they can check out again and continue
5534working.
5535
5536@end enumerate
5537
5538If someone had a working copy the @sc{cvs} commands will
5539cease to work for him, until he removes the directory
5540that disappeared inside the repository.
5541
5542It is almost always better to move the files in the
5543directory instead of moving the directory.  If you move the
5544directory you are unlikely to be able to retrieve old
5545releases correctly, since they probably depend on the
5546name of the directories.
5547
5548@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
5549@node History browsing
5550@chapter History browsing
5551@cindex History browsing
5552@cindex Traceability
5553@cindex Isolation
5554
5555@ignore
5556@c This is too long for an introduction (goal is
5557@c one 20x80 character screen), and also mixes up a
5558@c variety of issues (parallel development, history,
5559@c maybe even touches on process control).
5560
5561@c -- @quote{To lose ones history is to lose ones soul.}
5562@c -- ///
5563@c -- ///Those who cannot remember the past are condemned to repeat it.
5564@c -- ///               -- George Santayana
5565@c -- ///
5566
5567@sc{cvs} tries to make it easy for a group of people to work
5568together.  This is done in two ways:
5569
5570@itemize @bullet
5571@item
5572Isolation---You have your own working copy of the
5573source.  You are not affected by modifications made by
5574others until you decide to incorporate those changes
5575(via the @code{update} command---@pxref{update}).
5576
5577@item
5578Traceability---When something has changed, you can
5579always see @emph{exactly} what changed.
5580@end itemize
5581
5582There are several features of @sc{cvs} that together lead
5583to traceability:
5584
5585@itemize @bullet
5586@item
5587Each revision of a file has an accompanying log
5588message.
5589
5590@item
5591All commits are optionally logged to a central history
5592database.
5593
5594@item
5595Logging information can be sent to a user-defined
5596program (@pxref{loginfo}).
5597@end itemize
5598
5599@c -- More text here.
5600
5601This chapter should talk about the history file, the
5602@code{log} command, the usefulness of ChangeLogs
5603even when you run @sc{cvs}, and things like that.
5604
5605@end ignore
5606
5607@c kind of lame, in a lot of ways the above text inside
5608@c the @ignore motivates this chapter better
5609Once you have used @sc{cvs} to store a version control
5610history---what files have changed when, how, and by
5611whom, there are a variety of mechanisms for looking
5612through the history.
5613
5614@c FIXME: should also be talking about how you look at
5615@c old revisions (e.g. "cvs update -p -r 1.2 foo.c").
5616@menu
5617* log messages::                Log messages
5618* history database::            The history database
5619* user-defined logging::        User-defined logging
5620@end menu
5621
5622@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5623@node log messages
5624@section Log messages
5625
5626@c FIXME: @xref to place where we talk about how to
5627@c specify message to commit.
5628Whenever you commit a file you specify a log message.
5629
5630@c FIXME: bring the information here, and get rid of or
5631@c greatly shrink the "log" node.
5632To look through the log messages which have been
5633specified for every revision which has been committed,
5634use the @code{cvs log} command (@pxref{log}).
5635
5636@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5637@node history database
5638@section The history database
5639
5640@c FIXME: bring the information from the history file
5641@c and history nodes here.  Rewrite it to be motivated
5642@c better (start out by clearly explaining what gets
5643@c logged in history, for example).
5644You can use the history file (@pxref{history file}) to
5645log various @sc{cvs} actions.  To retrieve the
5646information from the history file, use the @code{cvs
5647history} command (@pxref{history}).
5648
5649Note: you can control what is logged to this file by using the
5650@samp{LogHistory} keyword in the @file{CVSROOT/config} file
5651(@pxref{config}).
5652
5653@c
5654@c The history database has many problems:
5655@c * It is very unclear what field means what.  This
5656@c could be improved greatly by better documentation,
5657@c but there are still non-orthogonalities (for
5658@c example, tag does not record the "repository"
5659@c field but most records do).
5660@c * Confusion about files, directories, and modules.
5661@c Some commands record one, some record others.
5662@c * File removal is not logged.  There is an 'R'
5663@c record type documented, but CVS never uses it.
5664@c * Tags are only logged for the "cvs rtag" command,
5665@c not "cvs tag".  The fix for this is not completely
5666@c clear (see above about modules vs. files).
5667@c * Are there other cases of operations that are not
5668@c logged?  One would hope for all changes to the
5669@c repository to be logged somehow (particularly
5670@c operations like tagging, "cvs admin -k", and other
5671@c operations which do not record a history that one
5672@c can get with "cvs log").  Operations on the working
5673@c directory, like export, get, and release, are a
5674@c second category also covered by the current "cvs
5675@c history".
5676@c * The history file does not record the options given
5677@c to a command.  The most serious manifestation of
5678@c this is perhaps that it doesn't record whether a command
5679@c was recursive.  It is not clear to me whether one
5680@c wants to log at a level very close to the command
5681@c line, as a sort of way of logging each command
5682@c (more or less), or whether one wants
5683@c to log more at the level of what was changed (or
5684@c something in between), but either way the current
5685@c information has pretty big gaps.
5686@c * Further details about a tag--like whether it is a
5687@c branch tag or, if a non-branch tag, which branch it
5688@c is on.  One can find out this information about the
5689@c tag as it exists _now_, but if the tag has been
5690@c moved, one doesn't know what it was like at the time
5691@c the history record was written.
5692@c * Whether operating on a particular tag, date, or
5693@c options was implicit (sticky) or explicit.
5694@c
5695@c Another item, only somewhat related to the above, is a
5696@c way to control what is logged in the history file.
5697@c This is probably the only good way to handle
5698@c different people having different ideas about
5699@c information/space tradeoffs.
5700@c
5701@c It isn't really clear that it makes sense to try to
5702@c patch up the history file format as it exists now to
5703@c include all that stuff.  It might be better to
5704@c design a whole new CVSROOT/nhistory file and "cvs
5705@c nhistory" command, or some such, or in some other
5706@c way trying to come up with a clean break from the
5707@c past, which can address the above concerns.  Another
5708@c open question is how/whether this relates to
5709@c taginfo/loginfo/etc.
5710
5711@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5712@node user-defined logging
5713@section User-defined logging
5714
5715@c FIXME: probably should centralize this information
5716@c here, at least to some extent.  Maybe by moving the
5717@c loginfo, etc., nodes here and replacing
5718@c the "user-defined logging" node with one node for
5719@c each method.
5720You can customize @sc{cvs} to log various kinds of
5721actions, in whatever manner you choose.  These
5722mechanisms operate by executing a script at various
5723times.  The script might append a message to a file
5724listing the information and the programmer who created
5725it, or send mail to a group of developers, or, perhaps,
5726post a message to a particular newsgroup.  To log
5727commits, use the @file{loginfo} file (@pxref{loginfo}), and
5728to log tagging operations, use the @file{taginfo} file
5729(@pxref{taginfo}).
5730
5731@c FIXME: What is difference between doing it in the
5732@c modules file and using loginfo/taginfo?  Why should
5733@c user use one or the other?
5734To log commits, checkouts, exports, and tags,
5735respectively, you can also use the @samp{-i},
5736@samp{-o}, @samp{-e}, and @samp{-t} options in the
5737modules file.  For a more flexible way of giving
5738notifications to various users, which requires less in
5739the way of keeping centralized scripts up to date, use
5740the @code{cvs watch add} command (@pxref{Getting
5741Notified}); this command is useful even if you are not
5742using @code{cvs watch on}.
5743
5744@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
5745@node Binary files
5746@chapter Handling binary files
5747@cindex Binary files
5748
5749The most common use for @sc{cvs} is to store text
5750files.  With text files, @sc{cvs} can merge revisions,
5751display the differences between revisions in a
5752human-visible fashion, and other such operations.
5753However, if you are willing to give up a few of these
5754abilities, @sc{cvs} can store binary files.  For
5755example, one might store a web site in @sc{cvs}
5756including both text files and binary images.
5757
5758@menu
5759* Binary why::     More details on issues with binary files
5760* Binary howto::   How to store them
5761@end menu
5762
5763@node Binary why
5764@section The issues with binary files
5765
5766While the need to manage binary files may seem obvious
5767if the files that you customarily work with are binary,
5768putting them into version control does present some
5769additional issues.
5770
5771One basic function of version control is to show the
5772differences between two revisions.  For example, if
5773someone else checked in a new version of a file, you
5774may wish to look at what they changed and determine
5775whether their changes are good.  For text files,
5776@sc{cvs} provides this functionality via the @code{cvs
5777diff} command.  For binary files, it may be possible to
5778extract the two revisions and then compare them with a
5779tool external to @sc{cvs} (for example, word processing
5780software often has such a feature).  If there is no
5781such tool, one must track changes via other mechanisms,
5782such as urging people to write good log messages, and
5783hoping that the changes they actually made were the
5784changes that they intended to make.
5785
5786Another ability of a version control system is the
5787ability to merge two revisions.  For @sc{cvs} this
5788happens in two contexts.  The first is when users make
5789changes in separate working directories
5790(@pxref{Multiple developers}).  The second is when one
5791merges explicitly with the @samp{update -j} command
5792(@pxref{Branching and merging}).
5793
5794In the case of text
5795files, @sc{cvs} can merge changes made independently,
5796and signal a conflict if the changes conflict.  With
5797binary files, the best that @sc{cvs} can do is present
5798the two different copies of the file, and leave it to
5799the user to resolve the conflict.  The user may choose
5800one copy or the other, or may run an external merge
5801tool which knows about that particular file format, if
5802one exists.
5803Note that having the user merge relies primarily on the
5804user to not accidentally omit some changes, and thus is
5805potentially error prone.
5806
5807If this process is thought to be undesirable, the best
5808choice may be to avoid merging.  To avoid the merges
5809that result from separate working directories, see the
5810discussion of reserved checkouts (file locking) in
5811@ref{Multiple developers}.  To avoid the merges
5812resulting from branches, restrict use of branches.
5813
5814@node Binary howto
5815@section How to store binary files
5816
5817There are two issues with using @sc{cvs} to store
5818binary files.  The first is that @sc{cvs} by default
5819converts line endings between the canonical form in
5820which they are stored in the repository (linefeed
5821only), and the form appropriate to the operating system
5822in use on the client (for example, carriage return
5823followed by line feed for Windows NT).
5824
5825The second is that a binary file might happen to
5826contain data which looks like a keyword (@pxref{Keyword
5827substitution}), so keyword expansion must be turned
5828off.
5829
5830@c FIXME: the third is that one can't do merges with
5831@c binary files.  xref to Multiple Developers and the
5832@c reserved checkout issues.
5833
5834The @samp{-kb} option available with some @sc{cvs}
5835commands insures that neither line ending conversion
5836nor keyword expansion will be done.
5837
5838Here is an example of how you can create a new file
5839using the @samp{-kb} flag:
5840
5841@example
5842$ echo '$@splitrcskeyword{Id}$' > kotest
5843$ cvs add -kb -m"A test file" kotest
5844$ cvs ci -m"First checkin; contains a keyword" kotest
5845@end example
5846
5847If a file accidentally gets added without @samp{-kb},
5848one can use the @code{cvs admin} command to recover.
5849For example:
5850
5851@example
5852$ echo '$@splitrcskeyword{Id}$' > kotest
5853$ cvs add -m"A test file" kotest
5854$ cvs ci -m"First checkin; contains a keyword" kotest
5855$ cvs admin -kb kotest
5856$ cvs update -A kotest
5857# @r{For non-unix systems:}
5858# @r{Copy in a good copy of the file from outside CVS}
5859$ cvs commit -m "make it binary" kotest
5860@end example
5861
5862@c Trying to describe this for both unix and non-unix
5863@c in the same description is very confusing.  Might
5864@c want to split the two, or just ditch the unix "shortcut"
5865@c (unixheads don't do much with binary files, anyway).
5866@c This used to say "(Try the above example, and do a
5867@c @code{cat kotest} after every command)".  But that
5868@c only really makes sense for the unix case.
5869When you check in the file @file{kotest} the file is
5870not preserved as a binary file, because you did not
5871check it in as a binary file.  The @code{cvs
5872admin -kb} command sets the default keyword
5873substitution method for this file, but it does not
5874alter the working copy of the file that you have.  If you need to
5875cope with line endings (that is, you are using
5876@sc{cvs} on a non-unix system), then you need to
5877check in a new copy of the file, as shown by the
5878@code{cvs commit} command above.
5879On unix, the @code{cvs update -A} command suffices.
5880@c FIXME: should also describe what the *other users*
5881@c need to do, if they have checked out copies which
5882@c have been corrupted by lack of -kb.  I think maybe
5883@c "cvs update -kb" or "cvs
5884@c update -A" would suffice, although the user who
5885@c reported this suggested removing the file, manually
5886@c removing it from CVS/Entries, and then "cvs update"
5887(Note that you can use @code{cvs log} to determine the default keyword
5888substitution method for a file and @code{cvs status} to determine
5889the keyword substitution method for a working copy.)
5890
5891However, in using @code{cvs admin -k} to change the
5892keyword expansion, be aware that the keyword expansion
5893mode is not version controlled.  This means that, for
5894example, that if you have a text file in old releases,
5895and a binary file with the same name in new releases,
5896@sc{cvs} provides no way to check out the file in text
5897or binary mode depending on what version you are
5898checking out.  There is no good workaround for this
5899problem.
5900
5901You can also set a default for whether @code{cvs add}
5902and @code{cvs import} treat a file as binary based on
5903its name; for example you could say that files who
5904names end in @samp{.exe} are binary.  @xref{Wrappers}.
5905There is currently no way to have @sc{cvs} detect
5906whether a file is binary based on its contents.  The
5907main difficulty with designing such a feature is that
5908it is not clear how to distinguish between binary and
5909non-binary files, and the rules to apply would vary
5910considerably with the operating system.
5911@c For example, it would be good on MS-DOS-family OSes
5912@c for anything containing ^Z to be binary.  Having
5913@c characters with the 8th bit set imply binary is almost
5914@c surely a bad idea in the context of ISO-8859-* and
5915@c other such character sets.  On VMS or the Mac, we
5916@c could use the OS's file typing.  This is a
5917@c commonly-desired feature, and something of this sort
5918@c may make sense.  But there are a lot of pitfalls here.
5919@c
5920@c Another, probably better, way to tell is to read the
5921@c file in text mode, write it to a temp file in text
5922@c mode, and then do a binary mode compare of the two
5923@c files.  If they differ, it is a binary file.  This
5924@c might have problems on VMS (or some other system
5925@c with several different text modes), but in general
5926@c should be relatively portable.  The only other
5927@c downside I can think of is that it would be fairly
5928@c slow, but that is perhaps a small price to pay for
5929@c not having your files corrupted.  Another issue is
5930@c what happens if you import a text file with bare
5931@c linefeeds on Windows.  Such files will show up on
5932@c Windows sometimes (I think some native windows
5933@c programs even write them, on occasion).  Perhaps it
5934@c is reasonable to treat such files as binary; after
5935@c all it is something of a presumption to assume that
5936@c the user would want the linefeeds converted to CRLF.
5937
5938@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
5939@node Multiple developers
5940@chapter Multiple developers
5941@cindex Multiple developers
5942@cindex Team of developers
5943@cindex File locking
5944@cindex Locking files
5945@cindex Working copy
5946@cindex Reserved checkouts
5947@cindex Unreserved checkouts
5948@cindex RCS-style locking
5949
5950When more than one person works on a software project
5951things often get complicated.  Often, two people try to
5952edit the same file simultaneously.  One solution, known
5953as @dfn{file locking} or @dfn{reserved checkouts}, is
5954to allow only one person to edit each file at a time.
5955This is the only solution with some version control
5956systems, including @sc{rcs} and @sc{sccs}.  Currently
5957the usual way to get reserved checkouts with @sc{cvs}
5958is the @code{cvs admin -l} command (@pxref{admin
5959options}).  This is not as nicely integrated into
5960@sc{cvs} as the watch features, described below, but it
5961seems that most people with a need for reserved
5962checkouts find it adequate.
5963@c Or "find it better than worrying about implementing
5964@c nicely integrated reserved checkouts" or ...?
5965
5966As of @sc{cvs} version 1.12.10, another technique for getting most of the
5967effect of reserved checkouts is to enable advisory locks.  To enable advisory
5968locks, have all developers put "edit -c", "commit -c" in their
5969.cvsrc file, and turn on watches in the repository.  This
5970prevents them from doing a @code{cvs edit} if anyone is
5971already editting the file.  It also may
5972be possible to use plain watches together with suitable
5973procedures (not enforced by software), to avoid having
5974two people edit at the same time.
5975
5976@c Our unreserved checkout model might not
5977@c be quite the same as others.  For example, I
5978@c think that some systems will tend to create a branch
5979@c in the case where CVS prints "up-to-date check failed".
5980@c It isn't clear to me whether we should try to
5981@c explore these subtleties; it could easily just
5982@c confuse people.
5983The default model with @sc{cvs} is known as
5984@dfn{unreserved checkouts}.  In this model, developers
5985can edit their own @dfn{working copy} of a file
5986simultaneously.  The first person that commits his
5987changes has no automatic way of knowing that another
5988has started to edit it.  Others will get an error
5989message when they try to commit the file.  They must
5990then use @sc{cvs} commands to bring their working copy
5991up to date with the repository revision.  This process
5992is almost automatic.
5993
5994@c FIXME? should probably use the word "watch" here, to
5995@c tie this into the text below and above.
5996@sc{cvs} also supports mechanisms which facilitate
5997various kinds of communication, without actually
5998enforcing rules like reserved checkouts do.
5999
6000The rest of this chapter describes how these various
6001models work, and some of the issues involved in
6002choosing between them.
6003
6004@ignore
6005Here is a draft reserved checkout design or discussion
6006of the issues.  This seems like as good a place as any
6007for this.
6008
6009Might want a cvs lock/cvs unlock--in which the names
6010differ from edit/unedit because the network must be up
6011for these to work.  unedit gives an error if there is a
6012reserved checkout in place (so that people don't
6013accidentally leave locks around); unlock gives an error
6014if one is not in place (this is more arguable; perhaps
6015it should act like unedit in that case).
6016
6017On the other hand, might want it so that emacs,
6018scripts, etc., can get ready to edit a file without
6019having to know which model is in use.  In that case we
6020would have a "cvs watch lock" (or .cvsrc?) (that is,
6021three settings, "on", "off", and "lock").  Having cvs
6022watch lock set would cause a get to record in the CVS
6023directory which model is in use, and cause "cvs edit"
6024to change behaviors.  We'd want a way to query which
6025setting is in effect (this would be handy even if it is
6026only "on" or "off" as presently).  If lock is in
6027effect, then commit would require a lock before
6028allowing a checkin; chmod wouldn't suffice (might be
6029debatable--see chmod comment below, in watches--but it
6030is the way people expect RCS to work and I can't think
6031of any significant downside.  On the other hand, maybe
6032it isn't worth bothering, because people who are used
6033to RCS wouldn't think to use chmod anyway).
6034
6035Implementation: use file attributes or use RCS
6036locking.  The former avoids more dependence on RCS
6037behaviors we will need to re-implement as we librarify
6038RCS, and makes it easier to import/export RCS files (in
6039that context, want to ignore the locker field).  But
6040note that RCS locks are per-branch, which is the
6041correct behavior (this is also an issue for the "watch
6042on" features; they should be per-branch too).
6043
6044Here are a few more random notes about implementation
6045details, assuming "cvs watch lock" and
6046
6047CVS/Watched file?  Or try to fit this into CVS/Entries somehow?
6048Cases: (1) file is checked out (unreserved or with watch on) by old
6049version of @sc{cvs}, now we do something with new one, (2) file is checked
6050out by new version, now we do something with old one.
6051
6052Remote protocol would have a "Watched" analogous to "Mode".  Of course
6053it would apply to all Updated-like requests.  How do we keep this
6054setting up to date?  I guess that there wants to be a Watched request,
6055and the server would send a new one if it isn't up to date? (Ugh--hard
6056to implement and slows down "cvs -q update"--is there an easier way?)
6057
6058"cvs edit"--checks CVS/Watched, and if watch lock, then sends
6059"edit-lock" request.  Which comes back with a Checked-in with
6060appropriate Watched (off, on, lock, locked, or some such?), or error
6061message if already locked.
6062
6063"cvs commit"--only will commit if off/on/locked.  lock is not OK.
6064
6065Doc:
6066note that "cvs edit" must be connected to network if watch lock is in
6067effect.
6068
6069Talk about what to do if someone has locked a file and you want to
6070edit that file.  (breaking locks, or lack thereof).
6071
6072
6073One other idea (which could work along with the
6074existing "cvs admin -l" reserved checkouts, as well as
6075the above):
6076
6077"cvs editors" could show who has the file locked, if
6078someone does.
6079
6080@end ignore
6081
6082@menu
6083* File status::                 A file can be in several states
6084* Updating a file::             Bringing a file up-to-date
6085* Conflicts example::           An informative example
6086* Informing others::            To cooperate you must inform
6087* Concurrency::                 Simultaneous repository access
6088* Watches::                     Mechanisms to track who is editing files
6089* Choosing a model::            Reserved or unreserved checkouts?
6090@end menu
6091
6092@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
6093@node File status
6094@section File status
6095@cindex File status
6096@cindex Status of a file
6097
6098@c Shouldn't this start with an example or something,
6099@c introducing the unreserved checkout model?  Before we
6100@c dive into listing states?
6101Based on what operations you have performed on a
6102checked out file, and what operations others have
6103performed to that file in the repository, one can
6104classify a file in a number of states.  The states, as
6105reported by the @code{status} command, are:
6106
6107@c The order of items is chosen to group logically
6108@c similar outputs together.
6109@c People who want alphabetical can use the index...
6110@table @asis
6111@cindex Up-to-date
6112@item Up-to-date
6113The file is identical with the latest revision in the
6114repository for the branch in use.
6115@c FIXME: should we clarify "in use"?  The answer is
6116@c sticky tags, and trying to distinguish branch sticky
6117@c tags from non-branch sticky tags seems rather awkward
6118@c here.
6119@c FIXME: What happens with non-branch sticky tags?  Is
6120@c a stuck file "Up-to-date" or "Needs checkout" or what?
6121
6122@item Locally Modified
6123@cindex Locally Modified
6124You have edited the file, and not yet committed your changes.
6125
6126@item Locally Added
6127@cindex Locally Added
6128You have added the file with @code{add}, and not yet
6129committed your changes.
6130@c There are many cases involving the file being
6131@c added/removed/modified in the working directory, and
6132@c added/removed/modified in the repository, which we
6133@c don't try to describe here.  I'm not sure that "cvs
6134@c status" produces a non-confusing output in most of
6135@c those cases.
6136
6137@item Locally Removed
6138@cindex Locally Removed
6139You have removed the file with @code{remove}, and not yet
6140committed your changes.
6141
6142@item Needs Checkout
6143@cindex Needs Checkout
6144Someone else has committed a newer revision to the
6145repository.  The name is slightly misleading; you will
6146ordinarily use @code{update} rather than
6147@code{checkout} to get that newer revision.
6148
6149@item Needs Patch
6150@cindex Needs Patch
6151@c See also newb-123j0 in sanity.sh (although that case
6152@c should probably be changed rather than documented).
6153Like Needs Checkout, but the @sc{cvs} server will send
6154a patch rather than the entire file.  Sending a patch or
6155sending an entire file accomplishes the same thing.
6156
6157@item Needs Merge
6158@cindex Needs Merge
6159Someone else has committed a newer revision to the repository, and you
6160have also made modifications to the file.
6161
6162@item Unresolved Conflict
6163@cindex Unresolved Conflict
6164@c FIXCVS - This file status needs to be changed to some more informative
6165@c text that distinguishes it more clearly from each of the Locally Added,
6166@c File had conflicts on merge, and Unknown status types, but an exact and
6167@c succinct wording escapes me at the moment.
6168A file with the same name as this new file has been added to the repository
6169from a second workspace.  This file will need to be moved out of the way
6170to allow an @code{update} to complete.
6171
6172@item File had conflicts on merge
6173@cindex File had conflicts on merge
6174@c is it worth saying that this message was "Unresolved
6175@c Conflict" in CVS 1.9 and earlier?  I'm inclined to
6176@c think that is unnecessarily confusing to new users.
6177This is like Locally Modified, except that a previous
6178@code{update} command gave a conflict.  If you have not
6179already done so, you need to
6180resolve the conflict as described in @ref{Conflicts example}.
6181
6182@item Unknown
6183@cindex Unknown
6184@sc{cvs} doesn't know anything about this file.  For
6185example, you have created a new file and have not run
6186@code{add}.
6187@c
6188@c "Entry Invalid" and "Classify Error" are also in the
6189@c status.c.  The latter definitely indicates a CVS bug
6190@c (should it be worded more like "internal error" so
6191@c people submit bug reports if they see it?).  The former
6192@c I'm not as sure; I haven't tracked down whether/when it
6193@c appears in "cvs status" output.
6194
6195@end table
6196
6197To help clarify the file status, @code{status} also
6198reports the @code{Working revision} which is the
6199revision that the file in the working directory derives
6200from, and the @code{Repository revision} which is the
6201latest revision in the repository for the branch in
6202use.
6203The @samp{Commit Identifier} reflects the unique commitid
6204of the @code{commit}.
6205@c FIXME: should we clarify "in use"?  The answer is
6206@c sticky tags, and trying to distinguish branch sticky
6207@c tags from non-branch sticky tags seems rather awkward
6208@c here.
6209@c FIXME: What happens with non-branch sticky tags?
6210@c What is the Repository Revision there?  See the
6211@c comment at vn_rcs in cvs.h, which is kind of
6212@c confused--we really need to document better what this
6213@c field contains.
6214@c Q: Should we document "New file!" and other such
6215@c outputs or are they self-explanatory?
6216@c FIXME: what about the date to the right of "Working
6217@c revision"?  It doesn't appear with client/server and
6218@c seems unnecessary (redundant with "ls -l") so
6219@c perhaps it should be removed for non-client/server too?
6220@c FIXME: Need some examples.
6221@c FIXME: Working revision can also be something like
6222@c "-1.3" for a locally removed file.  Not at all
6223@c self-explanatory (and it is possible that CVS should
6224@c be changed rather than documenting this).
6225
6226@c Would be nice to have an @example showing output
6227@c from cvs status, with comments showing the xref
6228@c where each part of the output is described.  This
6229@c might fit in nicely if it is desirable to split this
6230@c node in two; one to introduce "cvs status" and one
6231@c to list each of the states.
6232The options to @code{status} are listed in
6233@ref{Invoking CVS}.  For information on its @code{Sticky tag}
6234and @code{Sticky date} output, see @ref{Sticky tags}.
6235For information on its @code{Sticky options} output,
6236see the @samp{-k} option in @ref{update options}.
6237
6238You can think of the @code{status} and @code{update}
6239commands as somewhat complementary.  You use
6240@code{update} to bring your files up to date, and you
6241can use @code{status} to give you some idea of what an
6242@code{update} would do (of course, the state of the
6243repository might change before you actually run
6244@code{update}).  In fact, if you want a command to
6245display file status in a more brief format than is
6246displayed by the @code{status} command, you can invoke
6247
6248@cindex update, to display file status
6249@example
6250$ cvs -n -q update
6251@end example
6252
6253The @samp{-n} option means to not actually do the
6254update, but merely to display statuses; the @samp{-q}
6255option avoids printing the name of each directory.  For
6256more information on the @code{update} command, and
6257these options, see @ref{Invoking CVS}.
6258
6259@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
6260@node Updating a file
6261@section Bringing a file up to date
6262@cindex Bringing a file up to date
6263@cindex Updating a file
6264@cindex Merging a file
6265@cindex Update, introduction
6266
6267When you want to update or merge a file, use the @code{cvs update -d}
6268command.  For files that are not up to date this is roughly equivalent
6269to a @code{checkout} command: the newest revision of the file is
6270extracted from the repository and put in your working directory.  The
6271@code{-d} option, not necessary with @code{checkout}, tells @sc{cvs}
6272that you wish it to create directories added by other developers.
6273
6274Your modifications to a file are never lost when you
6275use @code{update}.  If no newer revision exists,
6276running @code{update} has no effect.  If you have
6277edited the file, and a newer revision is available,
6278@sc{cvs} will merge all changes into your working copy.
6279
6280For instance, imagine that you checked out revision 1.4 and started
6281editing it.  In the meantime someone else committed revision 1.5, and
6282shortly after that revision 1.6.  If you run @code{update} on the file
6283now, @sc{cvs} will incorporate all changes between revision 1.4 and 1.6 into
6284your file.
6285
6286@cindex Overlap
6287If any of the changes between 1.4 and 1.6 were made too
6288close to any of the changes you have made, an
6289@dfn{overlap} occurs.  In such cases a warning is
6290printed, and the resulting file includes both
6291versions of the lines that overlap, delimited by
6292special markers.
6293@xref{update}, for a complete description of the
6294@code{update} command.
6295
6296@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
6297@node Conflicts example
6298@section Conflicts example
6299@cindex Merge, an example
6300@cindex Example of merge
6301@cindex driver.c (merge example)
6302
6303Suppose revision 1.4 of @file{driver.c} contains this:
6304
6305@example
6306#include <stdio.h>
6307
6308void main()
6309@{
6310    parse();
6311    if (nerr == 0)
6312        gencode();
6313    else
6314        fprintf(stderr, "No code generated.\n");
6315    exit(nerr == 0 ? 0 : 1);
6316@}
6317@end example
6318
6319@noindent
6320Revision 1.6 of @file{driver.c} contains this:
6321
6322@example
6323#include <stdio.h>
6324
6325int main(int argc,
6326         char **argv)
6327@{
6328    parse();
6329    if (argc != 1)
6330    @{
6331        fprintf(stderr, "tc: No args expected.\n");
6332        exit(1);
6333    @}
6334    if (nerr == 0)
6335        gencode();
6336    else
6337        fprintf(stderr, "No code generated.\n");
6338    exit(!!nerr);
6339@}
6340@end example
6341
6342@noindent
6343Your working copy of @file{driver.c}, based on revision
63441.4, contains this before you run @samp{cvs update}:
6345@c -- Really include "cvs"?
6346
6347@example
6348#include <stdlib.h>
6349#include <stdio.h>
6350
6351void main()
6352@{
6353    init_scanner();
6354    parse();
6355    if (nerr == 0)
6356        gencode();
6357    else
6358        fprintf(stderr, "No code generated.\n");
6359    exit(nerr == 0 ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE);
6360@}
6361@end example
6362
6363@noindent
6364You run @samp{cvs update}:
6365@c -- Really include "cvs"?
6366
6367@example
6368$ cvs update driver.c
6369RCS file: /usr/local/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/driver.c,v
6370retrieving revision 1.4
6371retrieving revision 1.6
6372Merging differences between 1.4 and 1.6 into driver.c
6373rcsmerge warning: overlaps during merge
6374cvs update: conflicts found in driver.c
6375C driver.c
6376@end example
6377
6378@noindent
6379@cindex Conflicts (merge example)
6380@sc{cvs} tells you that there were some conflicts.
6381Your original working file is saved unmodified in
6382@file{.#driver.c.1.4}.  The new version of
6383@file{driver.c} contains this:
6384
6385@example
6386#include <stdlib.h>
6387#include <stdio.h>
6388
6389int main(int argc,
6390         char **argv)
6391@{
6392    init_scanner();
6393    parse();
6394    if (argc != 1)
6395    @{
6396        fprintf(stderr, "tc: No args expected.\n");
6397        exit(1);
6398    @}
6399    if (nerr == 0)
6400        gencode();
6401    else
6402        fprintf(stderr, "No code generated.\n");
6403@asis{}<<<<<<< driver.c
6404    exit(nerr == 0 ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE);
6405@asis{}=======
6406    exit(!!nerr);
6407@asis{}>>>>>>> 1.6
6408@}
6409@end example
6410
6411@noindent
6412@cindex Markers, conflict
6413@cindex Conflict markers
6414@cindex <<<<<<<
6415@cindex >>>>>>>
6416@cindex =======
6417
6418Note how all non-overlapping modifications are incorporated in your working
6419copy, and that the overlapping section is clearly marked with
6420@samp{<<<<<<<}, @samp{=======} and @samp{>>>>>>>}.
6421
6422@cindex Resolving a conflict
6423@cindex Conflict resolution
6424You resolve the conflict by editing the file, removing the markers and
6425the erroneous line.  Suppose you end up with this file:
6426@c -- Add xref to the pcl-cvs manual when it talks
6427@c -- about this.
6428@example
6429#include <stdlib.h>
6430#include <stdio.h>
6431
6432int main(int argc,
6433         char **argv)
6434@{
6435    init_scanner();
6436    parse();
6437    if (argc != 1)
6438    @{
6439        fprintf(stderr, "tc: No args expected.\n");
6440        exit(1);
6441    @}
6442    if (nerr == 0)
6443        gencode();
6444    else
6445        fprintf(stderr, "No code generated.\n");
6446    exit(nerr == 0 ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE);
6447@}
6448@end example
6449
6450@noindent
6451You can now go ahead and commit this as revision 1.7.
6452
6453@example
6454$ cvs commit -m "Initialize scanner. Use symbolic exit values." driver.c
6455Checking in driver.c;
6456/usr/local/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/driver.c,v  <--  driver.c
6457new revision: 1.7; previous revision: 1.6
6458done
6459@end example
6460
6461For your protection, @sc{cvs} will refuse to check in a
6462file if a conflict occurred and you have not resolved
6463the conflict.  Currently to resolve a conflict, you
6464must change the timestamp on the file.  In previous
6465versions of @sc{cvs}, you also needed to
6466insure that the file contains no conflict markers.
6467Because
6468your file may legitimately contain conflict markers (that
6469is, occurrences of @samp{>>>>>>> } at the start of a
6470line that don't mark a conflict), the current
6471version of @sc{cvs} will print a warning and proceed to
6472check in the file.
6473@c The old behavior was really icky; the only way out
6474@c was to start hacking on
6475@c the @code{CVS/Entries} file or other such workarounds.
6476@c
6477@c If the timestamp thing isn't considered nice enough,
6478@c maybe there should be a "cvs resolved" command
6479@c which clears the conflict indication.  For a nice user
6480@c interface, this should be invoked by an interactive
6481@c merge tool like emerge rather than by the user
6482@c directly--such a tool can verify that the user has
6483@c really dealt with each conflict.
6484
6485@cindex emerge
6486If you use release 1.04 or later of pcl-cvs (a @sc{gnu}
6487Emacs front-end for @sc{cvs}) you can use an Emacs
6488package called emerge to help you resolve conflicts.
6489See the documentation for pcl-cvs.
6490
6491@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
6492@node Informing others
6493@section Informing others about commits
6494@cindex Informing others
6495@cindex Spreading information
6496@cindex Mail, automatic mail on commit
6497
6498It is often useful to inform others when you commit a
6499new revision of a file.  The @samp{-i} option of the
6500@file{modules} file, or the @file{loginfo} file, can be
6501used to automate this process.  @xref{modules}.
6502@xref{loginfo}.  You can use these features of @sc{cvs}
6503to, for instance, instruct @sc{cvs} to mail a
6504message to all developers, or post a message to a local
6505newsgroup.
6506@c -- More text would be nice here.
6507
6508@node Concurrency
6509@section Several developers simultaneously attempting to run CVS
6510
6511@cindex Locks, cvs, introduction
6512@c For a discussion of *why* CVS creates locks, see
6513@c the comment at the start of src/lock.c
6514If several developers try to run @sc{cvs} at the same
6515time, one may get the following message:
6516
6517@example
6518[11:43:23] waiting for bach's lock in /usr/local/cvsroot/foo
6519@end example
6520
6521@cindex #cvs.rfl, removing
6522@cindex #cvs.wfl, removing
6523@cindex #cvs.lock, removing
6524@sc{cvs} will try again every 30 seconds, and either
6525continue with the operation or print the message again,
6526if it still needs to wait.  If a lock seems to stick
6527around for an undue amount of time, find the person
6528holding the lock and ask them about the cvs command
6529they are running.  If they aren't running a cvs
6530command, look in the repository directory mentioned in
6531the message and remove files which they own whose names
6532start with @file{#cvs.rfl},
6533@file{#cvs.wfl}, or @file{#cvs.lock}.
6534
6535Note that these locks are to protect @sc{cvs}'s
6536internal data structures and have no relationship to
6537the word @dfn{lock} in the sense used by
6538@sc{rcs}---which refers to reserved checkouts
6539(@pxref{Multiple developers}).
6540
6541Any number of people can be reading from a given
6542repository at a time; only when someone is writing do
6543the locks prevent other people from reading or writing.
6544
6545@cindex Atomic transactions, lack of
6546@cindex Transactions, atomic, lack of
6547@c the following talks about what one might call commit/update
6548@c atomicity.
6549@c Probably also should say something about
6550@c commit/commit atomicity, that is, "An update will
6551@c not get partial versions of more than one commit".
6552@c CVS currently has this property and I guess we can
6553@c make it a documented feature.
6554@c For example one person commits
6555@c a/one.c and b/four.c and another commits a/two.c and
6556@c b/three.c.  Then an update cannot get the new a/one.c
6557@c and a/two.c and the old b/four.c and b/three.c.
6558One might hope for the following property:
6559
6560@quotation
6561If someone commits some changes in one cvs command,
6562then an update by someone else will either get all the
6563changes, or none of them.
6564@end quotation
6565
6566@noindent
6567but @sc{cvs} does @emph{not} have this property.  For
6568example, given the files
6569
6570@example
6571a/one.c
6572a/two.c
6573b/three.c
6574b/four.c
6575@end example
6576
6577@noindent
6578if someone runs
6579
6580@example
6581cvs ci a/two.c b/three.c
6582@end example
6583
6584@noindent
6585and someone else runs @code{cvs update} at the same
6586time, the person running @code{update} might get only
6587the change to @file{b/three.c} and not the change to
6588@file{a/two.c}.
6589
6590@node Watches
6591@section Mechanisms to track who is editing files
6592@cindex Watches
6593
6594For many groups, use of @sc{cvs} in its default mode is
6595perfectly satisfactory.  Users may sometimes go to
6596check in a modification only to find that another
6597modification has intervened, but they deal with it and
6598proceed with their check in.  Other groups prefer to be
6599able to know who is editing what files, so that if two
6600people try to edit the same file they can choose to
6601talk about who is doing what when rather than be
6602surprised at check in time.  The features in this
6603section allow such coordination, while retaining the
6604ability of two developers to edit the same file at the
6605same time.
6606
6607@c Some people might ask why CVS does not enforce the
6608@c rule on chmod, by requiring a cvs edit before a cvs
6609@c commit.  The main reason is that it could always be
6610@c circumvented--one could edit the file, and
6611@c then when ready to check it in, do the cvs edit and put
6612@c in the new contents and do the cvs commit.  One
6613@c implementation note: if we _do_ want to have cvs commit
6614@c require a cvs edit, we should store the state on
6615@c whether the cvs edit has occurred in the working
6616@c directory, rather than having the server try to keep
6617@c track of what working directories exist.
6618@c FIXME: should the above discussion be part of the
6619@c manual proper, somewhere, not just in a comment?
6620For maximum benefit developers should use @code{cvs
6621edit} (not @code{chmod}) to make files read-write to
6622edit them, and @code{cvs release} (not @code{rm}) to
6623discard a working directory which is no longer in use,
6624but @sc{cvs} is not able to enforce this behavior.
6625
6626If a development team wants stronger enforcement of
6627watches and all team members are using a @sc{cvs} client version 1.12.10 or
6628greater to access a @sc{cvs} server version 1.12.10 or greater, they can
6629enable advisory locks.  To enable advisory locks, have all developers
6630put "edit -c" and "commit -c" into all .cvsrc files,
6631and make files default to read only by turning on watches
6632or putting "cvs -r" into all .cvsrc files.
6633This prevents multiple people from editting a file at
6634the same time (unless explicitly overriden with @samp{-f}).
6635
6636@c I'm a little dissatisfied with this presentation,
6637@c because "watch on"/"edit"/"editors" are one set of
6638@c functionality, and "watch add"/"watchers" is another
6639@c which is somewhat orthogonal even though they interact in
6640@c various ways.  But I think it might be
6641@c confusing to describe them separately (e.g. "watch
6642@c add" with loginfo).  I don't know.
6643
6644@menu
6645* Setting a watch::             Telling CVS to watch certain files
6646* Getting Notified::            Telling CVS to notify you
6647* Editing files::               How to edit a file which is being watched
6648* Watch information::           Information about who is watching and editing
6649* Watches Compatibility::       Watches interact poorly with CVS 1.6 or earlier
6650@end menu
6651
6652@node Setting a watch
6653@subsection Telling CVS to watch certain files
6654
6655To enable the watch features, you first specify that
6656certain files are to be watched.
6657
6658@cindex watch on (subcommand)
6659@deffn Command {cvs watch on} [@code{-lR}] [@var{files}]@dots{}
6660
6661@cindex Read-only files, and watches
6662Specify that developers should run @code{cvs edit}
6663before editing @var{files}.  @sc{cvs} will create working
6664copies of @var{files} read-only, to remind developers
6665to run the @code{cvs edit} command before working on
6666them.
6667
6668If @var{files} includes the name of a directory, @sc{cvs}
6669arranges to watch all files added to the corresponding
6670repository directory, and sets a default for files
6671added in the future; this allows the user to set
6672notification policies on a per-directory basis.  The
6673contents of the directory are processed recursively,
6674unless the @code{-l} option is given.
6675The @code{-R} option can be used to force recursion if the @code{-l}
6676option is set in @file{~/.cvsrc} (@pxref{~/.cvsrc}).
6677
6678If @var{files} is omitted, it defaults to the current directory.
6679
6680@cindex watch off (subcommand)
6681@end deffn
6682
6683@deffn Command {cvs watch off} [@code{-lR}] [@var{files}]@dots{}
6684
6685Do not create @var{files} read-only on checkout; thus,
6686developers will not be reminded to use @code{cvs edit}
6687and @code{cvs unedit}.
6688@ignore
6689@sc{cvs} will check out @var{files}
6690read-write as usual, unless other permissions override
6691due to the @code{PreservePermissions} option being
6692enabled in the @file{config} administrative file
6693(@pxref{Special Files}, @pxref{config})
6694@end ignore
6695
6696The @var{files} and options are processed as for @code{cvs
6697watch on}.
6698
6699@end deffn
6700
6701@node Getting Notified
6702@subsection Telling CVS to notify you
6703
6704You can tell @sc{cvs} that you want to receive
6705notifications about various actions taken on a file.
6706You can do this without using @code{cvs watch on} for
6707the file, but generally you will want to use @code{cvs
6708watch on}, to remind developers to use the @code{cvs edit}
6709command.
6710
6711@cindex watch add (subcommand)
6712@deffn Command {cvs watch add} [@code{-lR}] [@code{-a} @var{action}]@dots{} [@var{files}]@dots{}
6713
6714Add the current user to the list of people to receive notification of
6715work done on @var{files}.
6716
6717The @code{-a} option specifies what kinds of events @sc{cvs} should notify
6718the user about.  @var{action} is one of the following:
6719
6720@table @code
6721
6722@item edit
6723Another user has applied the @code{cvs edit} command (described
6724below) to a watched file.
6725
6726@item commit
6727Another user has committed changes to one of the named @var{files}.
6728
6729@item unedit
6730Another user has abandoned editing a file (other than by committing changes).
6731They can do this in several ways, by:
6732
6733@itemize @bullet
6734
6735@item
6736applying the @code{cvs unedit} command (described below) to the file
6737
6738@item
6739applying the @code{cvs release} command (@pxref{release}) to the file's parent directory
6740(or recursively to a directory more than one level up)
6741
6742@item
6743deleting the file and allowing @code{cvs update} to recreate it
6744
6745@end itemize
6746
6747@item all
6748All of the above.
6749
6750@item none
6751None of the above.  (This is useful with @code{cvs edit},
6752described below.)
6753
6754@end table
6755
6756The @code{-a} option may appear more than once, or not at all.  If
6757omitted, the action defaults to @code{all}.
6758
6759The @var{files} and options are processed as for
6760@code{cvs watch on}.
6761
6762@end deffn
6763
6764
6765@cindex watch remove (subcommand)
6766@deffn Command {cvs watch remove} [@code{-lR}] [@code{-a} @var{action}]@dots{} [@var{files}]@dots{}
6767
6768Remove a notification request established using @code{cvs watch add};
6769the arguments are the same.  If the @code{-a} option is present, only
6770watches for the specified actions are removed.
6771
6772@end deffn
6773
6774@cindex notify (admin file)
6775When the conditions exist for notification, @sc{cvs}
6776calls the @file{notify} administrative file.  Edit
6777@file{notify} as one edits the other administrative
6778files (@pxref{Intro administrative files}).  This
6779file follows the usual conventions for administrative
6780files (@pxref{syntax}), where each line is a regular
6781expression followed by a command to execute.  The
6782command should contain a single occurrence of @samp{%s}
6783which will be replaced by the user to notify; the rest
6784of the information regarding the notification will be
6785supplied to the command on standard input.  The
6786standard thing to put in the @code{notify} file is the
6787single line:
6788
6789@example
6790ALL mail %s -s "CVS notification"
6791@end example
6792
6793@noindent
6794This causes users to be notified by electronic mail.
6795@c FIXME: should it be this hard to set up this
6796@c behavior (and the result when one fails to do so,
6797@c silent failure to notify, so non-obvious)?  Should
6798@c CVS give a warning if no line in notify matches (and
6799@c document the use of "DEFAULT :" for the case where
6800@c skipping the notification is indeed desired)?
6801
6802@cindex users (admin file)
6803Note that if you set this up in the straightforward
6804way, users receive notifications on the server machine.
6805One could of course write a @file{notify} script which
6806directed notifications elsewhere, but to make this
6807easy, @sc{cvs} allows you to associate a notification
6808address for each user.  To do so create a file
6809@file{users} in @file{CVSROOT} with a line for each
6810user in the format @var{user}:@var{value}.  Then
6811instead of passing the name of the user to be notified
6812to @file{notify}, @sc{cvs} will pass the @var{value}
6813(normally an email address on some other machine).
6814
6815@sc{cvs} does not notify you for your own changes.
6816Currently this check is done based on whether the user
6817name of the person taking the action which triggers
6818notification matches the user name of the person
6819getting notification.  In fact, in general, the watches
6820features only track one edit by each user.  It probably
6821would be more useful if watches tracked each working
6822directory separately, so this behavior might be worth
6823changing.
6824@c "behavior might be worth changing" is an effort to
6825@c point to future directions while also not promising
6826@c that "they" (as in "why don't they fix CVS to....")
6827@c will do this.
6828@c one implementation issue is identifying whether a
6829@c working directory is same or different.  Comparing
6830@c pathnames/hostnames is hopeless, but having the server
6831@c supply a serial number which the client stores in the
6832@c CVS directory as a magic cookie should work.
6833
6834@node Editing files
6835@subsection How to edit a file which is being watched
6836
6837@cindex Checkout, as term for getting ready to edit
6838Since a file which is being watched is checked out
6839read-only, you cannot simply edit it.  To make it
6840read-write, and inform others that you are planning to
6841edit it, use the @code{cvs edit} command.  Some systems
6842call this a @dfn{checkout}, but @sc{cvs} uses that term
6843for obtaining a copy of the sources (@pxref{Getting the
6844source}), an operation which those systems call a
6845@dfn{get} or a @dfn{fetch}.
6846@c Issue to think about: should we transition CVS
6847@c towards the "get" terminology?  "cvs get" is already a
6848@c synonym for "cvs checkout" and that section of the
6849@c manual refers to "Getting the source".  If this is
6850@c done, needs to be done gingerly (for example, we should
6851@c still accept "checkout" in .cvsrc files indefinitely
6852@c even if the CVS's messages are changed from "cvs checkout: "
6853@c to "cvs get: ").
6854@c There is a concern about whether "get" is not as
6855@c good for novices because it is a more general term
6856@c than "checkout" (and thus arguably harder to assign
6857@c a technical meaning for).
6858
6859@cindex edit (subcommand)
6860@deffn Command {cvs edit} [@code{-lR}] [@code{-a} @var{action}]@dots{} [@var{files}]@dots{}
6861
6862Prepare to edit the working files @var{files}.  @sc{cvs} makes the
6863@var{files} read-write, and notifies users who have requested
6864@code{edit} notification for any of @var{files}.
6865
6866The @code{cvs edit} command accepts the same options as the
6867@code{cvs watch add} command, and establishes a temporary watch for the
6868user on @var{files}; @sc{cvs} will remove the watch when @var{files} are
6869@code{unedit}ed or @code{commit}ted.  If the user does not wish to
6870receive notifications, she should specify @code{-a none}.
6871
6872The @var{files} and the options are processed as for the @code{cvs
6873watch} commands.
6874
6875There are two additional options that @code{cvs edit} understands as of
6876@sc{cvs} client and server versions 1.12.10 but @code{cvs watch} does not.
6877The first is @code{-c}, which causes @code{cvs edit} to fail if anyone else
6878is editting the file.  This is probably only useful when @samp{edit -c} and
6879@samp{commit -c} are specified in all developers' @file{.cvsrc} files.  This
6880behavior may be overriden this via the @code{-f} option, which overrides
6881@code{-c} and allows multiple edits to succeed.
6882
6883@ignore
6884@strong{Caution: If the @code{PreservePermissions}
6885option is enabled in the repository (@pxref{config}),
6886@sc{cvs} will not change the permissions on any of the
6887@var{files}.  The reason for this change is to ensure
6888that using @samp{cvs edit} does not interfere with the
6889ability to store file permissions in the @sc{cvs}
6890repository.}
6891@end ignore
6892
6893@end deffn
6894
6895Normally when you are done with a set of changes, you
6896use the @code{cvs commit} command, which checks in your
6897changes and returns the watched files to their usual
6898read-only state.  But if you instead decide to abandon
6899your changes, or not to make any changes, you can use
6900the @code{cvs unedit} command.
6901
6902@cindex unedit (subcommand)
6903@cindex Abandoning work
6904@cindex Reverting to repository version
6905@deffn Command {cvs unedit} [@code{-lR}] [@var{files}]@dots{}
6906
6907Abandon work on the working files @var{files}, and revert them to the
6908repository versions on which they are based.  @sc{cvs} makes those
6909@var{files} read-only for which users have requested notification using
6910@code{cvs watch on}.  @sc{cvs} notifies users who have requested @code{unedit}
6911notification for any of @var{files}.
6912
6913The @var{files} and options are processed as for the
6914@code{cvs watch} commands.
6915
6916If watches are not in use, the @code{unedit} command
6917probably does not work, and the way to revert to the
6918repository version is with the command @code{cvs update -C file}
6919(@pxref{update}).
6920The meaning is
6921not precisely the same; the latter may also
6922bring in some changes which have been made in the
6923repository since the last time you updated.
6924@c It would be a useful enhancement to CVS to make
6925@c unedit work in the non-watch case as well.
6926@end deffn
6927
6928When using client/server @sc{cvs}, you can use the
6929@code{cvs edit} and @code{cvs unedit} commands even if
6930@sc{cvs} is unable to successfully communicate with the
6931server; the notifications will be sent upon the next
6932successful @sc{cvs} command.
6933
6934@node Watch information
6935@subsection Information about who is watching and editing
6936
6937@cindex watchers (subcommand)
6938@deffn Command {cvs watchers} [@code{-lR}] [@var{files}]@dots{}
6939
6940List the users currently watching changes to @var{files}.  The report
6941includes the files being watched, and the mail address of each watcher.
6942
6943The @var{files} and options are processed as for the
6944@code{cvs watch} commands.
6945
6946@end deffn
6947
6948
6949@cindex editors (subcommand)
6950@deffn Command {cvs editors} [@code{-lR}] [@var{files}]@dots{}
6951
6952List the users currently working on @var{files}.  The report
6953includes the mail address of each user, the time when the user began
6954working with the file, and the host and path of the working directory
6955containing the file.
6956
6957The @var{files} and options are processed as for the
6958@code{cvs watch} commands.
6959
6960@end deffn
6961
6962@node Watches Compatibility
6963@subsection Using watches with old versions of CVS
6964
6965@cindex CVS 1.6, and watches
6966If you use the watch features on a repository, it
6967creates @file{CVS} directories in the repository and
6968stores the information about watches in that directory.
6969If you attempt to use @sc{cvs} 1.6 or earlier with the
6970repository, you get an error message such as the
6971following (all on one line):
6972
6973@example
6974cvs update: cannot open CVS/Entries for reading:
6975No such file or directory
6976@end example
6977
6978@noindent
6979and your operation will likely be aborted.  To use the
6980watch features, you must upgrade all copies of @sc{cvs}
6981which use that repository in local or server mode.  If
6982you cannot upgrade, use the @code{watch off} and
6983@code{watch remove} commands to remove all watches, and
6984that will restore the repository to a state which
6985@sc{cvs} 1.6 can cope with.
6986
6987@node Choosing a model
6988@section Choosing between reserved or unreserved checkouts
6989@cindex Choosing, reserved or unreserved checkouts
6990
6991Reserved and unreserved checkouts each have pros and
6992cons.  Let it be said that a lot of this is a matter of
6993opinion or what works given different groups' working
6994styles, but here is a brief description of some of the
6995issues.  There are many ways to organize a team of
6996developers.  @sc{cvs} does not try to enforce a certain
6997organization.  It is a tool that can be used in several
6998ways.
6999
7000Reserved checkouts can be very counter-productive.  If
7001two persons want to edit different parts of a file,
7002there may be no reason to prevent either of them from
7003doing so.  Also, it is common for someone to take out a
7004lock on a file, because they are planning to edit it,
7005but then forget to release the lock.
7006
7007@c "many groups"?  specifics?  cites to papers on this?
7008@c some way to weasel-word it a bit more so we don't
7009@c need facts :-)?
7010People, especially people who are familiar with
7011reserved checkouts, often wonder how often conflicts
7012occur if unreserved checkouts are used, and how
7013difficult they are to resolve.  The experience with
7014many groups is that they occur rarely and usually are
7015relatively straightforward to resolve.
7016
7017The rarity of serious conflicts may be surprising, until one realizes
7018that they occur only when two developers disagree on the proper design
7019for a given section of code; such a disagreement suggests that the
7020team has not been communicating properly in the first place.  In order
7021to collaborate under @emph{any} source management regimen, developers
7022must agree on the general design of the system; given this agreement,
7023overlapping changes are usually straightforward to merge.
7024
7025In some cases unreserved checkouts are clearly
7026inappropriate.  If no merge tool exists for the kind of
7027file you are managing (for example word processor files
7028or files edited by Computer Aided Design programs), and
7029it is not desirable to change to a program which uses a
7030mergeable data format, then resolving conflicts is
7031going to be unpleasant enough that you generally will
7032be better off to simply avoid the conflicts instead, by
7033using reserved checkouts.
7034
7035The watches features described above in @ref{Watches}
7036can be considered to be an intermediate model between
7037reserved checkouts and unreserved checkouts.  When you
7038go to edit a file, it is possible to find out who else
7039is editing it.  And rather than having the system
7040simply forbid both people editing the file, it can tell
7041you what the situation is and let you figure out
7042whether it is a problem in that particular case or not.
7043Therefore, for some groups watches can be
7044considered the best of both the reserved checkout and unreserved
7045checkout worlds.
7046
7047As of @sc{cvs} client and server versions 1.12.10, you may also enable
7048advisory locks by putting @samp{edit -c} and @samp{commit -c} in all
7049developers' @file{.cvsrc} files.  After this is done, @code{cvs edit}
7050will fail if there are any other editors, and @code{cvs commit} will
7051fail if the committer has not registered to edit the file via @code{cvs edit}.
7052This is most effective in conjunction with files checked out read-only by
7053default, which may be enabled by turning on watches in the repository or by
7054putting @samp{cvs -r} in all @file{.cvsrc} files.
7055
7056
7057@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
7058@node Revision management
7059@chapter Revision management
7060@cindex Revision management
7061
7062@c -- This chapter could be expanded a lot.
7063@c -- Experiences are very welcome!
7064
7065If you have read this far, you probably have a pretty
7066good grasp on what @sc{cvs} can do for you.  This
7067chapter talks a little about things that you still have
7068to decide.
7069
7070If you are doing development on your own using @sc{cvs}
7071you could probably skip this chapter.  The questions
7072this chapter takes up become more important when more
7073than one person is working in a repository.
7074
7075@menu
7076* When to commit::              Some discussion on the subject
7077@end menu
7078
7079@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7080@node When to commit
7081@section When to commit?
7082@cindex When to commit
7083@cindex Committing, when to
7084@cindex Policy
7085
7086Your group should decide which policy to use regarding
7087commits.  Several policies are possible, and as your
7088experience with @sc{cvs} grows you will probably find
7089out what works for you.
7090
7091If you commit files too quickly you might commit files
7092that do not even compile.  If your partner updates his
7093working sources to include your buggy file, he will be
7094unable to compile the code.  On the other hand, other
7095persons will not be able to benefit from the
7096improvements you make to the code if you commit very
7097seldom, and conflicts will probably be more common.
7098
7099It is common to only commit files after making sure
7100that they can be compiled.  Some sites require that the
7101files pass a test suite.  Policies like this can be
7102enforced using the commitinfo file
7103(@pxref{commitinfo}), but you should think twice before
7104you enforce such a convention.  By making the
7105development environment too controlled it might become
7106too regimented and thus counter-productive to the real
7107goal, which is to get software written.
7108
7109@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
7110@node Keyword substitution
7111@chapter Keyword substitution
7112@cindex Keyword substitution
7113@cindex Keyword expansion
7114@cindex Identifying files
7115
7116@comment   Be careful when editing this chapter.
7117@comment   Remember that this file is kept under
7118@comment   version control, so we must not accidentally
7119@comment   include a valid keyword in the running text.
7120
7121As long as you edit source files inside a working
7122directory you can always find out the state of
7123your files via @samp{cvs status} and @samp{cvs log}.
7124But as soon as you export the files from your
7125development environment it becomes harder to identify
7126which revisions they are.
7127
7128@sc{cvs} can use a mechanism known as @dfn{keyword
7129substitution} (or @dfn{keyword expansion}) to help
7130identifying the files.  Embedded strings of the form
7131@code{$@var{keyword}$} and
7132@code{$@var{keyword}:@dots{}$} in a file are replaced
7133with strings of the form
7134@code{$@var{keyword}:@var{value}$} whenever you obtain
7135a new revision of the file.
7136
7137@menu
7138* Keyword list::                   Keywords
7139* Using keywords::                 Using keywords
7140* Avoiding substitution::          Avoiding substitution
7141* Substitution modes::             Substitution modes
7142* Configuring keyword expansion::  Configuring keyword expansion
7143* Log keyword::                    Problems with the $@splitrcskeyword{Log}$ keyword.
7144@end menu
7145
7146@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7147@node Keyword list
7148@section Keyword List
7149@cindex Keyword List
7150
7151@c FIXME: need some kind of example here I think,
7152@c perhaps in a
7153@c "Keyword intro" node.  The intro in the "Keyword
7154@c substitution" node itself seems OK, but to launch
7155@c into a list of the keywords somehow seems too abrupt.
7156
7157This is a list of the keywords:
7158
7159@table @code
7160@cindex Author keyword
7161@item $@splitrcskeyword{Author}$
7162The login name of the user who checked in the revision.
7163
7164@cindex CVSHeader keyword
7165@item $@splitrcskeyword{CVSHeader}$
7166A standard header (similar to $@splitrcskeyword{Header}$, but with
7167the CVS root stripped off). It contains the relative
7168pathname of the @sc{rcs} file to the CVS root, the
7169revision number, the date (UTC), the author, the state,
7170and the locker (if locked). Files will normally never
7171be locked when you use @sc{cvs}.
7172
7173Note that this keyword has only been recently
7174introduced to @sc{cvs} and may cause problems with
7175existing installations if $@splitrcskeyword{CVSHeader}$ is already
7176in the files for a different purpose. This keyword may
7177be excluded using the @code{KeywordExpand=eCVSHeader}
7178in the @file{CVSROOT/config} file. 
7179See @ref{Configuring keyword expansion} for more details.
7180
7181@cindex Date keyword
7182@item $@splitrcskeyword{Date}$
7183The date and time (UTC) the revision was checked in.
7184
7185@cindex Header keyword
7186@item $@splitrcskeyword{Header}$
7187A standard header containing the full pathname of the
7188@sc{rcs} file, the revision number, the date (UTC), the
7189author, the state, and the locker (if locked).  Files
7190will normally never be locked when you use @sc{cvs}.
7191
7192@cindex Id keyword
7193@item $@splitrcskeyword{Id}$
7194Same as @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Header}$}, except that the @sc{rcs}
7195filename is without a path.
7196
7197@cindex Name keyword
7198@item $@splitrcskeyword{Name}$
7199Tag name used to check out this file.  The keyword is
7200expanded only if one checks out with an explicit tag
7201name.  For example, when running the command @code{cvs
7202co -r first}, the keyword expands to @samp{Name: first}.
7203
7204@cindex Locker keyword
7205@item $@splitrcskeyword{Locker}$
7206The login name of the user who locked the revision
7207(empty if not locked, which is the normal case unless
7208@code{cvs admin -l} is in use).
7209
7210@cindex Log keyword
7211@cindex MaxCommentLeaderLength
7212@cindex UseArchiveCommentLeader
7213@cindex Log keyword, configuring substitution behavior
7214@item $@splitrcskeyword{Log}$
7215The log message supplied during commit, preceded by a
7216header containing the @sc{rcs} filename, the revision
7217number, the author, and the date (UTC).  Existing log
7218messages are @emph{not} replaced.  Instead, the new log
7219message is inserted after @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}:@dots{}$}.
7220By default, each new line is prefixed with the same string which
7221precedes the @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} keyword, unless it exceeds the
7222@code{MaxCommentLeaderLength} set in @file{CVSROOT/config}.
7223
7224For example, if the file contains:
7225
7226@example
7227  /* Here is what people have been up to:
7228   *
7229   * $@splitrcskeyword{Log}: frob.c,v $
7230   * Revision 1.1  1997/01/03 14:23:51  joe
7231   * Add the superfrobnicate option
7232   *
7233   */
7234@end example
7235
7236@noindent
7237then additional lines which are added when expanding
7238the @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} keyword will be preceded by @samp{   * }.
7239Unlike previous versions of @sc{cvs} and @sc{rcs}, the
7240@dfn{comment leader} from the @sc{rcs} file is not used.
7241The @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} keyword is useful for
7242accumulating a complete change log in a source file,
7243but for several reasons it can be problematic.
7244
7245If the prefix of the @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} keyword turns out to be
7246longer than @code{MaxCommentLeaderLength}, CVS will skip expansion of this
7247keyword unless @code{UseArchiveCommentLeader} is also set in
7248@file{CVSROOT/config} and a @samp{comment leader} is set in the RCS archive
7249file, in which case the comment leader will be used instead.  For more on
7250setting the comment leader in the RCS archive file, @xref{admin}.  For more
7251on configuring the default @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} substitution
7252behavior, @xref{config}.
7253
7254@xref{Log keyword}.
7255
7256@cindex RCSfile keyword
7257@item $@splitrcskeyword{RCSfile}$
7258The name of the RCS file without a path.
7259
7260@cindex Revision keyword
7261@item $@splitrcskeyword{Revision}$
7262The revision number assigned to the revision.
7263
7264@cindex Source keyword
7265@item $@splitrcskeyword{Source}$
7266The full pathname of the RCS file.
7267
7268@cindex State keyword
7269@item $@splitrcskeyword{State}$
7270The state assigned to the revision.  States can be
7271assigned with @code{cvs admin -s}---see @ref{admin options}.
7272
7273@cindex Local keyword
7274@item Local keyword
7275The @code{LocalKeyword} option in the @file{CVSROOT/config} file
7276may be used to specify a local keyword which is to be
7277used as an alias for one of the keywords: $@splitrcskeyword{Id}$,
7278$@splitrcskeyword{Header}$, or $@splitrcskeyword{CVSHeader}$. For
7279example, if the @file{CVSROOT/config} file contains
7280a line with @code{LocalKeyword=MYBSD=CVSHeader}, then a
7281file with the local keyword $@splitrcskeyword{MYBSD}$ will be
7282expanded as if it were a $@splitrcskeyword{CVSHeader}$ keyword. If
7283the src/frob.c file contained this keyword, it might
7284look something like this:
7285
7286@example
7287  /*
7288   * $@splitrcskeyword{MYBSD}: src/frob.c,v 1.1 2003/05/04 09:27:45 john Exp $ 
7289   */
7290@end example
7291
7292Many repositories make use of a such a ``local
7293keyword'' feature. An old patch to @sc{cvs} provided
7294the @code{LocalKeyword} feature using a @code{tag=}
7295option and called this the ``custom tag'' or ``local
7296tag'' feature. It was used in conjunction with the
7297what they called the @code{tagexpand=} option. In
7298@sc{cvs} this other option is known as the
7299@code{KeywordExpand} option. 
7300See @ref{Configuring keyword expansion} for more
7301details.
7302
7303Examples from popular projects include:
7304$@splitrcskeyword{FreeBSD}$, $@splitrcskeyword{NetBSD}$,
7305$@splitrcskeyword{OpenBSD}$, $@splitrcskeyword{XFree86}$,
7306$@splitrcskeyword{Xorg}$.
7307
7308The advantage of this is that you can include your
7309local version information in a file using this local
7310keyword without disrupting the upstream version
7311information (which may be a different local keyword or
7312a standard keyword). Allowing bug reports and the like
7313to more properly identify the source of the original
7314bug to the third-party and reducing the number of
7315conflicts that arise during an import of a new version.
7316
7317All keyword expansion except the local keyword may be
7318disabled using the @code{KeywordExpand} option in
7319the @file{CVSROOT/config} file---see 
7320@ref{Configuring keyword expansion} for more details.
7321
7322@end table
7323
7324@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7325@node Using keywords
7326@section Using keywords
7327
7328To include a keyword string you simply include the
7329relevant text string, such as @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Id}$}, inside the
7330file, and commit the file.  @sc{cvs} will automatically (Or,
7331more accurately, as part of the update run that
7332automatically happens after a commit.)
7333expand the string as part of the commit operation.
7334
7335It is common to embed the @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Id}$} string in
7336the source files so that it gets passed through to
7337generated files.  For example, if you are managing
7338computer program source code, you might include a
7339variable which is initialized to contain that string.
7340Or some C compilers may provide a @code{#pragma ident}
7341directive.  Or a document management system might
7342provide a way to pass a string through to generated
7343files.
7344
7345@c Would be nice to give an example, but doing this in
7346@c portable C is not possible and the problem with
7347@c picking any one language (VMS HELP files, Ada,
7348@c troff, whatever) is that people use CVS for all
7349@c kinds of files.
7350
7351@cindex Ident (shell command)
7352The @code{ident} command (which is part of the @sc{rcs}
7353package) can be used to extract keywords and their
7354values from a file.  This can be handy for text files,
7355but it is even more useful for extracting keywords from
7356binary files.
7357
7358@example
7359$ ident samp.c
7360samp.c:
7361     $@splitrcskeyword{Id}: samp.c,v 1.5 1993/10/19 14:57:32 ceder Exp $
7362$ gcc samp.c
7363$ ident a.out
7364a.out:
7365     $@splitrcskeyword{Id}: samp.c,v 1.5 1993/10/19 14:57:32 ceder Exp $
7366@end example
7367
7368@cindex What (shell command)
7369S@sc{ccs} is another popular revision control system.
7370It has a command, @code{what}, which is very similar to
7371@code{ident} and used for the same purpose.  Many sites
7372without @sc{rcs} have @sc{sccs}.  Since @code{what}
7373looks for the character sequence @code{@@(#)} it is
7374easy to include keywords that are detected by either
7375command.  Simply prefix the keyword with the
7376magic @sc{sccs} phrase, like this:
7377
7378@example
7379static char *id="@@(#) $@splitrcskeyword{Id}: ab.c,v 1.5 1993/10/19 14:57:32 ceder Exp $";
7380@end example
7381
7382@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7383@node Avoiding substitution
7384@section Avoiding substitution
7385
7386Keyword substitution has its disadvantages.  Sometimes
7387you might want the literal text string
7388@samp{$@splitrcskeyword{Author}$} to appear inside a file without
7389@sc{cvs} interpreting it as a keyword and expanding it
7390into something like @samp{$@splitrcskeyword{Author}: ceder $}.
7391
7392There is unfortunately no way to selectively turn off
7393keyword substitution.  You can use @samp{-ko}
7394(@pxref{Substitution modes}) to turn off keyword
7395substitution entirely.
7396
7397In many cases you can avoid using keywords in
7398the source, even though they appear in the final
7399product.  For example, the source for this manual
7400contains @samp{$@@asis@{@}Author$} whenever the text
7401@samp{$@splitrcskeyword{Author}$} should appear.  In @code{nroff}
7402and @code{troff} you can embed the null-character
7403@code{\&} inside the keyword for a similar effect.
7404
7405It is also possible to specify an explicit list of
7406keywords to include or exclude using the
7407@code{KeywordExpand} option in the
7408@file{CVSROOT/config} file--see @ref{Configuring keyword expansion}
7409for more details. This feature is intended primarily
7410for use with the @code{LocalKeyword} option--see
7411@ref{Keyword list}.
7412
7413@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7414@node Substitution modes
7415@section Substitution modes
7416@cindex Keyword substitution, changing modes
7417@cindex -k (keyword substitution)
7418@cindex Kflag
7419
7420@c FIXME: This could be made more coherent, by expanding it
7421@c with more examples or something.
7422Each file has a stored default substitution mode, and
7423each working directory copy of a file also has a
7424substitution mode.  The former is set by the @samp{-k}
7425option to @code{cvs add} and @code{cvs admin}; the
7426latter is set by the @samp{-k} or @samp{-A} options to @code{cvs
7427checkout} or @code{cvs update}.
7428@code{cvs diff} and @code{cvs rdiff} also
7429have @samp{-k} options.
7430For some examples,
7431see @ref{Binary files}, and @ref{Merging and keywords}.
7432@c The fact that -A is overloaded to mean both reset
7433@c sticky options and reset sticky tags/dates is
7434@c somewhat questionable.  Perhaps there should be
7435@c separate options to reset sticky options (e.g. -k
7436@c A") and tags/dates (someone suggested -r HEAD could
7437@c do this instead of setting a sticky tag of "HEAD"
7438@c as in the status quo but I haven't thought much
7439@c about that idea.  Of course -r .reset or something
7440@c could be coined if this needs to be a new option).
7441@c On the other hand, having -A mean "get things back
7442@c into the state after a fresh checkout" has a certain
7443@c appeal, and maybe there is no sufficient reason for
7444@c creeping featurism in this area.
7445
7446The modes available are:
7447
7448@table @samp
7449@item -kkv
7450Generate keyword strings using the default form, e.g.
7451@code{$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 5.7 $} for the @code{Revision}
7452keyword.
7453
7454@item -kkvl
7455Like @samp{-kkv}, except that a locker's name is always
7456inserted if the given revision is currently locked.
7457The locker's name is only relevant if @code{cvs admin
7458-l} is in use.
7459
7460@item -kk
7461Generate only keyword names in keyword strings; omit
7462their values.  For example, for the @code{Revision}
7463keyword, generate the string @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}$}
7464instead of @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 5.7 $}.  This option
7465is useful to ignore differences due to keyword
7466substitution when comparing different revisions of a
7467file (@pxref{Merging and keywords}).
7468
7469@item -ko
7470Generate the old keyword string, present in the working
7471file just before it was checked in.  For example, for
7472the @code{Revision} keyword, generate the string
7473@code{$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 1.1 $} instead of
7474@code{$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 5.7 $} if that is how the
7475string appeared when the file was checked in.
7476
7477@item -kb
7478Like @samp{-ko}, but also inhibit conversion of line
7479endings between the canonical form in which they are
7480stored in the repository (linefeed only), and the form
7481appropriate to the operating system in use on the
7482client.  For systems, like unix, which use linefeed
7483only to terminate lines, this is very similar to
7484@samp{-ko}.  For more information on binary files, see
7485@ref{Binary files}.  In @sc{cvs} version 1.12.2 and later
7486@samp{-kb}, as set by @code{cvs add}, @code{cvs admin}, or
7487@code{cvs import} may not be overridden by a @samp{-k} option
7488specified on the command line.
7489
7490@item -kv
7491Generate only keyword values for keyword strings.  For
7492example, for the @code{Revision} keyword, generate the string
7493@code{5.7} instead of @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 5.7 $}.
7494This can help generate files in programming languages
7495where it is hard to strip keyword delimiters like
7496@code{$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: $} from a string.  However,
7497further keyword substitution cannot be performed once
7498the keyword names are removed, so this option should be
7499used with care.
7500
7501One often would like to use @samp{-kv} with @code{cvs
7502export}---@pxref{export}.  But be aware that doesn't
7503handle an export containing binary files correctly.
7504
7505@end table
7506
7507@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7508@node Configuring keyword expansion
7509@section Configuring Keyword Expansion
7510@cindex Configuring keyword expansion
7511
7512In a repository that includes third-party software on
7513vendor branches, it is sometimes helpful to configure
7514CVS to use a local keyword instead of the standard
7515$@splitrcskeyword{Id}$ or $@splitrcskeyword{Header}$ keywords. Examples from
7516real projects include $@splitrcskeyword{Xorg}$, $@splitrcskeyword{XFree86}$,
7517$@splitrcskeyword{FreeBSD}$, $@splitrcskeyword{NetBSD}$,
7518$@splitrcskeyword{OpenBSD}$, and even $@splitrcskeyword{dotat}$.
7519The advantage of this is that
7520you can include your local version information in a
7521file using this local keyword (sometimes called a
7522``custom tag'' or a ``local tag'') without disrupting
7523the upstream version information (which may be a
7524different local keyword or a standard keyword). In
7525these cases, it is typically desirable to disable the
7526expansion of all keywords except the configured local
7527keyword.
7528
7529The @code{KeywordExpand} option in the
7530@file{CVSROOT/config} file is intended to allow for the
7531either the explicit exclusion of a keyword or list of
7532keywords, or for the explicit inclusion of a keyword or
7533a list of keywords. This list may include the
7534@code{LocalKeyword} that has been configured.
7535
7536The @code{KeywordExpand} option is followed by
7537@code{=} and the next character may either be @code{i}
7538to start an inclusion list or @code{e} to start an
7539exclusion list. If the following lines were added to
7540the @file{CVSROOT/config} file:
7541
7542@example
7543        # Add a "MyBSD" keyword and restrict keyword
7544        # expansion
7545        LocalKeyword=MyBSD=CVSHeader
7546        KeywordExpand=iMyBSD
7547@end example
7548
7549then only the $@splitrcskeyword{MyBSD}$ keyword would be expanded.
7550A list may be used. The this example:
7551
7552@example
7553        # Add a "MyBSD" keyword and restrict keyword
7554        # expansion to the MyBSD, Name and Date keywords.
7555        LocalKeyword=MyBSD=CVSHeader
7556        KeywordExpand=iMyBSD,Name,Date
7557@end example
7558
7559would allow $@splitrcskeyword{MyBSD}$, $@splitrcskeyword{Name}$, and
7560$@splitrcskeyword{Date}$ to be expanded.
7561
7562It is also possible to configure an exclusion list
7563using the following:
7564
7565@example
7566        # Do not expand the non-RCS keyword CVSHeader
7567        KeywordExpand=eCVSHeader
7568@end example
7569
7570This allows @sc{cvs} to ignore the recently introduced
7571$@splitrcskeyword{CVSHeader}$ keyword and retain all of the
7572others. The exclusion entry could also contain the
7573standard RCS keyword list, but this could be confusing
7574to users that expect RCS keywords to be expanded, so
7575care should be taken to properly set user expectations
7576for a repository that is configured in that manner.
7577
7578If there is a desire to not have any RCS keywords
7579expanded and not use the @code{-ko} flags everywhere,
7580an administrator may disable all keyword expansion
7581using the @file{CVSROOT/config} line:
7582
7583@example
7584	# Do not expand any RCS keywords
7585	KeywordExpand=i
7586@end example
7587
7588this could be confusing to users that expect RCS
7589keywords like $@splitrcskeyword{Id}$ to be expanded properly,
7590so care should be taken to properly set user
7591expectations for a repository so configured.
7592
7593It should be noted that a patch to provide both the
7594@code{KeywordExpand} and @code{LocalKeyword} features
7595has been around a long time. However, that patch
7596implemented these features using @code{tag=} and
7597@code{tagexpand=} keywords and those keywords are NOT
7598recognized.
7599
7600@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7601@node Log keyword
7602@section Problems with the $@splitrcskeyword{Log}$ keyword.
7603
7604The @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} keyword is somewhat
7605controversial.  As long as you are working on your
7606development system the information is easily accessible
7607even if you do not use the @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$}
7608keyword---just do a @code{cvs log}.  Once you export
7609the file the history information might be useless
7610anyhow.
7611
7612A more serious concern is that @sc{cvs} is not good at
7613handling @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} entries when a branch is
7614merged onto the main trunk.  Conflicts often result
7615from the merging operation.
7616@c Might want to check whether the CVS implementation
7617@c of RCS_merge has this problem the same way rcsmerge
7618@c does.  I would assume so....
7619
7620People also tend to "fix" the log entries in the file
7621(correcting spelling mistakes and maybe even factual
7622errors).  If that is done the information from
7623@code{cvs log} will not be consistent with the
7624information inside the file.  This may or may not be a
7625problem in real life.
7626
7627It has been suggested that the @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$}
7628keyword should be inserted @emph{last} in the file, and
7629not in the files header, if it is to be used at all.
7630That way the long list of change messages will not
7631interfere with everyday source file browsing.
7632
7633@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
7634@node Tracking sources
7635@chapter Tracking third-party sources
7636@cindex Third-party sources
7637@cindex Tracking sources
7638
7639@c FIXME: Need discussion of added and removed files.
7640@c FIXME: This doesn't really adequately introduce the
7641@c concepts of "vendor" and "you".  They don't *have*
7642@c to be separate organizations or separate people.
7643@c We want a description which is somewhat more based on
7644@c the technical issues of which sources go where, but
7645@c also with enough examples of how this relates to
7646@c relationships like customer-supplier, developer-QA,
7647@c maintainer-contributor, or whatever, to make it
7648@c seem concrete.
7649If you modify a program to better fit your site, you
7650probably want to include your modifications when the next
7651release of the program arrives.  @sc{cvs} can help you with
7652this task.
7653
7654@cindex Vendor
7655@cindex Vendor branch
7656@cindex Branch, vendor-
7657In the terminology used in @sc{cvs}, the supplier of the
7658program is called a @dfn{vendor}.  The unmodified
7659distribution from the vendor is checked in on its own
7660branch, the @dfn{vendor branch}.  @sc{cvs} reserves branch
76611.1.1 for this use.
7662
7663When you modify the source and commit it, your revision
7664will end up on the main trunk.  When a new release is
7665made by the vendor, you commit it on the vendor branch
7666and copy the modifications onto the main trunk.
7667
7668Use the @code{import} command to create and update
7669the vendor branch.  When you import a new file,
7670(usually) the vendor branch is made the `head' revision, so
7671anyone that checks out a copy of the file gets that
7672revision.  When a local modification is committed it is
7673placed on the main trunk, and made the `head'
7674revision.
7675
7676@menu
7677* First import::                Importing for the first time
7678* Update imports::              Updating with the import command
7679* Reverting local changes::     Reverting to the latest vendor release
7680* Binary files in imports::     Binary files require special handling
7681* Keywords in imports::         Keyword substitution might be undesirable
7682* Multiple vendor branches::    What if you get sources from several places?
7683@end menu
7684
7685@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7686@node First import
7687@section Importing for the first time
7688@cindex Importing modules
7689
7690@c Should mention naming conventions for vendor tags,
7691@c release tags, and perhaps directory names.
7692Use the @code{import} command to check in the sources
7693for the first time.  When you use the @code{import}
7694command to track third-party sources, the @dfn{vendor
7695tag} and @dfn{release tags} are useful.  The
7696@dfn{vendor tag} is a symbolic name for the branch
7697(which is always 1.1.1, unless you use the @samp{-b
7698@var{branch}} flag---see @ref{Multiple vendor branches}.).  The
7699@dfn{release tags} are symbolic names for a particular
7700release, such as @samp{FSF_0_04}.
7701
7702@c I'm not completely sure this belongs here.  But
7703@c we need to say it _somewhere_ reasonably obvious; it
7704@c is a common misconception among people first learning CVS
7705Note that @code{import} does @emph{not} change the
7706directory in which you invoke it.  In particular, it
7707does not set up that directory as a @sc{cvs} working
7708directory; if you want to work with the sources import
7709them first and then check them out into a different
7710directory (@pxref{Getting the source}).
7711
7712@cindex wdiff (import example)
7713Suppose you have the sources to a program called
7714@code{wdiff} in a directory @file{wdiff-0.04},
7715and are going to make private modifications that you
7716want to be able to use even when new releases are made
7717in the future.  You start by importing the source to
7718your repository:
7719
7720@example
7721$ cd wdiff-0.04
7722$ cvs import -m "Import of FSF v. 0.04" fsf/wdiff FSF_DIST WDIFF_0_04
7723@end example
7724
7725The vendor tag is named @samp{FSF_DIST} in the above
7726example, and the only release tag assigned is
7727@samp{WDIFF_0_04}.
7728@c FIXME: Need to say where fsf/wdiff comes from.
7729
7730@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7731@node Update imports
7732@section Updating with the import command
7733
7734When a new release of the source arrives, you import it into the
7735repository with the same @code{import} command that you used to set up
7736the repository in the first place.  The only difference is that you
7737specify a different release tag this time:
7738
7739@example
7740$ tar xfz wdiff-0.05.tar.gz
7741$ cd wdiff-0.05
7742$ cvs import -m "Import of FSF v. 0.05" fsf/wdiff FSF_DIST WDIFF_0_05
7743@end example
7744
7745@strong{WARNING: If you use a release tag that already exists in one of the
7746repository archives, files removed by an import may not be detected.}
7747
7748For files that have not been modified locally, the newly created
7749revision becomes the head revision.  If you have made local
7750changes, @code{import} will warn you that you must merge the changes
7751into the main trunk, and tell you to use @samp{checkout -j} to do so:
7752
7753@c FIXME: why "wdiff" here and "fsf/wdiff" in the
7754@c "import"?  I think the assumption is that one has
7755@c "wdiff fsf/wdiff" or some such in modules, but it
7756@c would be better to not use modules in this example.
7757@example
7758$ cvs checkout -jFSF_DIST:yesterday -jFSF_DIST wdiff
7759@end example
7760
7761@noindent
7762The above command will check out the latest revision of
7763@samp{wdiff}, merging the changes made on the vendor branch @samp{FSF_DIST}
7764since yesterday into the working copy.  If any conflicts arise during
7765the merge they should be resolved in the normal way (@pxref{Conflicts
7766example}).  Then, the modified files may be committed.
7767
7768However, it is much better to use the two release tags rather than using
7769a date on the branch as suggested above:
7770
7771@example
7772$ cvs checkout -jWDIFF_0_04 -jWDIFF_0_05 wdiff
7773@end example
7774
7775@noindent
7776The reason this is better is that
7777using a date, as suggested above, assumes that you do
7778not import more than one release of a product per day.
7779More importantly, using the release tags allows @sc{cvs} to detect files
7780that were removed between the two vendor releases and mark them for
7781removal.  Since @code{import} has no way to detect removed files, you
7782should do a merge like this even if @code{import} doesn't tell you to.
7783
7784@node Reverting local changes
7785@section Reverting to the latest vendor release
7786
7787You can also revert local changes completely and return
7788to the latest vendor release by changing the `head'
7789revision back to the vendor branch on all files.  For
7790example, if you have a checked-out copy of the sources
7791in @file{~/work.d/wdiff}, and you want to revert to the
7792vendor's version for all the files in that directory,
7793you would type:
7794
7795@example
7796$ cd ~/work.d/wdiff
7797$ cvs admin -bFSF_DIST .
7798@end example
7799
7800@noindent
7801You must specify the @samp{-bFSF_DIST} without any space
7802after the @samp{-b}.  @xref{admin options}.
7803
7804@node Binary files in imports
7805@section How to handle binary files with cvs import
7806
7807Use the @samp{-k} wrapper option to tell import which
7808files are binary.  @xref{Wrappers}.
7809
7810@node Keywords in imports
7811@section How to handle keyword substitution with cvs import
7812
7813The sources which you are importing may contain
7814keywords (@pxref{Keyword substitution}).  For example,
7815the vendor may use @sc{cvs} or some other system
7816which uses similar keyword expansion syntax.  If you
7817just import the files in the default fashion, then
7818the keyword expansions supplied by the vendor will
7819be replaced by keyword expansions supplied by your
7820own copy of @sc{cvs}.  It may be more convenient to
7821maintain the expansions supplied by the vendor, so
7822that this information can supply information about
7823the sources that you imported from the vendor.
7824
7825To maintain the keyword expansions supplied by the
7826vendor, supply the @samp{-ko} option to @code{cvs
7827import} the first time you import the file.
7828This will turn off keyword expansion
7829for that file entirely, so if you want to be more
7830selective you'll have to think about what you want
7831and use the @samp{-k} option to @code{cvs update} or
7832@code{cvs admin} as appropriate.
7833@c Supplying -ko to import if the file already existed
7834@c has no effect.  Not clear to me whether it should
7835@c or not.
7836
7837@node Multiple vendor branches
7838@section Multiple vendor branches
7839
7840All the examples so far assume that there is only one
7841vendor from which you are getting sources.  In some
7842situations you might get sources from a variety of
7843places.  For example, suppose that you are dealing with
7844a project where many different people and teams are
7845modifying the software.  There are a variety of ways to
7846handle this, but in some cases you have a bunch of
7847source trees lying around and what you want to do more
7848than anything else is just to all put them in @sc{cvs} so
7849that you at least have them in one place.
7850
7851For handling situations in which there may be more than
7852one vendor, you may specify the @samp{-b} option to
7853@code{cvs import}.  It takes as an argument the vendor
7854branch to import to.  The default is @samp{-b 1.1.1}.
7855
7856For example, suppose that there are two teams, the red
7857team and the blue team, that are sending you sources.
7858You want to import the red team's efforts to branch
78591.1.1 and use the vendor tag RED.  You want to import
7860the blue team's efforts to branch 1.1.3 and use the
7861vendor tag BLUE.  So the commands you might use are:
7862
7863@example
7864$ cvs import dir RED RED_1-0
7865$ cvs import -b 1.1.3 dir BLUE BLUE_1-5
7866@end example
7867
7868Note that if your vendor tag does not match your
7869@samp{-b} option, @sc{cvs} will not detect this case!  For
7870example,
7871
7872@example
7873$ cvs import -b 1.1.3 dir RED RED_1-0
7874@end example
7875
7876@noindent
7877Be careful; this kind of mismatch is sure to sow
7878confusion or worse.  I can't think of a useful purpose
7879for the ability to specify a mismatch here, but if you
7880discover such a use, don't.  @sc{cvs} is likely to make this
7881an error in some future release.
7882
7883@c Probably should say more about the semantics of
7884@c multiple branches.  What about the default branch?
7885@c What about joining (perhaps not as useful with
7886@c multiple branches, or perhaps it is.  Either way
7887@c should be mentioned).
7888
7889@c I'm not sure about the best location for this.  In
7890@c one sense, it might belong right after we've introduced
7891@c CVS's basic version control model, because people need
7892@c to figure out builds right away.  The current location
7893@c is based on the theory that it kind of akin to the
7894@c "Revision management" section.
7895@node Builds
7896@chapter How your build system interacts with CVS
7897@cindex Builds
7898@cindex make
7899
7900As mentioned in the introduction, @sc{cvs} does not
7901contain software for building your software from source
7902code.  This section describes how various aspects of
7903your build system might interact with @sc{cvs}.
7904
7905@c Is there a way to discuss this without reference to
7906@c tools other than CVS?  I'm not sure there is; I
7907@c wouldn't think that people who learn CVS first would
7908@c even have this concern.
7909One common question, especially from people who are
7910accustomed to @sc{rcs}, is how to make their build get
7911an up to date copy of the sources.  The answer to this
7912with @sc{cvs} is two-fold.  First of all, since
7913@sc{cvs} itself can recurse through directories, there
7914is no need to modify your @file{Makefile} (or whatever
7915configuration file your build tool uses) to make sure
7916each file is up to date.  Instead, just use two
7917commands, first @code{cvs -q update} and then
7918@code{make} or whatever the command is to invoke your
7919build tool.  Secondly, you do not necessarily
7920@emph{want} to get a copy of a change someone else made
7921until you have finished your own work.  One suggested
7922approach is to first update your sources, then
7923implement, build and
7924test the change you were thinking of, and then commit
7925your sources (updating first if necessary).  By
7926periodically (in between changes, using the approach
7927just described) updating your entire tree, you ensure
7928that your sources are sufficiently up to date.
7929
7930@cindex Bill of materials
7931One common need is to record which versions of which
7932source files went into a particular build.  This kind
7933of functionality is sometimes called @dfn{bill of
7934materials} or something similar.  The best way to do
7935this with @sc{cvs} is to use the @code{tag} command to
7936record which versions went into a given build
7937(@pxref{Tags}).
7938
7939Using @sc{cvs} in the most straightforward manner
7940possible, each developer will have a copy of the entire
7941source tree which is used in a particular build.  If
7942the source tree is small, or if developers are
7943geographically dispersed, this is the preferred
7944solution.  In fact one approach for larger projects is
7945to break a project down into smaller
7946@c I say subsystem instead of module because they may or
7947@c may not use the modules file.
7948separately-compiled subsystems, and arrange a way of
7949releasing them internally so that each developer need
7950check out only those subsystems which they are
7951actively working on.
7952
7953Another approach is to set up a structure which allows
7954developers to have their own copies of some files, and
7955for other files to access source files from a central
7956location.  Many people have come up with some such a
7957@c two such people are paul@sander.cupertino.ca.us (for
7958@c a previous employer)
7959@c and gunnar.tornblom@se.abb.com (spicm and related tools),
7960@c but as far as I know
7961@c no one has nicely packaged or released such a system (or
7962@c instructions for constructing one).
7963system using features such as the symbolic link feature
7964found in many operating systems, or the @code{VPATH}
7965feature found in many versions of @code{make}.  One build
7966tool which is designed to help with this kind of thing
7967is Odin (see
7968@code{ftp://ftp.cs.colorado.edu/pub/distribs/odin}).
7969@c Should we be saying more about Odin?  Or how you use
7970@c it with CVS?  Also, the Prime Time Freeware for Unix
7971@c disk (see http://www.ptf.com/) has Odin (with a nice
7972@c paragraph summarizing it on the web), so that might be a
7973@c semi-"official" place to point people.
7974@c
7975@c Of course, many non-CVS systems have this kind of
7976@c functionality, for example OSF's ODE
7977@c (http://www.osf.org/ode/) or mk
7978@c (http://www.grin.net/~pzi/mk-3.18.4.docs/mk_toc.html
7979@c He has changed providers in the past; a search engine search
7980@c for "Peter Ziobrzynski" probably won't get too many
7981@c spurious hits :-).  A more stable URL might be
7982@c ftp://ftp.uu.net/pub/cmvc/mk).  But I'm not sure
7983@c there is any point in mentioning them here unless they
7984@c can work with CVS.
7985
7986@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
7987@node Special Files
7988@chapter Special Files
7989
7990@cindex Special files
7991@cindex Device nodes
7992@cindex Ownership, saving in CVS
7993@cindex Permissions, saving in CVS
7994@cindex Hard links
7995@cindex Symbolic links
7996
7997In normal circumstances, @sc{cvs} works only with regular
7998files.  Every file in a project is assumed to be
7999persistent; it must be possible to open, read and close
8000them; and so on.  @sc{cvs} also ignores file permissions and
8001ownerships, leaving such issues to be resolved by the
8002developer at installation time.  In other words, it is
8003not possible to "check in" a device into a repository;
8004if the device file cannot be opened, @sc{cvs} will refuse to
8005handle it.  Files also lose their ownerships and
8006permissions during repository transactions.
8007
8008@ignore
8009If the configuration variable @code{PreservePermissions}
8010(@pxref{config}) is set in the repository, @sc{cvs} will
8011save the following file characteristics in the
8012repository:
8013
8014@itemize @bullet
8015@item user and group ownership
8016@item permissions
8017@item major and minor device numbers
8018@item symbolic links
8019@item hard link structure
8020@end itemize
8021
8022Using the @code{PreservePermissions} option affects the
8023behavior of @sc{cvs} in several ways.  First, some of the
8024new operations supported by @sc{cvs} are not accessible to
8025all users.  In particular, file ownership and special
8026file characteristics may only be changed by the
8027superuser.  When the @code{PreservePermissions}
8028configuration variable is set, therefore, users will
8029have to be `root' in order to perform @sc{cvs} operations.
8030
8031When @code{PreservePermissions} is in use, some @sc{cvs}
8032operations (such as @samp{cvs status}) will not
8033recognize a file's hard link structure, and so will
8034emit spurious warnings about mismatching hard links.
8035The reason is that @sc{cvs}'s internal structure does not
8036make it easy for these operations to collect all the
8037necessary data about hard links, so they check for file
8038conflicts with inaccurate data.
8039
8040A more subtle difference is that @sc{cvs} considers a file
8041to have changed only if its contents have changed
8042(specifically, if the modification time of the working
8043file does not match that of the repository's file).
8044Therefore, if only the permissions, ownership or hard
8045linkage have changed, or if a device's major or minor
8046numbers have changed, @sc{cvs} will not notice.  In order to
8047commit such a change to the repository, you must force
8048the commit with @samp{cvs commit -f}.  This also means
8049that if a file's permissions have changed and the
8050repository file is newer than the working copy,
8051performing @samp{cvs update} will silently change the
8052permissions on the working copy.
8053
8054Changing hard links in a @sc{cvs} repository is particularly
8055delicate.  Suppose that file @file{foo} is linked to
8056file @file{old}, but is later relinked to file
8057@file{new}.  You can wind up in the unusual situation
8058where, although @file{foo}, @file{old} and @file{new}
8059have all had their underlying link patterns changed,
8060only @file{foo} and @file{new} have been modified, so
8061@file{old} is not considered a candidate for checking
8062in.  It can be very easy to produce inconsistent
8063results this way.  Therefore, we recommend that when it
8064is important to save hard links in a repository, the
8065prudent course of action is to @code{touch} any file
8066whose linkage or status has changed since the last
8067checkin.  Indeed, it may be wise to @code{touch *}
8068before each commit in a directory with complex hard
8069link structures.
8070
8071It is worth noting that only regular files may
8072be merged, for reasons that hopefully are obvious.  If
8073@samp{cvs update} or @samp{cvs checkout -j} attempts to
8074merge a symbolic link with a regular file, or two
8075device files for different kinds of devices, @sc{cvs} will
8076report a conflict and refuse to perform the merge.  At
8077the same time, @samp{cvs diff} will not report any
8078differences between these files, since no meaningful
8079textual comparisons can be made on files which contain
8080no text.
8081
8082The @code{PreservePermissions} features do not work
8083with client/server @sc{cvs}.  Another limitation is
8084that hard links must be to other files within the same
8085directory; hard links across directories are not
8086supported.
8087@end ignore
8088
8089@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
8090@c ----- START MAN 1 -----
8091@node CVS commands
8092@appendix Guide to CVS commands
8093
8094This appendix describes the overall structure of
8095@sc{cvs} commands, and describes some commands in
8096detail (others are described elsewhere; for a quick
8097reference to @sc{cvs} commands, @pxref{Invoking CVS}).
8098@c The idea is that we want to move the commands which
8099@c are described here into the main body of the manual,
8100@c in the process reorganizing the manual to be
8101@c organized around what the user wants to do, not
8102@c organized around CVS commands.
8103@c
8104@c Note that many users do expect a manual which is
8105@c organized by command.  At least some users do.
8106@c One good addition to the "organized by command"
8107@c section (if any) would be "see also" links.
8108@c The awk manual might be a good example; it has a
8109@c reference manual which is more verbose than Invoking
8110@c CVS but probably somewhat less verbose than CVS
8111@c Commands.
8112
8113@menu
8114* Structure::                   Overall structure of CVS commands
8115* Exit status::                 Indicating CVS's success or failure
8116* ~/.cvsrc::                    Default options with the ~/.cvsrc file
8117* Global options::              Options you give to the left of cvs_command
8118* Common options::              Options you give to the right of cvs_command
8119* Date input formats::		Acceptable formats for date specifications
8120* add::                         Add files and directories to the repository
8121* admin::                       Administration
8122* annotate::                    What revision modified each line of a file?
8123* checkout::                    Checkout sources for editing
8124* commit::                      Check files into the repository
8125* diff::                        Show differences between revisions
8126* export::                      Export sources from CVS, similar to checkout
8127* history::                     Show status of files and users
8128* import::                      Import sources into CVS, using vendor branches
8129* log::                         Show log messages for files
8130* ls & rls::                    List files in the repository
8131* rdiff::                       'patch' format diffs between releases
8132* release::                     Indicate that a directory is no longer in use
8133* remove::                      Remove files from active development
8134* server & pserver::            Act as a server for a client on stdin/stdout
8135* update::                      Bring work tree in sync with repository
8136@end menu
8137
8138@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8139@node Structure
8140@appendixsec Overall structure of CVS commands
8141@cindex Structure
8142@cindex CVS command structure
8143@cindex Command structure
8144@cindex Format of CVS commands
8145
8146The overall format of all @sc{cvs} commands is:
8147
8148@example
8149cvs [ cvs_options ] cvs_command [ command_options ] [ command_args ]
8150@end example
8151
8152@table @code
8153@item cvs
8154The name of the @sc{cvs} program.
8155
8156@item cvs_options
8157Some options that affect all sub-commands of @sc{cvs}.  These are
8158described below.
8159
8160@item cvs_command
8161One of several different sub-commands.  Some of the commands have
8162aliases that can be used instead; those aliases are noted in the
8163reference manual for that command.  There are only two situations
8164where you may omit @samp{cvs_command}: @samp{cvs -H} elicits a
8165list of available commands, and @samp{cvs -v} displays version
8166information on @sc{cvs} itself.
8167
8168@item command_options
8169Options that are specific for the command.
8170
8171@item command_args
8172Arguments to the commands.
8173@end table
8174
8175There is unfortunately some confusion between
8176@code{cvs_options} and @code{command_options}.
8177When given as a @code{cvs_option}, some options only
8178affect some of the commands.  When given as a
8179@code{command_option} it may have a different meaning, and
8180be accepted by more commands.  In other words, do not
8181take the above categorization too seriously.  Look at
8182the documentation instead.
8183
8184@node Exit status
8185@appendixsec CVS's exit status
8186@cindex Exit status, of CVS
8187
8188@sc{cvs} can indicate to the calling environment whether it
8189succeeded or failed by setting its @dfn{exit status}.
8190The exact way of testing the exit status will vary from
8191one operating system to another.  For example in a unix
8192shell script the @samp{$?} variable will be 0 if the
8193last command returned a successful exit status, or
8194greater than 0 if the exit status indicated failure.
8195
8196If @sc{cvs} is successful, it returns a successful status;
8197if there is an error, it prints an error message and
8198returns a failure status.  The one exception to this is
8199the @code{cvs diff} command.  It will return a
8200successful status if it found no differences, or a
8201failure status if there were differences or if there
8202was an error.  Because this behavior provides no good
8203way to detect errors, in the future it is possible that
8204@code{cvs diff} will be changed to behave like the
8205other @sc{cvs} commands.
8206@c It might seem like checking whether cvs -q diff
8207@c produces empty or non-empty output can tell whether
8208@c there were differences or not.  But it seems like
8209@c there are cases with output but no differences
8210@c (testsuite basica-8b).  It is not clear to me how
8211@c useful it is for a script to be able to check
8212@c whether there were differences.
8213@c FIXCVS? In previous versions of CVS, cvs diff
8214@c returned 0 for no differences, 1 for differences, or
8215@c 2 for errors.  Is this behavior worth trying to
8216@c bring back (but what does it mean for VMS?)?
8217
8218@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8219@node ~/.cvsrc
8220@appendixsec Default options and the ~/.cvsrc file
8221@cindex .cvsrc file
8222@cindex Option defaults
8223
8224There are some @code{command_options} that are used so
8225often that you might have set up an alias or some other
8226means to make sure you always specify that option.  One
8227example (the one that drove the implementation of the
8228@file{.cvsrc} support, actually) is that many people find the
8229default output of the @samp{diff} command to be very
8230hard to read, and that either context diffs or unidiffs
8231are much easier to understand.
8232
8233The @file{~/.cvsrc} file is a way that you can add
8234default options to @code{cvs_commands} within cvs,
8235instead of relying on aliases or other shell scripts.
8236
8237The format of the @file{~/.cvsrc} file is simple.  The
8238file is searched for a line that begins with the same
8239name as the @code{cvs_command} being executed.  If a
8240match is found, then the remainder of the line is split
8241up (at whitespace characters) into separate options and
8242added to the command arguments @emph{before} any
8243options from the command line.
8244
8245If a command has two names (e.g., @code{checkout} and
8246@code{co}), the official name, not necessarily the one
8247used on the command line, will be used to match against
8248the file.  So if this is the contents of the user's
8249@file{~/.cvsrc} file:
8250
8251@example
8252log -N
8253diff -uN
8254rdiff -u
8255update -Pd
8256checkout -P
8257release -d
8258@end example
8259
8260@noindent
8261the command @samp{cvs checkout foo} would have the
8262@samp{-P} option added to the arguments, as well as
8263@samp{cvs co foo}.
8264
8265With the example file above, the output from @samp{cvs
8266diff foobar} will be in unidiff format.  @samp{cvs diff
8267-c foobar} will provide context diffs, as usual.
8268Getting "old" format diffs would be slightly more
8269complicated, because @code{diff} doesn't have an option
8270to specify use of the "old" format, so you would need
8271@samp{cvs -f diff foobar}.
8272
8273In place of the command name you can use @code{cvs} to
8274specify global options (@pxref{Global options}).  For
8275example the following line in @file{.cvsrc}
8276
8277@example
8278cvs -z6
8279@end example
8280
8281@noindent
8282causes @sc{cvs} to use compression level 6.
8283
8284@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8285@node Global options
8286@appendixsec Global options
8287@cindex Options, global
8288@cindex Global options
8289@cindex Left-hand options
8290
8291The available @samp{cvs_options} (that are given to the
8292left of @samp{cvs_command}) are:
8293
8294@table @code
8295@item --allow-root=@var{rootdir}
8296May be invoked multiple times to specify one legal @sc{cvsroot} directory with
8297each invocation.  Also causes CVS to preparse the configuration file for each
8298specified root, which can be useful when configuring write proxies,  See
8299@ref{Password authentication server} & @ref{Write proxies}.
8300
8301@cindex Authentication, stream
8302@cindex Stream authentication
8303@item -a
8304Authenticate all communication between the client and
8305the server.  Only has an effect on the @sc{cvs} client.
8306As of this writing, this is only implemented when using
8307a GSSAPI connection (@pxref{GSSAPI authenticated}).
8308Authentication prevents certain sorts of attacks
8309involving hijacking the active @sc{tcp} connection.
8310Enabling authentication does not enable encryption.
8311
8312@cindex RCSBIN, overriding
8313@cindex Overriding RCSBIN
8314@item -b @var{bindir}
8315In @sc{cvs} 1.9.18 and older, this specified that
8316@sc{rcs} programs are in the @var{bindir} directory.
8317Current versions of @sc{cvs} do not run @sc{rcs}
8318programs; for compatibility this option is accepted,
8319but it does nothing.
8320
8321@cindex TMPDIR, environment variable
8322@cindex temporary file directory, set via command line
8323@cindex temporary file directory, set via environment variable
8324@cindex temporary file directory, set via config
8325@cindex temporary files, location of
8326@item -T @var{tempdir}
8327Use @var{tempdir} as the directory where temporary files are
8328located.
8329
8330The @sc{cvs} client and server store temporary files in a temporary directory.
8331The path to this temporary directory is set via, in order of precedence:
8332
8333@itemize @bullet
8334@item
8335The argument to the global @samp{-T} option.
8336
8337@item
8338The value set for @code{TmpDir} in the config file (server only -
8339@pxref{config}).
8340
8341@item
8342The contents of the @code{$TMPDIR} environment variable (@code{%TMPDIR%} on
8343Windows - @pxref{Environment variables}).
8344
8345@item
8346/tmp
8347
8348@end itemize
8349
8350Temporary directories should always be specified as an absolute pathname.
8351When running a CVS client, @samp{-T} affects only the local process;
8352specifying @samp{-T} for the client has no effect on the server and
8353vice versa.
8354
8355@cindex CVSROOT, overriding
8356@cindex Overriding CVSROOT
8357@item -d @var{cvs_root_directory}
8358Use @var{cvs_root_directory} as the root directory
8359pathname of the repository.  Overrides the setting of
8360the @code{$CVSROOT} environment variable.  @xref{Repository}.
8361
8362@cindex EDITOR, overriding
8363@cindex Overriding EDITOR
8364@item -e @var{editor}
8365Use @var{editor} to enter revision log information.  Overrides the
8366setting of the @code{$CVSEDITOR} and @code{$EDITOR}
8367environment variables.  For more information, see
8368@ref{Committing your changes}.
8369
8370@item -f
8371Do not read the @file{~/.cvsrc} file.  This
8372option is most often used because of the
8373non-orthogonality of the @sc{cvs} option set.  For
8374example, the @samp{cvs log} option @samp{-N} (turn off
8375display of tag names) does not have a corresponding
8376option to turn the display on.  So if you have
8377@samp{-N} in the @file{~/.cvsrc} entry for @samp{log},
8378you may need to use @samp{-f} to show the tag names.
8379
8380@item -H
8381@itemx --help
8382Display usage information about the specified @samp{cvs_command}
8383(but do not actually execute the command).  If you don't specify
8384a command name, @samp{cvs -H} displays overall help for
8385@sc{cvs}, including a list of other help options.
8386@c It seems to me it is better to document it this way
8387@c rather than trying to update this documentation
8388@c every time that we add a --help-foo option.  But
8389@c perhaps that is confusing...
8390
8391@cindex Read-only repository mode
8392@item -R
8393Turns on read-only repository mode.  This allows one to check out from a
8394read-only repository, such as within an anoncvs server, or from a @sc{cd-rom}
8395repository.
8396
8397Same effect as if the @code{CVSREADONLYFS} environment
8398variable is set. Using @samp{-R} can also considerably
8399speed up checkouts over NFS.
8400
8401@cindex Read-only mode
8402@item -n
8403Do not change any files.  Attempt to execute the
8404@samp{cvs_command}, but only to issue reports; do not remove,
8405update, or merge any existing files, or create any new files.
8406
8407Note that @sc{cvs} will not necessarily produce exactly
8408the same output as without @samp{-n}.  In some cases
8409the output will be the same, but in other cases
8410@sc{cvs} will skip some of the processing that would
8411have been required to produce the exact same output.
8412
8413@item -Q
8414Cause the command to be really quiet; the command will only
8415generate output for serious problems.
8416
8417@item -q
8418Cause the command to be somewhat quiet; informational messages,
8419such as reports of recursion through subdirectories, are
8420suppressed.
8421
8422@cindex Read-only files, and -r
8423@item -r
8424Make new working files read-only.  Same effect
8425as if the @code{$CVSREAD} environment variable is set
8426(@pxref{Environment variables}).  The default is to
8427make working files writable, unless watches are on
8428(@pxref{Watches}).
8429
8430@item -s @var{variable}=@var{value}
8431Set a user variable (@pxref{Variables}).
8432
8433@cindex Trace
8434@item -t
8435Trace program execution; display messages showing the steps of
8436@sc{cvs} activity.  Particularly useful with @samp{-n} to explore the
8437potential impact of an unfamiliar command.
8438
8439@item -v
8440@item --version
8441Display version and copyright information for @sc{cvs}.
8442
8443@cindex CVSREAD, overriding
8444@cindex Overriding CVSREAD
8445@item -w
8446Make new working files read-write.  Overrides the
8447setting of the @code{$CVSREAD} environment variable.
8448Files are created read-write by default, unless @code{$CVSREAD} is
8449set or @samp{-r} is given.
8450@c Note that -w only overrides -r and CVSREAD; it has
8451@c no effect on files which are readonly because of
8452@c "cvs watch on".  My guess is that is the way it
8453@c should be (or should "cvs -w get" on a watched file
8454@c be the same as a get and a cvs edit?), but I'm not
8455@c completely sure whether to document it this way.
8456
8457@item -x
8458@cindex Encryption
8459Encrypt all communication between the client and the
8460server.  Only has an effect on the @sc{cvs} client.  As
8461of this writing, this is only implemented when using a
8462GSSAPI connection (@pxref{GSSAPI authenticated}) or a
8463Kerberos connection (@pxref{Kerberos authenticated}).
8464Enabling encryption implies that message traffic is
8465also authenticated.  Encryption support is not
8466available by default; it must be enabled using a
8467special configure option, @file{--enable-encryption},
8468when you build @sc{cvs}.
8469
8470@item -z @var{level}
8471@cindex Compression
8472@cindex Gzip
8473Request compression @var{level} for network traffic.
8474@sc{cvs} interprets @var{level} identically to the @code{gzip} program.
8475Valid levels are 1 (high speed, low compression) to
84769 (low speed, high compression), or 0 to disable
8477compression (the default).  Data sent to the server will
8478be compressed at the requested level and the client will request
8479the server use the same compression level for data returned.  The
8480server will use the closest level allowed by the server administrator to
8481compress returned data.  This option only has an effect when passed to
8482the @sc{cvs} client.
8483@end table
8484
8485@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8486@node Common options
8487@appendixsec Common command options
8488@cindex Common options
8489@cindex Right-hand options
8490
8491This section describes the @samp{command_options} that
8492are available across several @sc{cvs} commands.  These
8493options are always given to the right of
8494@samp{cvs_command}. Not all
8495commands support all of these options; each option is
8496only supported for commands where it makes sense.
8497However, when a command has one of these options you
8498can almost always count on the same behavior of the
8499option as in other commands.  (Other command options,
8500which are listed with the individual commands, may have
8501different behavior from one @sc{cvs} command to the other).
8502
8503@strong{Note: the @samp{history} command is an exception; it supports
8504many options that conflict even with these standard options.}
8505
8506@table @code
8507@cindex Dates
8508@cindex Time
8509@cindex Specifying dates
8510@item -D @var{date_spec}
8511Use the most recent revision no later than @var{date_spec}.
8512@var{date_spec} is a single argument, a date description
8513specifying a date in the past.
8514
8515The specification is @dfn{sticky} when you use it to make a
8516private copy of a source file; that is, when you get a working
8517file using @samp{-D}, @sc{cvs} records the date you specified, so that
8518further updates in the same directory will use the same date
8519(for more information on sticky tags/dates, @pxref{Sticky tags}).
8520
8521@samp{-D} is available with the @code{annotate}, @code{checkout},
8522@code{diff}, @code{export}, @code{history}, @code{ls},
8523@code{rdiff}, @code{rls}, @code{rtag}, @code{tag}, and @code{update} commands.
8524(The @code{history} command uses this option in a
8525slightly different way; @pxref{history options}).
8526
8527For a complete description of the date formats accepted by @sc{cvs},
8528@ref{Date input formats}.
8529@c What other formats should we accept?  I don't want
8530@c to start accepting a whole mess of non-standard
8531@c new formats (there are a lot which are in wide use in
8532@c one context or another), but practicality does
8533@c dictate some level of flexibility.
8534@c * POSIX.2 (e.g. touch, ls output, date) and other
8535@c POSIX and/or de facto unix standards (e.g. at).  The
8536@c practice here is too inconsistent to be of any use.
8537@c * VMS dates.  This is not a formal standard, but
8538@c there is a published specification (see SYS$ASCTIM
8539@c and SYS$BINTIM in the _VMS System Services Reference
8540@c Manual_), it is implemented consistently in VMS
8541@c utilities, and VMS users will expect CVS running on
8542@c VMS to support this format (and if we're going to do
8543@c that, better to make CVS support it on all
8544@c platforms.  Maybe).
8545@c
8546@c One more note: In output, CVS should consistently
8547@c use one date format, and that format should be one that
8548@c it accepts in input as well.  The former isn't
8549@c really true (see survey below), and I'm not
8550@c sure that either of those formats is accepted in
8551@c input.
8552@c
8553@c cvs log
8554@c   current 1996/01/02 13:45:31
8555@c   Internet 02 Jan 1996 13:45:31 UT
8556@c   ISO 1996-01-02 13:45:31
8557@c cvs ann
8558@c   current 02-Jan-96
8559@c   Internet-like 02 Jan 96
8560@c   ISO 96-01-02
8561@c cvs status
8562@c   current Tue Jun 11 02:54:53 1996
8563@c   Internet [Tue,] 11 Jun 1996 02:54:53
8564@c   ISO 1996-06-11 02:54:53
8565@c   note: date possibly should be omitted entirely for
8566@c   other reasons.
8567@c cvs editors
8568@c   current Tue Jun 11 02:54:53 1996 GMT
8569@c cvs history
8570@c   current 06/11 02:54 +0000
8571@c any others?
8572@c There is a good chance the proper solution has to
8573@c involve at least some level of letting the user
8574@c decide which format (with the default being the
8575@c formats CVS has always used; changing these might be
8576@c _very_ disruptive since scripts may very well be
8577@c parsing them).
8578@c
8579@c Another random bit of prior art concerning dates is
8580@c the strptime function which takes templates such as
8581@c "%m/%d/%y", and apparent a variant of getdate()
8582@c which also honors them.  See
8583@c X/Open CAE Specification, System Interfaces and
8584@c Headers Issue 4, Version 2 (September 1994), in the
8585@c entry for getdate() on page 231
8586
8587Remember to quote the argument to the @samp{-D}
8588flag so that your shell doesn't interpret spaces as
8589argument separators.  A command using the @samp{-D}
8590flag can look like this:
8591
8592@example
8593$ cvs diff -D "1 hour ago" cvs.texinfo
8594@end example
8595
8596@cindex Forcing a tag match
8597@item -f
8598When you specify a particular date or tag to @sc{cvs} commands, they
8599normally ignore files that do not contain the tag (or did not
8600exist prior to the date) that you specified.  Use the @samp{-f} option
8601if you want files retrieved even when there is no match for the
8602tag or date.  (The most recent revision of the file
8603will be used).
8604
8605Note that even with @samp{-f}, a tag that you specify
8606must exist (that is, in some file, not necessary in
8607every file).  This is so that @sc{cvs} will continue to
8608give an error if you mistype a tag name.
8609
8610@need 800
8611@samp{-f} is available with these commands:
8612@code{annotate}, @code{checkout}, @code{export},
8613@code{rdiff}, @code{rtag}, and @code{update}.
8614
8615@strong{WARNING:  The @code{commit} and @code{remove}
8616commands also have a
8617@samp{-f} option, but it has a different behavior for
8618those commands.  See @ref{commit options}, and
8619@ref{Removing files}.}
8620
8621@item -k @var{kflag}
8622Override the default processing of RCS keywords other than
8623@samp{-kb}.  @xref{Keyword substitution}, for the meaning of
8624@var{kflag}.  Used with the @code{checkout} and @code{update}
8625commands, your @var{kflag} specification is
8626@dfn{sticky}; that is, when you use this option
8627with a @code{checkout} or @code{update} command,
8628@sc{cvs} associates your selected @var{kflag} with any files
8629it operates on, and continues to use that @var{kflag} with future
8630commands on the same files until you specify otherwise.
8631
8632The @samp{-k} option is available with the @code{add},
8633@code{checkout}, @code{diff}, @code{export}, @code{import},
8634@code{rdiff}, and @code{update} commands.
8635
8636@strong{WARNING: Prior to CVS version 1.12.2, the @samp{-k} flag
8637overrode the @samp{-kb} indication for a binary file.  This could
8638sometimes corrupt binary files.  @xref{Merging and keywords}, for
8639more.}
8640
8641@item -l
8642Local; run only in current working directory, rather than
8643recursing through subdirectories.
8644
8645Available with the following commands: @code{annotate}, @code{checkout},
8646@code{commit}, @code{diff}, @code{edit}, @code{editors}, @code{export},
8647@code{log}, @code{rdiff}, @code{remove}, @code{rtag},
8648@code{status}, @code{tag}, @code{unedit}, @code{update}, @code{watch},
8649and @code{watchers}.
8650
8651@cindex Editor, avoiding invocation of
8652@cindex Avoiding editor invocation
8653@item -m @var{message}
8654Use @var{message} as log information, instead of
8655invoking an editor.
8656
8657Available with the following commands: @code{add},
8658@code{commit} and @code{import}.
8659
8660@item -n
8661Do not run any tag program.  (A program can be
8662specified to run in the modules
8663database (@pxref{modules}); this option bypasses it).
8664
8665@strong{Note: this is not the same as the @samp{cvs -n}
8666program option, which you can specify to the left of a cvs command!}
8667
8668Available with the @code{checkout}, @code{commit}, @code{export},
8669and @code{rtag} commands.
8670
8671@item -P
8672Prune empty directories.  See @ref{Removing directories}.
8673
8674@item -p
8675Pipe the files retrieved from the repository to standard output,
8676rather than writing them in the current directory.  Available
8677with the @code{checkout} and @code{update} commands.
8678
8679@item -R
8680Process directories recursively.  This is the default for all @sc{cvs}
8681commands, with the exception of @code{ls} & @code{rls}.
8682
8683Available with the following commands: @code{annotate}, @code{checkout},
8684@code{commit}, @code{diff}, @code{edit}, @code{editors}, @code{export},
8685@code{ls}, @code{rdiff}, @code{remove}, @code{rls}, @code{rtag},
8686@code{status}, @code{tag}, @code{unedit}, @code{update}, @code{watch},
8687and @code{watchers}.
8688
8689@item -r @var{tag}
8690@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
8691@cindex HEAD, special tag
8692@cindex BASE, special tag
8693Use the revision specified by the @var{tag} argument (and the @var{date}
8694argument for the commands which accept it) instead of the
8695default @dfn{head} revision.  As well as arbitrary tags defined
8696with the @code{tag} or @code{rtag} command, two special tags are
8697always available: @samp{HEAD} refers to the most recent version
8698available in the repository, and @samp{BASE} refers to the
8699revision you last checked out into the current working directory.
8700
8701@c FIXME: What does HEAD really mean?  I believe that
8702@c the current answer is the head of the default branch
8703@c for all cvs commands except diff.  For diff, it
8704@c seems to be (a) the head of the trunk (or the default
8705@c branch?) if there is no sticky tag, (b) the head of the
8706@c branch for the sticky tag, if there is a sticky tag.
8707@c (b) is ugly as it differs
8708@c from what HEAD means for other commands, but people
8709@c and/or scripts are quite possibly used to it.
8710@c See "head" tests in sanity.sh.
8711@c Probably the best fix is to introduce two new
8712@c special tags, ".thead" for the head of the trunk,
8713@c and ".bhead" for the head of the current branch.
8714@c Then deprecate HEAD.  This has the advantage of
8715@c not surprising people with a change to HEAD, and a
8716@c side benefit of also phasing out the poorly-named
8717@c HEAD (see discussion of reserved tag names in node
8718@c "Tags").  Of course, .thead and .bhead should be
8719@c carefully implemented (with the implementation the
8720@c same for "diff" as for everyone else), test cases
8721@c written (similar to the ones in "head"), new tests
8722@c cases written for things like default branches, &c.
8723
8724The tag specification is sticky when you use this
8725with @code{checkout} or @code{update} to make your own
8726copy of a file: @sc{cvs} remembers the tag and continues to use it on
8727future update commands, until you specify otherwise (for more information
8728on sticky tags/dates, @pxref{Sticky tags}).
8729
8730The tag can be either a symbolic or numeric tag, as
8731described in @ref{Tags}, or the name of a branch, as
8732described in @ref{Branching and merging}.
8733When @var{tag} is the name of a
8734branch, some commands accept the optional @var{date} argument to specify
8735the revision as of the given date on the branch.
8736When a command expects a specific revision,
8737the name of a branch is interpreted as the most recent
8738revision on that branch.
8739
8740Specifying the @samp{-q} global option along with the
8741@samp{-r} command option is often useful, to suppress
8742the warning messages when the @sc{rcs} file
8743does not contain the specified tag.
8744
8745@strong{Note: this is not the same as the overall @samp{cvs -r} option,
8746which you can specify to the left of a @sc{cvs} command!}
8747
8748@samp{-r @var{tag}} is available with the @code{commit} and @code{history}
8749commands.
8750
8751@samp{-r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]} is available with the @code{annotate},
8752@code{checkout}, @code{diff}, @code{export}, @code{rdiff}, @code{rtag},
8753and @code{update} commands.
8754
8755@item -W
8756Specify file names that should be filtered.  You can
8757use this option repeatedly.  The spec can be a file
8758name pattern of the same type that you can specify in
8759the @file{.cvswrappers} file.
8760Available with the following commands: @code{import},
8761and @code{update}.
8762
8763@end table
8764
8765@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8766@include getdate-cvs.texi
8767
8768@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8769@node add
8770@appendixsec add---Add files and directories to the repository
8771@cindex add (subcommand)
8772
8773@itemize @bullet
8774@item
8775Synopsis: add [-k rcs-kflag] [-m message] files...
8776@item
8777Requires: repository, working directory.
8778@item
8779Changes: repository, working directory.
8780@end itemize
8781
8782The @code{add} command is used to present new files
8783and directories for addition into the @sc{cvs}
8784repository.  When @code{add} is used on a directory,
8785a new directory is created in the repository
8786immediately.  When used on a file, only the working
8787directory is updated.  Changes to the repository are
8788not made until the @code{commit} command is used on
8789the newly added file. 
8790
8791The @code{add} command also resurrects files that
8792have been previously removed.  This can be done
8793before or after the @code{commit} command is used
8794to finalize the removal of files.  Resurrected files
8795are restored into the working directory at the time
8796the @code{add} command is executed.
8797
8798@menu
8799* add options::             add options
8800* add examples::            add examples
8801@end menu
8802
8803@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8804@node add options
8805@appendixsubsec add options
8806
8807These standard options are supported by @code{add}
8808(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
8809them):
8810
8811@table @code
8812@item -k @var{kflag}
8813Process keywords according to @var{kflag}.  See
8814@ref{Keyword substitution}.
8815This option is sticky; future updates of
8816this file in this working directory will use the same
8817@var{kflag}.  The @code{status} command can be viewed
8818to see the sticky options.  For more information on
8819the @code{status} command, @xref{Invoking CVS}.
8820
8821@item -m @var{message}
8822Use @var{message} as the log message, instead of
8823invoking an editor.
8824@end table
8825
8826@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8827@node add examples
8828@appendixsubsec add examples
8829
8830@appendixsubsubsec Adding a directory
8831
8832@example
8833$ mkdir doc
8834$ cvs add doc
8835Directory /path/to/repository/doc added to the repository
8836@end example
8837
8838@appendixsubsubsec Adding a file
8839
8840@example
8841
8842$ >TODO
8843$ cvs add TODO
8844cvs add: scheduling file `TODO' for addition
8845cvs add: use 'cvs commit' to add this file permanently
8846@end example
8847
8848@appendixsubsubsec Undoing a @code{remove} command
8849
8850@example
8851$ rm -f makefile
8852$ cvs remove makefile
8853cvs remove: scheduling `makefile' for removal
8854cvs remove: use 'cvs commit' to remove this file permanently
8855$ cvs add makefile
8856U makefile
8857cvs add: makefile, version 1.2, resurrected
8858@end example
8859
8860@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8861@node admin
8862@appendixsec admin---Administration
8863@cindex Admin (subcommand)
8864
8865@itemize @bullet
8866@item
8867Requires: repository, working directory.
8868@item
8869Changes: repository.
8870@item
8871Synonym: rcs
8872@end itemize
8873
8874This is the @sc{cvs} interface to assorted
8875administrative facilities.  Some of them have
8876questionable usefulness for @sc{cvs} but exist for
8877historical purposes.  Some of the questionable options
8878are likely to disappear in the future.  This command
8879@emph{does} work recursively, so extreme care should be
8880used.
8881
8882@cindex cvsadmin
8883@cindex UserAdminOptions, in CVSROOT/config
8884On unix, if there is a group named @code{cvsadmin},
8885only members of that group can run @code{cvs admin}
8886commands, except for those specified using the
8887@code{UserAdminOptions} configuration option in the
8888@file{CVSROOT/config} file.  Options specified using
8889@code{UserAdminOptions} can be run by any user.  See
8890@ref{config} for more on @code{UserAdminOptions}.
8891
8892The @code{cvsadmin} group should exist on the server,
8893or any system running the non-client/server @sc{cvs}.
8894To disallow @code{cvs admin} for all users, create a
8895group with no users in it.  On NT, the @code{cvsadmin}
8896feature does not exist and all users
8897can run @code{cvs admin}.
8898
8899@menu
8900* admin options::               admin options
8901@end menu
8902
8903@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8904@node admin options
8905@appendixsubsec admin options
8906
8907Some of these options have questionable usefulness for
8908@sc{cvs} but exist for historical purposes.  Some even
8909make it impossible to use @sc{cvs} until you undo the
8910effect!
8911
8912@table @code
8913@item -A@var{oldfile}
8914Might not work together with @sc{cvs}.  Append the
8915access list of @var{oldfile} to the access list of the
8916@sc{rcs} file.
8917
8918@item -a@var{logins}
8919Might not work together with @sc{cvs}.  Append the
8920login names appearing in the comma-separated list
8921@var{logins} to the access list of the @sc{rcs} file.
8922
8923@item -b[@var{rev}]
8924Set the default branch to @var{rev}.  In @sc{cvs}, you
8925normally do not manipulate default branches; sticky
8926tags (@pxref{Sticky tags}) are a better way to decide
8927which branch you want to work on.  There is one reason
8928to run @code{cvs admin -b}: to revert to the vendor's
8929version when using vendor branches (@pxref{Reverting
8930local changes}).
8931There can be no space between @samp{-b} and its argument.
8932@c Hmm, we don't document the usage where rev is
8933@c omitted.  Maybe that usage can/should be deprecated
8934@c (and replaced with -bHEAD or something?) (so we can toss
8935@c the optional argument).  Note that -bHEAD does not
8936@c work, as of 17 Sep 1997, but probably will once "cvs
8937@c admin" is internal to CVS.
8938
8939@cindex Comment leader
8940@item -c@var{string}
8941Sets the comment leader to @var{string}.  The comment
8942leader is not used by current versions of @sc{cvs} or
8943@sc{rcs} 5.7.  Therefore, you can almost surely not
8944worry about it.  @xref{Keyword substitution}.
8945
8946@item -e[@var{logins}]
8947Might not work together with @sc{cvs}.  Erase the login
8948names appearing in the comma-separated list
8949@var{logins} from the access list of the RCS file.  If
8950@var{logins} is omitted, erase the entire access list.
8951There can be no space between @samp{-e} and its argument.
8952
8953@item -I
8954Run interactively, even if the standard input is not a
8955terminal.  This option does not work with the
8956client/server @sc{cvs} and is likely to disappear in
8957a future release of @sc{cvs}.
8958
8959@item -i
8960Useless with @sc{cvs}.  This creates and initializes a
8961new @sc{rcs} file, without depositing a revision.  With
8962@sc{cvs}, add files with the @code{cvs add} command
8963(@pxref{Adding files}).
8964
8965@item -k@var{subst}
8966Set the default keyword
8967substitution to @var{subst}.  @xref{Keyword
8968substitution}.  Giving an explicit @samp{-k} option to
8969@code{cvs update}, @code{cvs export}, or @code{cvs
8970checkout} overrides this default.
8971
8972@item -l[@var{rev}]
8973Lock the revision with number @var{rev}.  If a branch
8974is given, lock the latest revision on that branch.  If
8975@var{rev} is omitted, lock the latest revision on the
8976default branch.  There can be no space between
8977@samp{-l} and its argument.
8978
8979This can be used in conjunction with the
8980@file{rcslock.pl} script in the @file{contrib}
8981directory of the @sc{cvs} source distribution to
8982provide reserved checkouts (where only one user can be
8983editing a given file at a time).  See the comments in
8984that file for details (and see the @file{README} file
8985in that directory for disclaimers about the unsupported
8986nature of contrib).  According to comments in that
8987file, locking must set to strict (which is the default).
8988
8989@item -L
8990Set locking to strict.  Strict locking means that the
8991owner of an RCS file is not exempt from locking for
8992checkin.  For use with @sc{cvs}, strict locking must be
8993set; see the discussion under the @samp{-l} option above.
8994
8995@cindex Changing a log message
8996@cindex Replacing a log message
8997@cindex Correcting a log message
8998@cindex Fixing a log message
8999@cindex Log message, correcting
9000@item -m@var{rev}:@var{msg}
9001Replace the log message of revision @var{rev} with
9002@var{msg}.
9003
9004@c The rcs -M option, to suppress sending mail, has never been
9005@c documented as a cvs admin option.
9006
9007@item -N@var{name}[:[@var{rev}]]
9008Act like @samp{-n}, except override any previous
9009assignment of @var{name}.  For use with magic branches,
9010see @ref{Magic branch numbers}.
9011
9012@item -n@var{name}[:[@var{rev}]]
9013Associate the symbolic name @var{name} with the branch
9014or revision @var{rev}.  It is normally better to use
9015@samp{cvs tag} or @samp{cvs rtag} instead.  Delete the
9016symbolic name if both @samp{:} and @var{rev} are
9017omitted; otherwise, print an error message if
9018@var{name} is already associated with another number.
9019If @var{rev} is symbolic, it is expanded before
9020association.  A @var{rev} consisting of a branch number
9021followed by a @samp{.} stands for the current latest
9022revision in the branch.  A @samp{:} with an empty
9023@var{rev} stands for the current latest revision on the
9024default branch, normally the trunk.  For example,
9025@samp{cvs admin -n@var{name}:} associates @var{name} with the
9026current latest revision of all the RCS files;
9027this contrasts with @samp{cvs admin -n@var{name}:$} which
9028associates @var{name} with the revision numbers
9029extracted from keyword strings in the corresponding
9030working files.
9031
9032@cindex Deleting revisions
9033@cindex Outdating revisions
9034@cindex Saving space
9035@item -o@var{range}
9036Deletes (@dfn{outdates}) the revisions given by
9037@var{range}.
9038
9039Note that this command can be quite dangerous unless
9040you know @emph{exactly} what you are doing (for example
9041see the warnings below about how the
9042@var{rev1}:@var{rev2} syntax is confusing).
9043
9044If you are short on disc this option might help you.
9045But think twice before using it---there is no way short
9046of restoring the latest backup to undo this command!
9047If you delete different revisions than you planned,
9048either due to carelessness or (heaven forbid) a @sc{cvs}
9049bug, there is no opportunity to correct the error
9050before the revisions are deleted.  It probably would be
9051a good idea to experiment on a copy of the repository
9052first.
9053
9054Specify @var{range} in one of the following ways:
9055
9056@table @code
9057@item @var{rev1}::@var{rev2}
9058Collapse all revisions between rev1 and rev2, so that
9059@sc{cvs} only stores the differences associated with going
9060from rev1 to rev2, not intermediate steps.  For
9061example, after @samp{-o 1.3::1.5} one can retrieve
9062revision 1.3, revision 1.5, or the differences to get
9063from 1.3 to 1.5, but not the revision 1.4, or the
9064differences between 1.3 and 1.4.  Other examples:
9065@samp{-o 1.3::1.4} and @samp{-o 1.3::1.3} have no
9066effect, because there are no intermediate revisions to
9067remove.
9068
9069@item ::@var{rev}
9070Collapse revisions between the beginning of the branch
9071containing @var{rev} and @var{rev} itself.  The
9072branchpoint and @var{rev} are left intact.  For
9073example, @samp{-o ::1.3.2.6} deletes revision 1.3.2.1,
9074revision 1.3.2.5, and everything in between, but leaves
90751.3 and 1.3.2.6 intact.
9076
9077@item @var{rev}::
9078Collapse revisions between @var{rev} and the end of the
9079branch containing @var{rev}.  Revision @var{rev} is
9080left intact but the head revision is deleted.
9081
9082@item @var{rev}
9083Delete the revision @var{rev}.  For example, @samp{-o
90841.3} is equivalent to @samp{-o 1.2::1.4}.
9085
9086@item @var{rev1}:@var{rev2}
9087Delete the revisions from @var{rev1} to @var{rev2},
9088inclusive, on the same branch.  One will not be able to
9089retrieve @var{rev1} or @var{rev2} or any of the
9090revisions in between.  For example, the command
9091@samp{cvs admin -oR_1_01:R_1_02 .} is rarely useful.
9092It means to delete revisions up to, and including, the
9093tag R_1_02.  But beware!  If there are files that have not
9094changed between R_1_02 and R_1_03 the file will have
9095@emph{the same} numerical revision number assigned to
9096the tags R_1_02 and R_1_03.  So not only will it be
9097impossible to retrieve R_1_02; R_1_03 will also have to
9098be restored from the tapes!  In most cases you want to
9099specify @var{rev1}::@var{rev2} instead.
9100
9101@item :@var{rev}
9102Delete revisions from the beginning of the
9103branch containing @var{rev} up to and including
9104@var{rev}.
9105
9106@item @var{rev}:
9107Delete revisions from revision @var{rev}, including
9108@var{rev} itself, to the end of the branch containing
9109@var{rev}.
9110@end table
9111
9112None of the revisions to be deleted may have
9113branches or locks.
9114
9115If any of the revisions to be deleted have symbolic
9116names, and one specifies one of the @samp{::} syntaxes,
9117then @sc{cvs} will give an error and not delete any
9118revisions.  If you really want to delete both the
9119symbolic names and the revisions, first delete the
9120symbolic names with @code{cvs tag -d}, then run
9121@code{cvs admin -o}.  If one specifies the
9122non-@samp{::} syntaxes, then @sc{cvs} will delete the
9123revisions but leave the symbolic names pointing to
9124nonexistent revisions.  This behavior is preserved for
9125compatibility with previous versions of @sc{cvs}, but
9126because it isn't very useful, in the future it may
9127change to be like the @samp{::} case.
9128
9129Due to the way @sc{cvs} handles branches @var{rev}
9130cannot be specified symbolically if it is a branch.
9131@xref{Magic branch numbers}, for an explanation.
9132@c FIXME: is this still true?  I suspect not.
9133
9134Make sure that no-one has checked out a copy of the
9135revision you outdate.  Strange things will happen if he
9136starts to edit it and tries to check it back in.  For
9137this reason, this option is not a good way to take back
9138a bogus commit; commit a new revision undoing the bogus
9139change instead (@pxref{Merging two revisions}).
9140
9141@item -q
9142Run quietly; do not print diagnostics.
9143
9144@item -s@var{state}[:@var{rev}]
9145Useful with @sc{cvs}.  Set the state attribute of the
9146revision @var{rev} to @var{state}.  If @var{rev} is a
9147branch number, assume the latest revision on that
9148branch.  If @var{rev} is omitted, assume the latest
9149revision on the default branch.  Any identifier is
9150acceptable for @var{state}.  A useful set of states is
9151@samp{Exp} (for experimental), @samp{Stab} (for
9152stable), and @samp{Rel} (for released).  By default,
9153the state of a new revision is set to @samp{Exp} when
9154it is created.  The state is visible in the output from
9155@var{cvs log} (@pxref{log}), and in the
9156@samp{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} and @samp{$@splitrcskeyword{State}$} keywords
9157(@pxref{Keyword substitution}).  Note that @sc{cvs}
9158uses the @code{dead} state for its own purposes (@pxref{Attic}); to
9159take a file to or from the @code{dead} state use
9160commands like @code{cvs remove} and @code{cvs add}
9161(@pxref{Adding and removing}), not @code{cvs admin -s}.
9162
9163@item -t[@var{file}]
9164Useful with @sc{cvs}.  Write descriptive text from the
9165contents of the named @var{file} into the RCS file,
9166deleting the existing text.  The @var{file} pathname
9167may not begin with @samp{-}.  The descriptive text can be seen in the
9168output from @samp{cvs log} (@pxref{log}).
9169There can be no space between @samp{-t} and its argument.
9170
9171If @var{file} is omitted,
9172obtain the text from standard input, terminated by
9173end-of-file or by a line containing @samp{.} by itself.
9174Prompt for the text if interaction is possible; see
9175@samp{-I}.
9176
9177@item -t-@var{string}
9178Similar to @samp{-t@var{file}}. Write descriptive text
9179from the @var{string} into the @sc{rcs} file, deleting
9180the existing text.
9181There can be no space between @samp{-t} and its argument.
9182
9183@c The rcs -T option, do not update last-mod time for
9184@c minor changes, has never been documented as a
9185@c cvs admin option.
9186
9187@item -U
9188Set locking to non-strict.  Non-strict locking means
9189that the owner of a file need not lock a revision for
9190checkin.  For use with @sc{cvs}, strict locking must be
9191set; see the discussion under the @samp{-l} option
9192above.
9193
9194@item -u[@var{rev}]
9195See the option @samp{-l} above, for a discussion of
9196using this option with @sc{cvs}.  Unlock the revision
9197with number @var{rev}.  If a branch is given, unlock
9198the latest revision on that branch.  If @var{rev} is
9199omitted, remove the latest lock held by the caller.
9200Normally, only the locker of a revision may unlock it;
9201somebody else unlocking a revision breaks the lock.
9202This causes the original locker to be sent a @code{commit}
9203notification (@pxref{Getting Notified}).
9204There can be no space between @samp{-u} and its argument.
9205
9206@item -V@var{n}
9207In previous versions of @sc{cvs}, this option meant to
9208write an @sc{rcs} file which would be acceptable to
9209@sc{rcs} version @var{n}, but it is now obsolete and
9210specifying it will produce an error.
9211@c Note that -V without an argument has never been
9212@c documented as a cvs admin option.
9213
9214@item -x@var{suffixes}
9215In previous versions of @sc{cvs}, this was documented
9216as a way of specifying the names of the @sc{rcs}
9217files.  However, @sc{cvs} has always required that the
9218@sc{rcs} files used by @sc{cvs} end in @samp{,v}, so
9219this option has never done anything useful.
9220
9221@c The rcs -z option, to specify the timezone, has
9222@c never been documented as a cvs admin option.
9223@end table
9224
9225@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
9226@node annotate
9227@appendixsec annotate---What revision modified each line of a file?
9228@cindex annotate (subcommand)
9229
9230@itemize @bullet
9231@item
9232Synopsis: annotate [options] files@dots{}
9233@item
9234Requires: repository.
9235@item
9236Changes: nothing.
9237@end itemize
9238
9239For each file in @var{files}, print the head revision
9240of the trunk, together with information on the last
9241modification for each line.  
9242
9243@menu
9244* annotate options::            annotate options
9245* annotate example::            annotate example
9246@end menu
9247
9248@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9249@node annotate options
9250@appendixsubsec annotate options
9251
9252These standard options are supported by @code{annotate}
9253(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
9254them):
9255
9256@table @code
9257@item -l
9258Local directory only, no recursion.
9259
9260@item -R
9261Process directories recursively.
9262
9263@item -f
9264Use head revision if tag/date not found.
9265
9266@item -F
9267Annotate binary files.
9268
9269@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
9270Annotate file as of specified revision/tag or, when @var{date} is specified
9271and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
9272existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
9273
9274@item -D @var{date}
9275Annotate file as of specified date.
9276@end table
9277
9278@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9279@node annotate example
9280@appendixsubsec annotate example
9281
9282For example:
9283
9284@example
9285$ cvs annotate ssfile
9286Annotations for ssfile
9287***************
92881.1          (mary     27-Mar-96): ssfile line 1
92891.2          (joe      28-Mar-96): ssfile line 2
9290@end example
9291
9292The file @file{ssfile} currently contains two lines.
9293The @code{ssfile line 1} line was checked in by
9294@code{mary} on March 27.  Then, on March 28, @code{joe}
9295added a line @code{ssfile line 2}, without modifying
9296the @code{ssfile line 1} line.  This report doesn't
9297tell you anything about lines which have been deleted
9298or replaced; you need to use @code{cvs diff} for that
9299(@pxref{diff}).
9300
9301The options to @code{cvs annotate} are listed in
9302@ref{Invoking CVS}, and can be used to select the files
9303and revisions to annotate.  The options are described
9304in more detail there and in @ref{Common options}.
9305
9306@c FIXME: maybe an example using the options?  Just
9307@c what it means to select a revision might be worth a
9308@c few words of explanation ("you want to see who
9309@c changed this line *before* 1.4"...).
9310
9311@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
9312@node checkout
9313@appendixsec checkout---Check out sources for editing
9314@cindex checkout (subcommand)
9315@cindex co (subcommand)
9316
9317@itemize @bullet
9318@item
9319Synopsis: checkout [options] modules@dots{}
9320@item
9321Requires: repository.
9322@item
9323Changes: working directory.
9324@item
9325Synonyms: co, get
9326@end itemize
9327
9328Create or update a working directory containing copies of the
9329source files specified by @var{modules}.  You must execute
9330@code{checkout} before using most of the other @sc{cvs}
9331commands, since most of them operate on your working
9332directory.
9333
9334The @var{modules} are either
9335symbolic names for some
9336collection of source directories and files, or paths to
9337directories or files in the repository.  The symbolic
9338names are defined in the @samp{modules} file.
9339@xref{modules}.
9340@c Needs an example, particularly of the non-"modules"
9341@c case but probably of both.
9342
9343@c FIXME: this seems like a very odd place to introduce
9344@c people to how CVS works.  The bit about unreserved
9345@c checkouts is also misleading as it depends on how
9346@c things are set up.
9347Depending on the modules you specify, @code{checkout} may
9348recursively create directories and populate them with
9349the appropriate source files.  You can then edit these
9350source files at any time (regardless of whether other
9351software developers are editing their own copies of the
9352sources); update them to include new changes applied by
9353others to the source repository; or commit your work as
9354a permanent change to the source repository.
9355
9356Note that @code{checkout} is used to create
9357directories.  The top-level directory created is always
9358added to the directory where @code{checkout} is
9359invoked, and usually has the same name as the specified
9360module.  In the case of a module alias, the created
9361sub-directory may have a different name, but you can be
9362sure that it will be a sub-directory, and that
9363@code{checkout} will show the relative path leading to
9364each file as it is extracted into your private work
9365area (unless you specify the @samp{-Q} global option).
9366
9367The files created by @code{checkout} are created
9368read-write, unless the @samp{-r} option to @sc{cvs}
9369(@pxref{Global options}) is specified, the
9370@code{CVSREAD} environment variable is specified
9371(@pxref{Environment variables}), or a watch is in
9372effect for that file (@pxref{Watches}).
9373
9374Note that running @code{checkout} on a directory that was already
9375built by a prior @code{checkout} is also permitted.
9376This is similar to specifying the @samp{-d} option
9377to the @code{update} command in the sense that new
9378directories that have been created in the repository
9379will appear in your work area.
9380However, @code{checkout} takes a module name whereas
9381@code{update} takes a directory name.  Also
9382to use @code{checkout} this way it must be run from the
9383top level directory (where you originally ran
9384@code{checkout} from), so before you run
9385@code{checkout} to update an existing directory, don't
9386forget to change your directory to the top level
9387directory.
9388
9389For the output produced by the @code{checkout} command
9390see @ref{update output}.
9391
9392@menu
9393* checkout options::            checkout options
9394* checkout examples::           checkout examples
9395@end menu
9396
9397@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9398@node checkout options
9399@appendixsubsec checkout options
9400
9401These standard options are supported by @code{checkout}
9402(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
9403them):
9404
9405@table @code
9406@item -D @var{date}
9407Use the most recent revision no later than @var{date}.
9408This option is sticky, and implies @samp{-P}.  See
9409@ref{Sticky tags}, for more information on sticky tags/dates.
9410
9411@item -f
9412Only useful with the @samp{-D} or @samp{-r} flags.  If no matching revision is
9413found, retrieve the most recent revision (instead of ignoring the file).
9414
9415@item -k @var{kflag}
9416Process keywords according to @var{kflag}.  See
9417@ref{Keyword substitution}.
9418This option is sticky; future updates of
9419this file in this working directory will use the same
9420@var{kflag}.  The @code{status} command can be viewed
9421to see the sticky options.  See @ref{Invoking CVS}, for
9422more information on the @code{status} command.
9423
9424@item -l
9425Local; run only in current working directory.
9426
9427@item -n
9428Do not run any checkout program (as specified
9429with the @samp{-o} option in the modules file;
9430@pxref{modules}).
9431
9432@item -P
9433Prune empty directories.  See @ref{Moving directories}.
9434
9435@item -p
9436Pipe files to the standard output.
9437
9438@item -R
9439Checkout directories recursively.  This option is on by default.
9440
9441@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
9442Checkout the revision specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
9443and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
9444existed on @var{date}.  This option is sticky, and implies @samp{-P}.
9445See @ref{Sticky tags}, for more information on sticky tags/dates.  Also,
9446see @ref{Common options}.
9447@end table
9448
9449In addition to those, you can use these special command
9450options with @code{checkout}:
9451
9452@table @code
9453@item -A
9454Reset any sticky tags, dates, or @samp{-k} options.
9455See @ref{Sticky tags}, for more information on sticky tags/dates.
9456
9457@item -c
9458Copy the module file, sorted, to the standard output,
9459instead of creating or modifying any files or
9460directories in your working directory.
9461
9462@item -d @var{dir}
9463Create a directory called @var{dir} for the working
9464files, instead of using the module name.  In general,
9465using this flag is equivalent to using @samp{mkdir
9466@var{dir}; cd @var{dir}} followed by the checkout
9467command without the @samp{-d} flag.
9468
9469There is an important exception, however.  It is very
9470convenient when checking out a single item to have the
9471output appear in a directory that doesn't contain empty
9472intermediate directories.  In this case @emph{only},
9473@sc{cvs} tries to ``shorten'' pathnames to avoid those empty
9474directories.
9475
9476For example, given a module @samp{foo} that contains
9477the file @samp{bar.c}, the command @samp{cvs co -d dir
9478foo} will create directory @samp{dir} and place
9479@samp{bar.c} inside.  Similarly, given a module
9480@samp{bar} which has subdirectory @samp{baz} wherein
9481there is a file @samp{quux.c}, the command @samp{cvs co
9482-d dir bar/baz} will create directory @samp{dir} and
9483place @samp{quux.c} inside.
9484
9485Using the @samp{-N} flag will defeat this behavior.
9486Given the same module definitions above, @samp{cvs co
9487-N -d dir foo} will create directories @samp{dir/foo}
9488and place @samp{bar.c} inside, while @samp{cvs co -N -d
9489dir bar/baz} will create directories @samp{dir/bar/baz}
9490and place @samp{quux.c} inside.
9491
9492@item -j @var{tag}
9493With two @samp{-j} options, merge changes from the
9494revision specified with the first @samp{-j} option to
9495the revision specified with the second @samp{j} option,
9496into the working directory.
9497
9498With one @samp{-j} option, merge changes from the
9499ancestor revision to the revision specified with the
9500@samp{-j} option, into the working directory.  The
9501ancestor revision is the common ancestor of the
9502revision which the working directory is based on, and
9503the revision specified in the @samp{-j} option.
9504
9505In addition, each -j option can contain an optional
9506date specification which, when used with branches, can
9507limit the chosen revision to one within a specific
9508date.  An optional date is specified by adding a colon
9509(:) to the tag:
9510@samp{-j@var{Symbolic_Tag}:@var{Date_Specifier}}.
9511
9512@xref{Branching and merging}.
9513
9514@item -N
9515Only useful together with @samp{-d @var{dir}}.  With
9516this option, @sc{cvs} will not ``shorten'' module paths
9517in your working directory when you check out a single
9518module.  See the @samp{-d} flag for examples and a
9519discussion.
9520
9521@item -s
9522Like @samp{-c}, but include the status of all modules,
9523and sort it by the status string.  @xref{modules}, for
9524info about the @samp{-s} option that is used inside the
9525modules file to set the module status.
9526@end table
9527
9528@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9529@node checkout examples
9530@appendixsubsec checkout examples
9531
9532Get a copy of the module @samp{tc}:
9533
9534@example
9535$ cvs checkout tc
9536@end example
9537
9538Get a copy of the module @samp{tc} as it looked one day
9539ago:
9540
9541@example
9542$ cvs checkout -D yesterday tc
9543@end example
9544
9545@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
9546@node commit
9547@appendixsec commit---Check files into the repository
9548@cindex commit (subcommand)
9549
9550@itemize @bullet
9551@item
9552Synopsis: commit [-lnRf] [-m 'log_message' |
9553-F file] [-r revision] [files@dots{}]
9554@item
9555Requires: working directory, repository.
9556@item
9557Changes: repository.
9558@item
9559Synonym: ci
9560@end itemize
9561
9562Use @code{commit} when you want to incorporate changes
9563from your working source files into the source
9564repository.
9565
9566If you don't specify particular files to commit, all of
9567the files in your working current directory are
9568examined.  @code{commit} is careful to change in the
9569repository only those files that you have really
9570changed.  By default (or if you explicitly specify the
9571@samp{-R} option), files in subdirectories are also
9572examined and committed if they have changed; you can
9573use the @samp{-l} option to limit @code{commit} to the
9574current directory only.
9575
9576@code{commit} verifies that the selected files are up
9577to date with the current revisions in the source
9578repository; it will notify you, and exit without
9579committing, if any of the specified files must be made
9580current first with @code{update} (@pxref{update}).
9581@code{commit} does not call the @code{update} command
9582for you, but rather leaves that for you to do when the
9583time is right.
9584
9585When all is well, an editor is invoked to allow you to
9586enter a log message that will be written to one or more
9587logging programs (@pxref{modules}, and @pxref{loginfo})
9588and placed in the @sc{rcs} file inside the
9589repository.  This log message can be retrieved with the
9590@code{log} command; see @ref{log}.  You can specify the
9591log message on the command line with the @samp{-m
9592@var{message}} option, and thus avoid the editor invocation,
9593or use the @samp{-F @var{file}} option to specify
9594that the argument file contains the log message.
9595
9596At @code{commit}, a unique commitid is placed in the @sc{rcs}
9597file inside the repository. All files committed at once
9598get the same commitid. The commitid can be retrieved with
9599the @code{log} and @code{status} command; see @ref{log},
9600@ref{File status}.
9601
9602@menu
9603* commit options::              commit options
9604* commit examples::             commit examples
9605@end menu
9606
9607@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9608@node commit options
9609@appendixsubsec commit options
9610
9611These standard options are supported by @code{commit}
9612(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
9613them):
9614
9615@table @code
9616@item -l
9617Local; run only in current working directory.
9618
9619@item -R
9620Commit directories recursively.  This is on by default.
9621
9622@item -r @var{revision}
9623Commit to @var{revision}.  @var{revision} must be
9624either a branch, or a revision on the main trunk that
9625is higher than any existing revision number
9626(@pxref{Assigning revisions}).  You
9627cannot commit to a specific revision on a branch.
9628@c FIXME: Need xref for branch case.
9629@end table
9630
9631@code{commit} also supports these options:
9632
9633@table @code
9634@item -c
9635Refuse to commit files unless the user has registered a valid edit on the
9636file via @code{cvs edit}.  This is most useful when @samp{commit -c}
9637and @samp{edit -c} have been placed in all @file{.cvsrc} files.
9638A commit can be forced anyways by either registering an edit retroactively
9639via @code{cvs edit} (no changes to the file will be lost) or using the
9640@code{-f} option to commit.  Support for @code{commit -c} requires both
9641client and a server versions 1.12.10 or greater.
9642
9643@item -F @var{file}
9644Read the log message from @var{file}, instead
9645of invoking an editor.
9646
9647@item -f
9648Note that this is not the standard behavior of
9649the @samp{-f} option as defined in @ref{Common options}.
9650
9651Force @sc{cvs} to commit a new revision even if you haven't
9652made any changes to the file.  As of @sc{cvs} version 1.12.10,
9653it also causes the @code{-c} option to be ignored.  If the current revision
9654of @var{file} is 1.7, then the following two commands
9655are equivalent:
9656
9657@example
9658$ cvs commit -f @var{file}
9659$ cvs commit -r 1.8 @var{file}
9660@end example
9661
9662@c This is odd, but it's how CVS has worked for some
9663@c time.
9664The @samp{-f} option disables recursion (i.e., it
9665implies @samp{-l}).  To force @sc{cvs} to commit a new
9666revision for all files in all subdirectories, you must
9667use @samp{-f -R}.
9668
9669@item -m @var{message}
9670Use @var{message} as the log message, instead of
9671invoking an editor.
9672@end table
9673
9674@need 2000
9675@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9676@node commit examples
9677@appendixsubsec commit examples
9678
9679@c FIXME: this material wants to be somewhere
9680@c in "Branching and merging".
9681
9682@appendixsubsubsec Committing to a branch
9683
9684You can commit to a branch revision (one that has an
9685even number of dots) with the @samp{-r} option.  To
9686create a branch revision, use the @samp{-b} option
9687of the @code{rtag} or @code{tag} commands
9688(@pxref{Branching and merging}).  Then, either @code{checkout} or
9689@code{update} can be used to base your sources on the
9690newly created branch.  From that point on, all
9691@code{commit} changes made within these working sources
9692will be automatically added to a branch revision,
9693thereby not disturbing main-line development in any
9694way.  For example, if you had to create a patch to the
96951.2 version of the product, even though the 2.0 version
9696is already under development, you might do:
9697
9698@example
9699$ cvs rtag -b -r FCS1_2 FCS1_2_Patch product_module
9700$ cvs checkout -r FCS1_2_Patch product_module
9701$ cd product_module
9702[[ hack away ]]
9703$ cvs commit
9704@end example
9705
9706@noindent
9707This works automatically since the @samp{-r} option is
9708sticky.
9709
9710@appendixsubsubsec Creating the branch after editing
9711
9712Say you have been working on some extremely
9713experimental software, based on whatever revision you
9714happened to checkout last week.  If others in your
9715group would like to work on this software with you, but
9716without disturbing main-line development, you could
9717commit your change to a new branch.  Others can then
9718checkout your experimental stuff and utilize the full
9719benefit of @sc{cvs} conflict resolution.  The scenario might
9720look like:
9721
9722@c FIXME: Should we be recommending tagging the branchpoint?
9723@example
9724[[ hacked sources are present ]]
9725$ cvs tag -b EXPR1
9726$ cvs update -r EXPR1
9727$ cvs commit
9728@end example
9729
9730The @code{update} command will make the @samp{-r
9731EXPR1} option sticky on all files.  Note that your
9732changes to the files will never be removed by the
9733@code{update} command.  The @code{commit} will
9734automatically commit to the correct branch, because the
9735@samp{-r} is sticky.  You could also do like this:
9736
9737@c FIXME: Should we be recommending tagging the branchpoint?
9738@example
9739[[ hacked sources are present ]]
9740$ cvs tag -b EXPR1
9741$ cvs commit -r EXPR1
9742@end example
9743
9744@noindent
9745but then, only those files that were changed by you
9746will have the @samp{-r EXPR1} sticky flag.  If you hack
9747away, and commit without specifying the @samp{-r EXPR1}
9748flag, some files may accidentally end up on the main
9749trunk.
9750
9751To work with you on the experimental change, others
9752would simply do
9753
9754@example
9755$ cvs checkout -r EXPR1 whatever_module
9756@end example
9757
9758@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
9759@node diff
9760@appendixsec diff---Show differences between revisions
9761@cindex diff (subcommand)
9762
9763@itemize @bullet
9764@item
9765Synopsis: diff [-lR] [-k kflag] [format_options] [(-r rev1[:date1] | -D date1) [-r rev2[:date2] | -D date2]] [files@dots{}]
9766@item
9767Requires: working directory, repository.
9768@item
9769Changes: nothing.
9770@end itemize
9771
9772The @code{diff} command is used to compare different
9773revisions of files.  The default action is to compare
9774your working files with the revisions they were based
9775on, and report any differences that are found.
9776
9777If any file names are given, only those files are
9778compared.  If any directories are given, all files
9779under them will be compared.
9780
9781The exit status for diff is different than for other
9782@sc{cvs} commands; for details @ref{Exit status}.
9783
9784@menu
9785* diff options::                diff options
9786* diff examples::               diff examples
9787@end menu
9788
9789@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9790@node diff options
9791@appendixsubsec diff options
9792
9793These standard options are supported by @code{diff}
9794(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
9795them):
9796
9797@table @code
9798@item -D @var{date}
9799Use the most recent revision no later than @var{date}.
9800See @samp{-r} for how this affects the comparison.
9801
9802@item -k @var{kflag}
9803Process keywords according to @var{kflag}.  See
9804@ref{Keyword substitution}.
9805
9806@item -l
9807Local; run only in current working directory.
9808
9809@item -R
9810Examine directories recursively.  This option is on by
9811default.
9812
9813@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
9814Compare with revision specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
9815and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
9816existed on @var{date}.  Zero, one or two
9817@samp{-r} options can be present.  With no @samp{-r}
9818option, the working file will be compared with the
9819revision it was based on.  With one @samp{-r}, that
9820revision will be compared to your current working file.
9821With two @samp{-r} options those two revisions will be
9822compared (and your working file will not affect the
9823outcome in any way).
9824@c We should be a lot more explicit, with examples,
9825@c about the difference between "cvs diff" and "cvs
9826@c diff -r HEAD".  This often confuses new users.
9827
9828One or both @samp{-r} options can be replaced by a
9829@samp{-D @var{date}} option, described above.
9830@end table
9831
9832@c Conceptually, this is a disaster.  There are 3
9833@c zillion diff formats that we support via the diff
9834@c library.  It is not obvious to me that we should
9835@c document them all.  Maybe just the most common ones
9836@c like -c and -u, and think about phasing out the
9837@c obscure ones.
9838@c FIXCVS: also should be a way to specify an external
9839@c diff program (which can be different for different
9840@c file types) and pass through
9841@c arbitrary options, so that the user can do
9842@c "--pass=-Z --pass=foo" or something even if CVS
9843@c doesn't know about the "-Z foo" option to diff.
9844@c This would fit nicely with deprecating/eliminating
9845@c the obscure options of the diff library, because it
9846@c would let people specify an external GNU diff if
9847@c they are into that sort of thing.
9848The following options specify the format of the
9849output.  They have the same meaning as in GNU diff.
9850Most options have two equivalent names, one of which is a single letter
9851preceded by @samp{-}, and the other of which is a long name preceded by
9852@samp{--}.
9853
9854@table @samp
9855@item -@var{lines}
9856Show @var{lines} (an integer) lines of context.  This option does not
9857specify an output format by itself; it has no effect unless it is
9858combined with @samp{-c} or @samp{-u}.  This option is obsolete.  For proper
9859operation, @code{patch} typically needs at least two lines of context.
9860
9861@item -a
9862Treat all files as text and compare them line-by-line, even if they
9863do not seem to be text.
9864
9865@item -b
9866Ignore trailing white space and consider all other sequences of one or
9867more white space characters to be equivalent.
9868
9869@item -B
9870Ignore changes that just insert or delete blank lines.
9871
9872@item --binary
9873Read and write data in binary mode.
9874
9875@item --brief
9876Report only whether the files differ, not the details of the
9877differences.
9878
9879@item -c
9880Use the context output format.
9881
9882@item -C @var{lines}
9883@itemx --context@r{[}=@var{lines}@r{]}
9884Use the context output format, showing @var{lines} (an integer) lines of
9885context, or three if @var{lines} is not given.
9886For proper operation, @code{patch} typically needs at least two lines of
9887context.
9888
9889@item --changed-group-format=@var{format}
9890Use @var{format} to output a line group containing differing lines from
9891both files in if-then-else format.  @xref{Line group formats}.
9892
9893@item -d
9894Change the algorithm to perhaps find a smaller set of changes.  This makes
9895@code{diff} slower (sometimes much slower).
9896
9897@item -e
9898@itemx --ed
9899Make output that is a valid @code{ed} script.
9900
9901@item --expand-tabs
9902Expand tabs to spaces in the output, to preserve the alignment of tabs
9903in the input files.
9904
9905@item -f
9906Make output that looks vaguely like an @code{ed} script but has changes
9907in the order they appear in the file.
9908
9909@item -F @var{regexp}
9910In context and unified format, for each hunk of differences, show some
9911of the last preceding line that matches @var{regexp}.
9912
9913@item --forward-ed
9914Make output that looks vaguely like an @code{ed} script but has changes
9915in the order they appear in the file.
9916
9917@item -H
9918Use heuristics to speed handling of large files that have numerous
9919scattered small changes.
9920
9921@item --horizon-lines=@var{lines}
9922Do not discard the last @var{lines} lines of the common prefix
9923and the first @var{lines} lines of the common suffix.
9924
9925@item -i
9926Ignore changes in case; consider upper- and lower-case letters
9927equivalent.
9928
9929@item -I @var{regexp}
9930Ignore changes that just insert or delete lines that match @var{regexp}.
9931
9932@item --ifdef=@var{name}
9933Make merged if-then-else output using @var{name}.
9934
9935@item --ignore-all-space
9936Ignore white space when comparing lines.
9937
9938@item --ignore-blank-lines
9939Ignore changes that just insert or delete blank lines.
9940
9941@item --ignore-case
9942Ignore changes in case; consider upper- and lower-case to be the same.
9943
9944@item --ignore-matching-lines=@var{regexp}
9945Ignore changes that just insert or delete lines that match @var{regexp}.
9946
9947@item --ignore-space-change
9948Ignore trailing white space and consider all other sequences of one or
9949more white space characters to be equivalent.
9950
9951@item --initial-tab
9952Output a tab rather than a space before the text of a line in normal or
9953context format.  This causes the alignment of tabs in the line to look
9954normal.
9955
9956@item -L @var{label}
9957Use @var{label} instead of the file name in the context format
9958and unified format headers.
9959
9960@item --label=@var{label}
9961Use @var{label} instead of the file name in the context format
9962and unified format headers.
9963
9964@item --left-column
9965Print only the left column of two common lines in side by side format.
9966
9967@item --line-format=@var{format}
9968Use @var{format} to output all input lines in if-then-else format.
9969@xref{Line formats}.
9970
9971@item --minimal
9972Change the algorithm to perhaps find a smaller set of changes.  This
9973makes @code{diff} slower (sometimes much slower).
9974
9975@item -n
9976Output RCS-format diffs; like @samp{-f} except that each command
9977specifies the number of lines affected.
9978
9979@item -N
9980@itemx --new-file
9981In directory comparison, if a file is found in only one directory,
9982treat it as present but empty in the other directory.
9983
9984@item --new-group-format=@var{format}
9985Use @var{format} to output a group of lines taken from just the second
9986file in if-then-else format.  @xref{Line group formats}.
9987
9988@item --new-line-format=@var{format}
9989Use @var{format} to output a line taken from just the second file in
9990if-then-else format.  @xref{Line formats}.
9991
9992@item --old-group-format=@var{format}
9993Use @var{format} to output a group of lines taken from just the first
9994file in if-then-else format.  @xref{Line group formats}.
9995
9996@item --old-line-format=@var{format}
9997Use @var{format} to output a line taken from just the first file in
9998if-then-else format.  @xref{Line formats}.
9999
10000@item -p
10001Show which C function each change is in.
10002
10003@item --rcs
10004Output RCS-format diffs; like @samp{-f} except that each command
10005specifies the number of lines affected.
10006
10007@item --report-identical-files
10008@itemx -s
10009Report when two files are the same.
10010
10011@item --show-c-function
10012Show which C function each change is in.
10013
10014@item --show-function-line=@var{regexp}
10015In context and unified format, for each hunk of differences, show some
10016of the last preceding line that matches @var{regexp}.
10017
10018@item --side-by-side
10019Use the side by side output format.
10020
10021@item --speed-large-files
10022Use heuristics to speed handling of large files that have numerous
10023scattered small changes.
10024
10025@item --suppress-common-lines
10026Do not print common lines in side by side format.
10027
10028@item -t
10029Expand tabs to spaces in the output, to preserve the alignment of tabs
10030in the input files.
10031
10032@item -T
10033Output a tab rather than a space before the text of a line in normal or
10034context format.  This causes the alignment of tabs in the line to look
10035normal.
10036
10037@item --text
10038Treat all files as text and compare them line-by-line, even if they
10039do not appear to be text.
10040
10041@item -u
10042Use the unified output format.
10043
10044@item --unchanged-group-format=@var{format}
10045Use @var{format} to output a group of common lines taken from both files
10046in if-then-else format.  @xref{Line group formats}.
10047
10048@item --unchanged-line-format=@var{format}
10049Use @var{format} to output a line common to both files in if-then-else
10050format.  @xref{Line formats}.
10051
10052@item -U @var{lines}
10053@itemx --unified@r{[}=@var{lines}@r{]}
10054Use the unified output format, showing @var{lines} (an integer) lines of
10055context, or three if @var{lines} is not given.
10056For proper operation, @code{patch} typically needs at least two lines of
10057context.
10058
10059@item -w
10060Ignore white space when comparing lines.
10061
10062@item -W @var{columns}
10063@itemx --width=@var{columns}
10064Use an output width of @var{columns} in side by side format.
10065
10066@item -y
10067Use the side by side output format.
10068@end table
10069
10070@menu
10071* Line group formats::          Line group formats
10072* Line formats::                Line formats
10073@end menu
10074
10075@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10076@node Line group formats
10077@appendixsubsubsec Line group formats
10078
10079Line group formats let you specify formats suitable for many
10080applications that allow if-then-else input, including programming
10081languages and text formatting languages.  A line group format specifies
10082the output format for a contiguous group of similar lines.
10083
10084For example, the following command compares the TeX file @file{myfile}
10085with the original version from the repository,
10086and outputs a merged file in which old regions are
10087surrounded by @samp{\begin@{em@}}-@samp{\end@{em@}} lines, and new
10088regions are surrounded by @samp{\begin@{bf@}}-@samp{\end@{bf@}} lines.
10089
10090@example
10091cvs diff \
10092   --old-group-format='\begin@{em@}
10093%<\end@{em@}
10094' \
10095   --new-group-format='\begin@{bf@}
10096%>\end@{bf@}
10097' \
10098   myfile
10099@end example
10100
10101The following command is equivalent to the above example, but it is a
10102little more verbose, because it spells out the default line group formats.
10103
10104@example
10105cvs diff \
10106   --old-group-format='\begin@{em@}
10107%<\end@{em@}
10108' \
10109   --new-group-format='\begin@{bf@}
10110%>\end@{bf@}
10111' \
10112   --unchanged-group-format='%=' \
10113   --changed-group-format='\begin@{em@}
10114%<\end@{em@}
10115\begin@{bf@}
10116%>\end@{bf@}
10117' \
10118   myfile
10119@end example
10120
10121Here is a more advanced example, which outputs a diff listing with
10122headers containing line numbers in a ``plain English'' style.
10123
10124@example
10125cvs diff \
10126   --unchanged-group-format='' \
10127   --old-group-format='-------- %dn line%(n=1?:s) deleted at %df:
10128%<' \
10129   --new-group-format='-------- %dN line%(N=1?:s) added after %de:
10130%>' \
10131   --changed-group-format='-------- %dn line%(n=1?:s) changed at %df:
10132%<-------- to:
10133%>' \
10134   myfile
10135@end example
10136
10137To specify a line group format, use one of the options
10138listed below.  You can specify up to four line group formats, one for
10139each kind of line group.  You should quote @var{format}, because it
10140typically contains shell metacharacters.
10141
10142@table @samp
10143@item --old-group-format=@var{format}
10144These line groups are hunks containing only lines from the first file.
10145The default old group format is the same as the changed group format if
10146it is specified; otherwise it is a format that outputs the line group as-is.
10147
10148@item --new-group-format=@var{format}
10149These line groups are hunks containing only lines from the second
10150file.  The default new group format is same as the changed group
10151format if it is specified; otherwise it is a format that outputs the
10152line group as-is.
10153
10154@item --changed-group-format=@var{format}
10155These line groups are hunks containing lines from both files.  The
10156default changed group format is the concatenation of the old and new
10157group formats.
10158
10159@item --unchanged-group-format=@var{format}
10160These line groups contain lines common to both files.  The default
10161unchanged group format is a format that outputs the line group as-is.
10162@end table
10163
10164In a line group format, ordinary characters represent themselves;
10165conversion specifications start with @samp{%} and have one of the
10166following forms.
10167
10168@table @samp
10169@item %<
10170stands for the lines from the first file, including the trailing newline.
10171Each line is formatted according to the old line format (@pxref{Line formats}).
10172
10173@item %>
10174stands for the lines from the second file, including the trailing newline.
10175Each line is formatted according to the new line format.
10176
10177@item %=
10178stands for the lines common to both files, including the trailing newline.
10179Each line is formatted according to the unchanged line format.
10180
10181@item %%
10182stands for @samp{%}.
10183
10184@item %c'@var{C}'
10185where @var{C} is a single character, stands for @var{C}.
10186@var{C} may not be a backslash or an apostrophe.
10187For example, @samp{%c':'} stands for a colon, even inside
10188the then-part of an if-then-else format, which a colon would
10189normally terminate.
10190
10191@item %c'\@var{O}'
10192where @var{O} is a string of 1, 2, or 3 octal digits,
10193stands for the character with octal code @var{O}.
10194For example, @samp{%c'\0'} stands for a null character.
10195
10196@item @var{F}@var{n}
10197where @var{F} is a @code{printf} conversion specification and @var{n} is one
10198of the following letters, stands for @var{n}'s value formatted with @var{F}.
10199
10200@table @samp
10201@item e
10202The line number of the line just before the group in the old file.
10203
10204@item f
10205The line number of the first line in the group in the old file;
10206equals @var{e} + 1.
10207
10208@item l
10209The line number of the last line in the group in the old file.
10210
10211@item m
10212The line number of the line just after the group in the old file;
10213equals @var{l} + 1.
10214
10215@item n
10216The number of lines in the group in the old file; equals @var{l} - @var{f} + 1.
10217
10218@item E, F, L, M, N
10219Likewise, for lines in the new file.
10220
10221@end table
10222
10223The @code{printf} conversion specification can be @samp{%d},
10224@samp{%o}, @samp{%x}, or @samp{%X}, specifying decimal, octal,
10225lower case hexadecimal, or upper case hexadecimal output
10226respectively.  After the @samp{%} the following options can appear in
10227sequence: a @samp{-} specifying left-justification; an integer
10228specifying the minimum field width; and a period followed by an
10229optional integer specifying the minimum number of digits.
10230For example, @samp{%5dN} prints the number of new lines in the group
10231in a field of width 5 characters, using the @code{printf} format @code{"%5d"}.
10232
10233@item (@var{A}=@var{B}?@var{T}:@var{E})
10234If @var{A} equals @var{B} then @var{T} else @var{E}.
10235@var{A} and @var{B} are each either a decimal constant
10236or a single letter interpreted as above.
10237This format spec is equivalent to @var{T} if
10238@var{A}'s value equals @var{B}'s; otherwise it is equivalent to @var{E}.
10239
10240For example, @samp{%(N=0?no:%dN) line%(N=1?:s)} is equivalent to
10241@samp{no lines} if @var{N} (the number of lines in the group in the
10242new file) is 0, to @samp{1 line} if @var{N} is 1, and to @samp{%dN lines}
10243otherwise.
10244@end table
10245
10246@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10247@node Line formats
10248@appendixsubsubsec Line formats
10249
10250Line formats control how each line taken from an input file is
10251output as part of a line group in if-then-else format.
10252
10253For example, the following command outputs text with a one-column
10254change indicator to the left of the text.  The first column of output
10255is @samp{-} for deleted lines, @samp{|} for added lines, and a space
10256for unchanged lines.  The formats contain newline characters where
10257newlines are desired on output.
10258
10259@example
10260cvs diff \
10261   --old-line-format='-%l
10262' \
10263   --new-line-format='|%l
10264' \
10265   --unchanged-line-format=' %l
10266' \
10267   myfile
10268@end example
10269
10270To specify a line format, use one of the following options.  You should
10271quote @var{format}, since it often contains shell metacharacters.
10272
10273@table @samp
10274@item --old-line-format=@var{format}
10275formats lines just from the first file.
10276
10277@item --new-line-format=@var{format}
10278formats lines just from the second file.
10279
10280@item --unchanged-line-format=@var{format}
10281formats lines common to both files.
10282
10283@item --line-format=@var{format}
10284formats all lines; in effect, it sets all three above options simultaneously.
10285@end table
10286
10287In a line format, ordinary characters represent themselves;
10288conversion specifications start with @samp{%} and have one of the
10289following forms.
10290
10291@table @samp
10292@item %l
10293stands for the contents of the line, not counting its trailing
10294newline (if any).  This format ignores whether the line is incomplete.
10295
10296@item %L
10297stands for the contents of the line, including its trailing newline
10298(if any).  If a line is incomplete, this format preserves its
10299incompleteness.
10300
10301@item %%
10302stands for @samp{%}.
10303
10304@item %c'@var{C}'
10305where @var{C} is a single character, stands for @var{C}.
10306@var{C} may not be a backslash or an apostrophe.
10307For example, @samp{%c':'} stands for a colon.
10308
10309@item %c'\@var{O}'
10310where @var{O} is a string of 1, 2, or 3 octal digits,
10311stands for the character with octal code @var{O}.
10312For example, @samp{%c'\0'} stands for a null character.
10313
10314@item @var{F}n
10315where @var{F} is a @code{printf} conversion specification,
10316stands for the line number formatted with @var{F}.
10317For example, @samp{%.5dn} prints the line number using the
10318@code{printf} format @code{"%.5d"}.  @xref{Line group formats}, for
10319more about printf conversion specifications.
10320
10321@end table
10322
10323The default line format is @samp{%l} followed by a newline character.
10324
10325If the input contains tab characters and it is important that they line
10326up on output, you should ensure that @samp{%l} or @samp{%L} in a line
10327format is just after a tab stop (e.g.@: by preceding @samp{%l} or
10328@samp{%L} with a tab character), or you should use the @samp{-t} or
10329@samp{--expand-tabs} option.
10330
10331Taken together, the line and line group formats let you specify many
10332different formats.  For example, the following command uses a format
10333similar to @code{diff}'s normal format.  You can tailor this command
10334to get fine control over @code{diff}'s output.
10335
10336@example
10337cvs diff \
10338   --old-line-format='< %l
10339' \
10340   --new-line-format='> %l
10341' \
10342   --old-group-format='%df%(f=l?:,%dl)d%dE
10343%<' \
10344   --new-group-format='%dea%dF%(F=L?:,%dL)
10345%>' \
10346   --changed-group-format='%df%(f=l?:,%dl)c%dF%(F=L?:,%dL)
10347%<---
10348%>' \
10349   --unchanged-group-format='' \
10350   myfile
10351@end example
10352
10353@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10354@node diff examples
10355@appendixsubsec diff examples
10356
10357The following line produces a Unidiff (@samp{-u} flag)
10358between revision 1.14 and 1.19 of
10359@file{backend.c}.  Due to the @samp{-kk} flag no
10360keywords are substituted, so differences that only depend
10361on keyword substitution are ignored.
10362
10363@example
10364$ cvs diff -kk -u -r 1.14 -r 1.19 backend.c
10365@end example
10366
10367Suppose the experimental branch EXPR1 was based on a
10368set of files tagged RELEASE_1_0.  To see what has
10369happened on that branch, the following can be used:
10370
10371@example
10372$ cvs diff -r RELEASE_1_0 -r EXPR1
10373@end example
10374
10375A command like this can be used to produce a context
10376diff between two releases:
10377
10378@example
10379$ cvs diff -c -r RELEASE_1_0 -r RELEASE_1_1 > diffs
10380@end example
10381
10382If you are maintaining ChangeLogs, a command like the following
10383just before you commit your changes may help you write
10384the ChangeLog entry.  All local modifications that have
10385not yet been committed will be printed.
10386
10387@example
10388$ cvs diff -u | less
10389@end example
10390
10391@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
10392@node export
10393@appendixsec export---Export sources from CVS, similar to checkout
10394@cindex export (subcommand)
10395
10396@itemize @bullet
10397@item
10398Synopsis: export [-flNnR] (-r rev[:date] | -D date) [-k subst] [-d dir] module@dots{}
10399@item
10400Requires: repository.
10401@item
10402Changes: current directory.
10403@end itemize
10404
10405This command is a variant of @code{checkout}; use it
10406when you want a copy of the source for module without
10407the @sc{cvs} administrative directories.  For example, you
10408might use @code{export} to prepare source for shipment
10409off-site.  This command requires that you specify a
10410date or tag (with @samp{-D} or @samp{-r}), so that you
10411can count on reproducing the source you ship to others
10412(and thus it always prunes empty directories).
10413
10414One often would like to use @samp{-kv} with @code{cvs
10415export}.  This causes any keywords to be
10416expanded such that an import done at some other site
10417will not lose the keyword revision information.  But be
10418aware that doesn't handle an export containing binary
10419files correctly.  Also be aware that after having used
10420@samp{-kv}, one can no longer use the @code{ident}
10421command (which is part of the @sc{rcs} suite---see
10422ident(1)) which looks for keyword strings.  If
10423you want to be able to use @code{ident} you must not
10424use @samp{-kv}.
10425
10426@menu
10427* export options::              export options
10428@end menu
10429
10430@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10431@node export options
10432@appendixsubsec export options
10433
10434These standard options are supported by @code{export}
10435(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
10436them):
10437
10438@table @code
10439@item -D @var{date}
10440Use the most recent revision no later than @var{date}.
10441
10442@item -f
10443If no matching revision is found, retrieve the most
10444recent revision (instead of ignoring the file).
10445
10446@item -l
10447Local; run only in current working directory.
10448
10449@item -n
10450Do not run any checkout program.
10451
10452@item -R
10453Export directories recursively.  This is on by default.
10454
10455@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
10456Export the revision specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
10457and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
10458existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
10459@end table
10460
10461In addition, these options (that are common to
10462@code{checkout} and @code{export}) are also supported:
10463
10464@table @code
10465@item -d @var{dir}
10466Create a directory called @var{dir} for the working
10467files, instead of using the module name.
10468@xref{checkout options}, for complete details on how
10469@sc{cvs} handles this flag.
10470
10471@item -k @var{subst}
10472Set keyword expansion mode (@pxref{Substitution modes}).
10473
10474@item -N
10475Only useful together with @samp{-d @var{dir}}.
10476@xref{checkout options}, for complete details on how
10477@sc{cvs} handles this flag.
10478@end table
10479
10480@ignore
10481@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10482@c @node export examples
10483@appendixsubsec export examples
10484
10485Contributed examples are gratefully accepted.
10486@c -- Examples here!!
10487@end ignore
10488
10489@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
10490@node history
10491@appendixsec history---Show status of files and users
10492@cindex history (subcommand)
10493
10494@itemize @bullet
10495@item
10496Synopsis:     history [-report] [-flags] [-options args] [files@dots{}]
10497@item
10498Requires: the file @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/history}
10499@item
10500Changes: nothing.
10501@end itemize
10502
10503@sc{cvs} can keep a history log that tracks each use of most @sc{cvs}
10504commands.  You can use @code{history} to display this information in
10505various formats.
10506
10507To enable logging, the @samp{LogHistory} config option must be set to
10508some value other than the empty string and the history file specified by
10509the @samp{HistoryLogPath} option must be writable by all users who may run
10510the @sc{cvs} executable (@pxref{config}).
10511
10512To enable the @code{history} command, logging must be enabled as above and
10513the @samp{HistorySearchPath} config option (@pxref{config}) must be set to
10514specify some number of the history logs created thereby and these files must
10515be readable by each user who might run the @code{history} command.
10516
10517Creating a repository via the @code{cvs init} command will enable logging of
10518all possible events to a single history log file
10519(@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/history}) with read and write permissions for all
10520users (@pxref{Creating a repository}).
10521
10522@strong{Note: @code{history} uses @samp{-f}, @samp{-l},
10523@samp{-n}, and @samp{-p} in ways that conflict with the
10524normal use inside @sc{cvs} (@pxref{Common options}).}
10525
10526@menu
10527* history options::             history options
10528@end menu
10529
10530@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10531@node history options
10532@appendixsubsec history options
10533
10534Several options (shown above as @samp{-report})  control  what
10535kind of report is generated:
10536
10537@table @code
10538@item -c
10539Report on each time commit was used (i.e., each time
10540the repository was modified).
10541
10542@item -e
10543Everything (all record types).  Equivalent to
10544specifying @samp{-x} with all record types.  Of course,
10545@samp{-e} will also include record types which are
10546added in a future version of @sc{cvs}; if you are
10547writing a script which can only handle certain record
10548types, you'll want to specify @samp{-x}.
10549
10550@item -m @var{module}
10551Report on a particular module.  (You can meaningfully
10552use @samp{-m} more than once on the command line.)
10553
10554@item -o
10555Report on checked-out modules.  This is the default report type.
10556
10557@item -T
10558Report on all tags.
10559
10560@item -x @var{type}
10561Extract a particular set of record types @var{type} from the @sc{cvs}
10562history.  The types are indicated by single letters,
10563which you may specify in combination.
10564
10565Certain commands have a single record type:
10566
10567@table @code
10568@item F
10569release
10570@item O
10571checkout
10572@item E
10573export
10574@item T
10575rtag
10576@end table
10577
10578@noindent
10579One of five record types may result from an update:
10580
10581@table @code
10582@item C
10583A merge was necessary but collisions were
10584detected (requiring manual merging).
10585@item G
10586A merge was necessary and it succeeded.
10587@item U
10588A working file was copied from the repository.
10589@item P
10590A working file was patched to match the repository.
10591@item W
10592The working copy of a file was deleted during
10593update (because it was gone from the repository).
10594@end table
10595
10596@noindent
10597One of three record types results from commit:
10598
10599@table @code
10600@item A
10601A file was added for the first time.
10602@item M
10603A file was modified.
10604@item R
10605A file was removed.
10606@end table
10607@end table
10608
10609The options shown as @samp{-flags} constrain or expand
10610the report without requiring option arguments:
10611
10612@table @code
10613@item -a
10614Show data for all users (the default is to show data
10615only for the user executing @code{history}).
10616
10617@item -l
10618Show last modification only.
10619
10620@item -w
10621Show only the records for modifications done from the
10622same working directory where @code{history} is
10623executing.
10624@end table
10625
10626The options shown as @samp{-options @var{args}} constrain the report
10627based on an argument:
10628
10629@table @code
10630@item -b @var{str}
10631Show data back to a record containing  the  string
10632@var{str}  in  either the module name, the file name, or
10633the repository path.
10634
10635@item -D @var{date}
10636Show data since @var{date}.  This is slightly different
10637from the normal use of @samp{-D @var{date}}, which
10638selects the newest revision older than @var{date}.
10639
10640@item -f @var{file}
10641Show data for a particular file
10642(you can specify several @samp{-f} options on the same command line).
10643This is equivalent to specifying the file on the command line.
10644
10645@item -n @var{module}
10646Show data for a particular module
10647(you can specify several @samp{-n} options on the same command line).
10648
10649@item -p @var{repository}
10650Show data for a particular source repository  (you
10651can specify several @samp{-p} options on the same command
10652line).
10653
10654@item -r @var{rev}
10655Show records referring to revisions since the revision
10656or tag named @var{rev} appears in individual @sc{rcs}
10657files.  Each @sc{rcs} file is searched for the revision or
10658tag.
10659
10660@item -t @var{tag}
10661Show records since tag @var{tag} was last added to the
10662history file.  This differs from the @samp{-r} flag
10663above in that it reads only the history file, not the
10664@sc{rcs} files, and is much faster.
10665
10666@item -u @var{name}
10667Show records for user @var{name}.
10668
10669@item -z @var{timezone}
10670Show times in the selected records using the specified
10671time zone instead of UTC.
10672@end table
10673
10674@ignore
10675@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10676@c @node history examples
10677@appendixsubsec history examples
10678
10679Contributed examples will gratefully be accepted.
10680@c -- Examples here!
10681@end ignore
10682
10683@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
10684@node import
10685@appendixsec import---Import sources into CVS, using vendor branches
10686@cindex import (subcommand)
10687
10688@c FIXME: This node is way too long for one which has subnodes.
10689
10690@itemize @bullet
10691@item
10692Synopsis: import [-options] repository vendortag releasetag@dots{}
10693@item
10694Requires: Repository, source distribution directory.
10695@item
10696Changes: repository.
10697@end itemize
10698
10699Use @code{import} to incorporate an entire source
10700distribution from an outside source (e.g., a source
10701vendor) into your source repository directory.  You can
10702use this command both for initial creation of a
10703repository, and for wholesale updates to the module
10704from the outside source.  @xref{Tracking sources}, for
10705a discussion on this subject.
10706
10707The @var{repository} argument gives a directory name
10708(or a path to a directory) under the @sc{cvs} root directory
10709for repositories; if the directory did not exist,
10710import creates it.
10711
10712When you use import for updates to source that has been
10713modified in your source repository (since a prior
10714import), it will notify you of any files that conflict
10715in the two branches of development; use @samp{checkout
10716-j} to reconcile the differences, as import instructs
10717you to do.
10718
10719If @sc{cvs} decides a file should be ignored
10720(@pxref{cvsignore}), it does not import it and prints
10721@samp{I } followed by the filename (@pxref{import output}, for a
10722complete description of the output).
10723
10724If the file @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/cvswrappers} exists,
10725any file whose names match the specifications in that
10726file will be treated as packages and the appropriate
10727filtering will be performed on the file/directory
10728before being imported.  @xref{Wrappers}.
10729
10730The outside source is saved in a first-level
10731branch, by default 1.1.1.  Updates are leaves of this
10732branch; for example, files from the first imported
10733collection of source will be revision 1.1.1.1, then
10734files from the first imported update will be revision
107351.1.1.2, and so on.
10736
10737At least three arguments are required.
10738@var{repository} is needed to identify the collection
10739of source.  @var{vendortag} is a tag for the entire
10740branch (e.g., for 1.1.1).  You must also specify at
10741least one @var{releasetag} to uniquely identify the files at
10742the leaves created each time you execute @code{import}.  The
10743@var{releasetag} should be new, not previously existing in the
10744repository file, and uniquely identify the imported release,
10745
10746@c I'm not completely sure this belongs here.  But
10747@c we need to say it _somewhere_ reasonably obvious; it
10748@c is a common misconception among people first learning CVS
10749Note that @code{import} does @emph{not} change the
10750directory in which you invoke it.  In particular, it
10751does not set up that directory as a @sc{cvs} working
10752directory; if you want to work with the sources import
10753them first and then check them out into a different
10754directory (@pxref{Getting the source}).
10755
10756@menu
10757* import options::              import options
10758* import output::               import output
10759* import examples::             import examples
10760@end menu
10761
10762@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10763@node import options
10764@appendixsubsec import options
10765
10766This standard option is supported by @code{import}
10767(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description):
10768
10769@table @code
10770@item -m @var{message}
10771Use @var{message} as log information, instead of
10772invoking an editor.
10773@end table
10774
10775There are the following additional special options.
10776
10777@table @code
10778@item -b @var{branch}
10779See @ref{Multiple vendor branches}.
10780
10781@item -k @var{subst}
10782Indicate the keyword expansion mode desired.  This
10783setting will apply to all files created during the
10784import, but not to any files that previously existed in
10785the repository.  See @ref{Substitution modes}, for a
10786list of valid @samp{-k} settings.
10787
10788@item -I @var{name}
10789Specify file names that should be ignored during
10790import.  You can use this option repeatedly.  To avoid
10791ignoring any files at all (even those ignored by
10792default), specify `-I !'.
10793
10794@var{name} can be a file name pattern of the same type
10795that you can specify in the @file{.cvsignore} file.
10796@xref{cvsignore}.
10797@c -- Is this really true?
10798
10799@item -W @var{spec}
10800Specify file names that should be filtered during
10801import.  You can use this option repeatedly.
10802
10803@var{spec} can be a file name pattern of the same type
10804that you can specify in the @file{.cvswrappers}
10805file. @xref{Wrappers}.
10806
10807@item -X
10808Modify the algorithm used by @sc{cvs} when importing new files
10809so that new files do not immediately appear on the main trunk.
10810
10811Specifically, this flag causes @sc{cvs} to mark new files as
10812if they were deleted on the main trunk, by taking the following
10813steps for each file in addition to those normally taken on import:
10814creating a new revision on the main trunk indicating that
10815the new file is @code{dead}, resetting the new file's default branch,
10816and placing the file in the Attic (@pxref{Attic}) directory.
10817
10818Use of this option can be forced on a repository-wide basis
10819by setting the @samp{ImportNewFilesToVendorBranchOnly} option in
10820CVSROOT/config (@pxref{config}).
10821@end table
10822
10823@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10824@node import output
10825@appendixsubsec import output
10826
10827@code{import} keeps you informed of its progress by printing a line
10828for each file, preceded by one character indicating the status of the file:
10829
10830@table @code
10831@item U @var{file}
10832The file already exists in the repository and has not been locally
10833modified; a new revision has been created (if necessary).
10834
10835@item N @var{file}
10836The file is a new file which has been added to the repository.
10837
10838@item C @var{file}
10839The file already exists in the repository but has been locally modified;
10840you will have to merge the changes.
10841
10842@item I @var{file}
10843The file is being ignored (@pxref{cvsignore}).
10844
10845@cindex Symbolic link, importing
10846@cindex Link, symbolic, importing
10847@c FIXME: also (somewhere else) probably
10848@c should be documenting what happens if you "cvs add"
10849@c a symbolic link.  Also maybe what happens if
10850@c you manually create symbolic links within the
10851@c repository (? - not sure why we'd want to suggest
10852@c doing that).
10853@item L @var{file}
10854The file is a symbolic link; @code{cvs import} ignores symbolic links.
10855People periodically suggest that this behavior should
10856be changed, but if there is a consensus on what it
10857should be changed to, it is not apparent.
10858(Various options in the @file{modules} file can be used
10859to recreate symbolic links on checkout, update, etc.;
10860@pxref{modules}.)
10861@end table
10862
10863@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10864@node import examples
10865@appendixsubsec import examples
10866
10867See @ref{Tracking sources}, and @ref{From files}.
10868
10869@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
10870@node log
10871@appendixsec log---Print out log information for files
10872@cindex log (subcommand)
10873
10874@itemize @bullet
10875@item
10876Synopsis: log [options] [files@dots{}]
10877@item
10878Requires: repository, working directory.
10879@item
10880Changes: nothing.
10881@end itemize
10882
10883Display log information for files.  @code{log} used to
10884call the @sc{rcs} utility @code{rlog}.  Although this
10885is no longer true in the current sources, this history
10886determines the format of the output and the options,
10887which are not quite in the style of the other @sc{cvs}
10888commands.
10889
10890@cindex Timezone, in output
10891@cindex Zone, time, in output
10892The output includes the location of the @sc{rcs} file,
10893the @dfn{head} revision (the latest revision on the
10894trunk), all symbolic names (tags) and some other
10895things.  For each revision, the revision number, the
10896date, the author, the number of lines added/deleted, the commitid
10897and the log message are printed.  All dates are displayed
10898in local time at the client. This is typically specified in
10899the @code{$TZ} environment variable, which can be set to
10900govern how @code{log} displays dates.
10901
10902@strong{Note: @code{log} uses @samp{-R} in a way that conflicts
10903with the normal use inside @sc{cvs} (@pxref{Common options}).}
10904
10905@menu
10906* log options::                 log options
10907* log examples::                log examples
10908@end menu
10909
10910@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10911@node log options
10912@appendixsubsec log options
10913
10914By default, @code{log} prints all information that is
10915available.  All other options restrict the output.  Note that the revision
10916selection options (@code{-d}, @code{-r}, @code{-s}, and @code{-w}) have no
10917effect, other than possibly causing a search for files in Attic directories,
10918when used in conjunction with the options that restrict the output to only
10919@code{log} header fields (@code{-b}, @code{-h}, @code{-R}, and @code{-t})
10920unless the @code{-S} option is also specified.
10921
10922@table @code
10923@item -b
10924Print information about the revisions on the default
10925branch, normally the highest branch on the trunk.
10926
10927@item -d @var{dates}
10928Print information about revisions with a checkin
10929date/time in the range given by the
10930semicolon-separated list of dates.  The date formats
10931accepted are those accepted by the @samp{-D} option to
10932many other @sc{cvs} commands (@pxref{Common options}).
10933Dates can be combined into ranges as follows:
10934
10935@c Should we be thinking about accepting ISO8601
10936@c ranges?  For example "1972-09-10/1972-09-12".
10937@table @code
10938@item @var{d1}<@var{d2}
10939@itemx @var{d2}>@var{d1}
10940Select the revisions that were deposited between
10941@var{d1} and @var{d2}.
10942
10943@item <@var{d}
10944@itemx @var{d}>
10945Select all revisions dated @var{d} or earlier.
10946
10947@item @var{d}<
10948@itemx >@var{d}
10949Select all revisions dated @var{d} or later.
10950
10951@item @var{d}
10952Select the single, latest revision dated @var{d} or
10953earlier.
10954@end table
10955
10956The @samp{>} or @samp{<} characters may be followed by
10957@samp{=} to indicate an inclusive range rather than an
10958exclusive one.
10959
10960Note that the separator is a semicolon (;).
10961
10962@item -h
10963Print only the name of the @sc{rcs} file, name
10964of the file in the working directory, head,
10965default branch, access list, locks, symbolic names, and
10966suffix.
10967
10968@item -l
10969Local; run only in current working directory.  (Default
10970is to run recursively).
10971
10972@item -N
10973Do not print the list of tags for this file.  This
10974option can be very useful when your site uses a lot of
10975tags, so rather than "more"'ing over 3 pages of tag
10976information, the log information is presented without
10977tags at all.
10978
10979@item -R
10980Print only the name of the @sc{rcs} file.
10981
10982@c Note that using a bare revision (in addition to not
10983@c being explicitly documented here) is potentially
10984@c confusing; it shows the log message to get from the
10985@c previous revision to that revision.  "-r1.3 -r1.6"
10986@c (equivalent to "-r1.3,1.6") is even worse; it
10987@c prints the messages to get from 1.2 to 1.3 and 1.5
10988@c to 1.6.  By analogy with "cvs diff", users might
10989@c expect that it is more like specifying a range.
10990@c It is not 100% clear to me how much of this should
10991@c be documented (for example, multiple -r options
10992@c perhaps could/should be deprecated given the false
10993@c analogy with "cvs diff").
10994@c In general, this section should be rewritten to talk
10995@c about messages to get from revision rev1 to rev2,
10996@c rather than messages for revision rev2 (that is, the
10997@c messages are associated with a change not a static
10998@c revision and failing to make this distinction causes
10999@c much confusion).
11000@item -r@var{revisions}
11001Print information about revisions given in the
11002comma-separated list @var{revisions} of revisions and
11003ranges.  The following table explains the available
11004range formats:
11005
11006@table @code
11007@item @var{rev1}:@var{rev2}
11008Revisions @var{rev1} to @var{rev2} (which must be on
11009the same branch).
11010
11011@item @var{rev1}::@var{rev2}
11012The same, but excluding @var{rev1}.
11013
11014@item :@var{rev}
11015@itemx ::@var{rev}
11016Revisions from the beginning of the branch up to
11017and including @var{rev}.
11018
11019@item @var{rev}:
11020Revisions starting with @var{rev} to the end of the
11021branch containing @var{rev}.
11022
11023@item @var{rev}::
11024Revisions starting just after @var{rev} to the end of the
11025branch containing @var{rev}.
11026
11027@item @var{branch}
11028An argument that is a branch means all revisions on
11029that branch.
11030
11031@item @var{branch1}:@var{branch2}
11032@itemx @var{branch1}::@var{branch2}
11033A range of branches means all revisions
11034on the branches in that range.
11035
11036@item @var{branch}.
11037The latest revision in @var{branch}.
11038@end table
11039
11040A bare @samp{-r} with no revisions means the latest
11041revision on the default branch, normally the trunk.
11042There can be no space between the @samp{-r} option and
11043its argument.
11044
11045@item -S
11046Suppress the header if no revisions are selected.
11047
11048@item -s @var{states}
11049Print information about revisions whose state
11050attributes match one of the states given in the
11051comma-separated list @var{states}.  Individual states may
11052be any text string, though @sc{cvs} commonly only uses two
11053states, @samp{Exp} and @samp{dead}.  See @ref{admin options}
11054for more information.
11055
11056@item -t
11057Print the same as @samp{-h}, plus the descriptive text.
11058
11059@item -w@var{logins}
11060Print information about revisions checked in by users
11061with login names appearing in the comma-separated list
11062@var{logins}.  If @var{logins} is omitted, the user's
11063login is assumed.  There can be no space between the
11064@samp{-w} option and its argument.
11065@end table
11066
11067@code{log} prints the intersection of the revisions
11068selected with the options @samp{-d}, @samp{-s}, and
11069@samp{-w}, intersected with the union of the revisions
11070selected by @samp{-b} and @samp{-r}.
11071
11072@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11073@node log examples
11074@appendixsubsec log examples
11075
11076@cindex Timezone, in output
11077@cindex Zone, time, in output
11078Since @code{log} shows dates in local time,
11079you might want to see them in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) or
11080some other timezone.
11081To do this you can set your @code{$TZ} environment
11082variable before invoking @sc{cvs}:
11083
11084@example
11085$ TZ=UTC cvs log foo.c
11086$ TZ=EST cvs log bar.c
11087@end example
11088
11089(If you are using a @code{csh}-style shell, like @code{tcsh},
11090you would need to prefix the examples above with @code{env}.)
11091
11092@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
11093@node ls & rls
11094@appendixsec ls & rls
11095@cindex ls (subcommand)
11096@cindex rls (subcommand)
11097
11098@itemize @bullet
11099@item
11100ls [-e | -l] [-RP] [-r tag[:date]] [-D date] [path@dots{}]
11101@item
11102Requires: repository for @code{rls}, repository & working directory for
11103@code{ls}.
11104@item
11105Changes: nothing.
11106@item
11107Synonym: @code{dir} & @code{list} are synonyms for @code{ls} and @code{rdir}
11108& @code{rlist} are synonyms for @code{rls}.
11109@end itemize
11110
11111The @code{ls} and @code{rls} commands are used to list
11112files and directories in the repository.
11113
11114By default @code{ls} lists the files and directories
11115that belong in your working directory, what would be
11116there after an @code{update}.
11117
11118By default @code{rls} lists the files and directories
11119on the tip of the trunk in the topmost directory of the
11120repository.
11121
11122Both commands accept an optional list of file and
11123directory names, relative to the working directory for
11124@code{ls} and the topmost directory of the repository
11125for @code{rls}.  Neither is recursive by default.
11126
11127@menu
11128* ls & rls options::         ls & rls options
11129* rls examples:              rls examples
11130@end menu
11131
11132@node ls & rls options
11133@appendixsubsec ls & rls options
11134
11135These standard options are supported by @code{ls} & @code{rls}:
11136
11137@table @code
11138@item -d
11139Show dead revisions (with tag when specified).
11140
11141@item -e
11142Display in CVS/Entries format.  This format is meant to remain easily parsable
11143by automation.
11144
11145@item -l
11146Display all details.
11147
11148@item -P
11149Don't list contents of empty directories when recursing.
11150
11151@item -R
11152List recursively.
11153
11154@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
11155Show files specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
11156and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
11157existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
11158
11159@item -D @var{date}
11160Show files from date.
11161@end table
11162
11163@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11164@node rls examples
11165@appendixsubsec rls examples
11166
11167@example
11168$ cvs rls
11169cvs rls: Listing module: `.'
11170CVSROOT
11171first-dir
11172@end example
11173
11174@example
11175$ cvs rls CVSROOT
11176cvs rls: Listing module: `CVSROOT'
11177checkoutlist
11178commitinfo
11179config
11180cvswrappers
11181loginfo
11182modules
11183notify
11184rcsinfo
11185taginfo
11186verifymsg
11187
11188@end example
11189
11190@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
11191@node rdiff
11192@appendixsec rdiff---'patch' format diffs between releases
11193@cindex rdiff (subcommand)
11194
11195@itemize @bullet
11196@item
11197rdiff [-flags] [-V vn] (-r tag1[:date1] | -D date1) [-r tag2[:date2] | -D date2] modules@dots{}
11198@item
11199Requires: repository.
11200@item
11201Changes: nothing.
11202@item
11203Synonym: patch
11204@end itemize
11205
11206Builds a Larry Wall format patch(1) file between two
11207releases, that can be fed directly into the @code{patch}
11208program to bring an old release up-to-date with the new
11209release.  (This is one of the few @sc{cvs} commands that
11210operates directly from the repository, and doesn't
11211require a prior checkout.) The diff output is sent to
11212the standard output device.
11213
11214You can specify (using the standard @samp{-r} and
11215@samp{-D} options) any combination of one or two
11216revisions or dates.  If only one revision or date is
11217specified, the patch file reflects differences between
11218that revision or date and the current head revisions in
11219the @sc{rcs} file.
11220
11221Note that if the software release affected is contained
11222in more than one directory, then it may be necessary to
11223specify the @samp{-p} option to the @code{patch} command when
11224patching the old sources, so that @code{patch} is able to find
11225the files that are located in other directories.
11226
11227@menu
11228* rdiff options::               rdiff options
11229* rdiff examples::              rdiff examples
11230@end menu
11231
11232@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11233@node rdiff options
11234@appendixsubsec rdiff options
11235
11236These standard options are supported by @code{rdiff}
11237(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
11238them):
11239
11240@table @code
11241@item -D @var{date}
11242Use the most recent revision no later than @var{date}.
11243
11244@item -f
11245If no matching revision is found, retrieve the most
11246recent revision (instead of ignoring the file).
11247
11248@item -k @var{kflag}
11249Process keywords according to @var{kflag}.  See
11250@ref{Keyword substitution}.
11251
11252@item -l
11253Local; don't descend subdirectories.
11254
11255@item -p
11256Show which C function each change is in.
11257
11258@item -R
11259Examine directories recursively.  This option is on by default.
11260
11261@item -r @var{tag}
11262Use the revision specified by @var{tag}, or when @var{date} is specified
11263and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
11264existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
11265@end table
11266
11267In addition to the above, these options are available:
11268
11269@table @code
11270@item -c
11271Use the context diff format.  This is the default format.
11272
11273@item -s
11274Create a summary change report instead of a patch.  The
11275summary includes information about files that were
11276changed or added between the releases.  It is sent to
11277the standard output device.  This is useful for finding
11278out, for example, which files have changed between two
11279dates or revisions.
11280
11281@item -t
11282A diff of the top two revisions is sent to the standard
11283output device.  This is most useful for seeing what the
11284last change to a file was.
11285
11286@item -u
11287Use the unidiff format for the context diffs.
11288Remember that old versions
11289of the @code{patch} program can't handle the unidiff
11290format, so if you plan to post this patch to the net
11291you should probably not use @samp{-u}.
11292
11293@item -V @var{vn}
11294Expand keywords according to the rules current in
11295@sc{rcs} version @var{vn} (the expansion format changed with
11296@sc{rcs} version 5).  Note that this option is no
11297longer accepted.  @sc{cvs} will always expand keywords the
11298way that @sc{rcs} version 5 does.
11299@end table
11300
11301@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11302@node rdiff examples
11303@appendixsubsec rdiff examples
11304
11305Suppose you receive mail from @t{foo@@example.net} asking for an
11306update from release 1.2 to 1.4 of the tc compiler.  You
11307have no such patches on hand, but with @sc{cvs} that can
11308easily be fixed with a command such as this:
11309
11310@example
11311$ cvs rdiff -c -r FOO1_2 -r FOO1_4 tc | \
11312$$ Mail -s 'The patches you asked for' foo@@example.net
11313@end example
11314
11315Suppose you have made release 1.3, and forked a branch
11316called @samp{R_1_3fix} for bug fixes.  @samp{R_1_3_1}
11317corresponds to release 1.3.1, which was made some time
11318ago.  Now, you want to see how much development has been
11319done on the branch.  This command can be used:
11320
11321@example
11322$ cvs patch -s -r R_1_3_1 -r R_1_3fix module-name
11323cvs rdiff: Diffing module-name
11324File ChangeLog,v changed from revision 1.52.2.5 to 1.52.2.6
11325File foo.c,v changed from revision 1.52.2.3 to 1.52.2.4
11326File bar.h,v changed from revision 1.29.2.1 to 1.2
11327@end example
11328
11329@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
11330@node release
11331@appendixsec release---Indicate that a Module is no longer in use
11332@cindex release (subcommand)
11333
11334@itemize @bullet
11335@item
11336release [-d] directories@dots{}
11337@item
11338Requires: Working directory.
11339@item
11340Changes: Working directory, history log.
11341@end itemize
11342
11343This command is meant to safely cancel the effect of
11344@samp{cvs checkout}.  Since @sc{cvs} doesn't lock files, it
11345isn't strictly necessary to use this command.  You can
11346always simply delete your working directory, if you
11347like; but you risk losing changes you may have
11348forgotten, and you leave no trace in the @sc{cvs} history
11349file (@pxref{history file}) that you've abandoned your
11350checkout.
11351
11352Use @samp{cvs release} to avoid these problems.  This
11353command checks that no uncommitted changes are
11354present; that you are executing it from immediately
11355above a @sc{cvs} working directory; and that the repository
11356recorded for your files is the same as the repository
11357defined in the module database.
11358
11359If all these conditions are true, @samp{cvs release}
11360leaves a record of its execution (attesting to your
11361intentionally abandoning your checkout) in the @sc{cvs}
11362history log.
11363
11364@menu
11365* release options::             release options
11366* release output::              release output
11367* release examples::            release examples
11368@end menu
11369
11370@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11371@node release options
11372@appendixsubsec release options
11373
11374The @code{release} command supports one command option:
11375
11376@table @code
11377@item -d
11378Delete your working copy of the file if the release
11379succeeds.  If this flag is not given your files will
11380remain in your working directory.
11381
11382@strong{WARNING:  The @code{release} command deletes
11383all directories and files recursively.  This
11384has the very serious side-effect that any directory
11385that you have created inside your checked-out sources,
11386and not added to the repository (using the @code{add}
11387command; @pxref{Adding files}) will be silently deleted---even
11388if it is non-empty!}
11389@end table
11390
11391@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11392@node release output
11393@appendixsubsec release output
11394
11395Before @code{release} releases your sources it will
11396print a one-line message for any file that is not
11397up-to-date.
11398
11399@table @code
11400@item U @var{file}
11401@itemx P @var{file}
11402There exists a newer revision of this file in the
11403repository, and you have not modified your local copy
11404of the file (@samp{U} and @samp{P} mean the same thing).
11405
11406@item A @var{file}
11407The file has been added to your private copy of the
11408sources, but has not yet been committed to the
11409repository.  If you delete your copy of the sources
11410this file will be lost.
11411
11412@item R @var{file}
11413The file has been removed from your private copy of the
11414sources, but has not yet been removed from the
11415repository, since you have not yet committed the
11416removal.  @xref{commit}.
11417
11418@item M @var{file}
11419The file is modified in your working directory.  There
11420might also be a newer revision inside the repository.
11421
11422@item ? @var{file}
11423@var{file} is in your working directory, but does not
11424correspond to anything in the source repository, and is
11425not in the list of files for @sc{cvs} to ignore (see the
11426description of the @samp{-I} option, and
11427@pxref{cvsignore}).  If you remove your working
11428sources, this file will be lost.
11429@end table
11430
11431@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11432@node release examples
11433@appendixsubsec release examples
11434
11435Release the @file{tc} directory, and delete your local working copy
11436of the files.
11437
11438@example
11439$ cd ..         # @r{You must stand immediately above the}
11440                # @r{sources when you issue @samp{cvs release}.}
11441$ cvs release -d tc
11442You have [0] altered files in this repository.
11443Are you sure you want to release (and delete) directory `tc': y
11444$
11445@end example
11446
11447@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
11448@node remove
11449@appendixsec remove---Remove files from active use
11450@cindex remove (subcommand)
11451
11452@itemize @bullet
11453@item
11454Synopsis: remove [-flR] [files...]
11455@item
11456Requires: repository, working directory.
11457@item
11458Changes: working directory.
11459@end itemize
11460
11461The @code{remove} command is used to remove unwanted
11462files from active use.  The user normally deletes the
11463files from the working directory prior to invocation
11464of the @code{remove} command.  Only the working
11465directory is updated.  Changes to the repository are
11466not made until the @code{commit} command is run.
11467
11468The @code{remove} command does not delete files from
11469from the repository.  @sc{cvs} keeps all historical
11470data in the repository so that it is possible to
11471reconstruct previous states of the projects under
11472revision control.
11473
11474To undo @sc{cvs} @code{remove} or to resurrect files
11475that were previously removed, @xref{add}.
11476
11477@menu
11478* remove options::             remove options
11479* remove examples::            remove examples
11480@end menu
11481
11482@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11483@node remove options
11484@appendixsubsec remove options
11485
11486These standard options are supported by @code{remove}
11487(@pxref{Common options} for a complete description of
11488them):
11489
11490@table @code
11491@item -l
11492Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
11493
11494@item -R
11495Process directories recursively.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
11496
11497@end table
11498
11499In addition, these options are also supported:
11500
11501@table @code
11502@item -f
11503Note that this is not the standard behavior of
11504the @samp{-f} option as defined in @ref{Common options}.
11505
11506Delete files before removing them.
11507
11508Entire directory hierarchies are easily removed
11509using @samp{-f}, but take note that it is not as
11510easy to resurrect directory hierarchies as it is
11511to remove them.
11512
11513@end table
11514
11515@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11516@node remove examples
11517@appendixsubsec remove examples
11518
11519@appendixsubsubsec Removing a file
11520
11521@example
11522$ cvs remove remove.me
11523cvs remove: file `remove.me' still in working directory
11524cvs remove: 1 file exists; remove it first
11525$ rm -f remove.me
11526$ cvs remove remove.me
11527cvs remove: scheduling `remove.me' for removal
11528cvs remove: use 'cvs commit' to remove this file permanently
11529
11530$ ls remove.it
11531remove.it
11532$ cvs remove -f remove.it
11533cvs remove: scheduling `remove.it' for removal
11534cvs remove: use 'cvs commit' to remove this file permanently
11535@end example
11536
11537@appendixsubsubsec Removing entire directories
11538@example
11539$ tree -d a
11540a
11541|-- CVS
11542`-- b
11543    `-- CVS
11544
115453 directories
11546$ cvs remove -f a
11547cvs remove: Removing a
11548cvs remove: Removing a/b
11549cvs remove: scheduling `a/b/c' for removal
11550cvs remove: use 'cvs commit' to remove this file permanently
11551@end example
11552
11553@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
11554@node server & pserver
11555@appendixsec server & pserver---Act as a server for a client on stdin/stdout
11556@cindex pserver (subcommand)
11557@cindex server (subcommand)
11558
11559@itemize @bullet
11560@item
11561pserver [-c path]
11562
11563server [-c path]
11564@item
11565Requires: repository, client conversation on stdin/stdout
11566@item
11567Changes: Repository or, indirectly, client working directory.
11568@end itemize
11569
11570The @sc{cvs} @code{server} and @code{pserver} commands are used to provide
11571repository access to remote clients and expect a client conversation on
11572stdin & stdout.  Typically these commands are launched from @code{inetd} or
11573via @code{ssh} (@pxref{Remote repositories}).
11574
11575@code{server} expects that the client has already been authenticated somehow,
11576typically via @sc{ssh}, and @code{pserver} attempts to authenticate the client
11577itself.
11578
11579Only one option is available with the @code{server} and @code{pserver}
11580commands:
11581
11582@cindex configuration file
11583@table @code
11584@item -c path
11585Load configuration from @var{path} rather than the default location 
11586@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/config} (@pxref{config}).  @var{path} must be
11587@file{/etc/cvs.conf} or prefixed by @file{/etc/cvs/}.  This option is
11588supported beginning with @sc{cvs} release 1.12.13.
11589@end table
11590
11591@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
11592@node update
11593@appendixsec update---Bring work tree in sync with repository
11594@cindex update (subcommand)
11595
11596@itemize @bullet
11597@item
11598update [-ACdflPpRt] [-I name] [-j rev [-j rev]] [-k kflag] [-r tag[:date] | -D date] [-W spec] files@dots{}
11599@item
11600Requires: repository, working directory.
11601@item
11602Changes: working directory.
11603@end itemize
11604
11605After you've run @code{checkout} to create your private copy
11606of source from the common repository, other developers
11607will continue changing the central source.  From time
11608to time, when it is convenient in your development
11609process, you can use the @code{update} command from
11610within your working directory to reconcile your work
11611with any revisions applied to the source repository
11612since your last checkout or update.  Without the @code{-C}
11613option, @code{update} will also merge any differences
11614between the local copy of files and their base revisions
11615into any destination revisions specified with @code{-r},
11616@code{-D}, or @code{-A}.
11617
11618@menu
11619* update options::              update options
11620* update output::               update output
11621@end menu
11622
11623@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11624@node update options
11625@appendixsubsec update options
11626
11627These standard options are available with @code{update}
11628(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
11629them):
11630
11631@table @code
11632@item -D date
11633Use the most recent revision no later than @var{date}.
11634This option is sticky, and implies @samp{-P}.
11635See @ref{Sticky tags}, for more information on sticky tags/dates.
11636
11637@item -f
11638Only useful with the @samp{-D} or @samp{-r} flags.  If no matching revision
11639is found, retrieve the most recent revision (instead of ignoring the file).
11640
11641@item -k @var{kflag}
11642Process keywords according to @var{kflag}.  See
11643@ref{Keyword substitution}.
11644This option is sticky; future updates of
11645this file in this working directory will use the same
11646@var{kflag}.  The @code{status} command can be viewed
11647to see the sticky options.  See @ref{Invoking CVS}, for
11648more information on the @code{status} command.
11649
11650@item -l
11651Local; run only in current working directory.  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
11652
11653@item -P
11654Prune empty directories.  See @ref{Moving directories}.
11655
11656@item -p
11657Pipe files to the standard output.
11658
11659@item -R
11660Update directories recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
11661behavior}.
11662
11663@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
11664Retrieve the revisions specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
11665and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
11666existed on @var{date}.  This option is sticky, and implies @samp{-P}.
11667See @ref{Sticky tags}, for more information on sticky tags/dates. Also
11668see @ref{Common options}.
11669
11670@item -t
11671Preserve source timestamps.  Unlike @code{checkout}, where files are created
11672using the original timestamp of the file in the repository, @code{update}
11673updates files using the current time of the machine.  This is convenient
11674because updated files appear newer than any other files on the system so
11675@code{make(1)} knows that their corresponding built artifacts are out of date
11676and they will get rebuilt.  The @samp{-t} flag instead preserves the timestamps
11677of the original repository files, behaving exactly like @code{checkout}.
11678This is useful for maintaining a tree in the original checked-out state.
11679@end table
11680
11681@need 800
11682These special options are also available with
11683@code{update}.
11684
11685@table @code
11686@item -A
11687Reset any sticky tags, dates, or @samp{-k} options.
11688See @ref{Sticky tags}, for more information on sticky tags/dates.
11689
11690@item -C
11691Overwrite locally modified files with clean copies from
11692the repository (the modified file is saved in
11693@file{.#@var{file}.@var{revision}}, however).
11694
11695@item -d
11696Create any directories that exist in the repository if
11697they're missing from the working directory.  Normally,
11698@code{update} acts only on directories and files that
11699were already enrolled in your working directory.
11700
11701This is useful for updating directories that were
11702created in the repository since the initial checkout;
11703but it has an unfortunate side effect.  If you
11704deliberately avoided certain directories in the
11705repository when you created your working directory
11706(either through use of a module name or by listing
11707explicitly the files and directories you wanted on the
11708command line), then updating with @samp{-d} will create
11709those directories, which may not be what you want.
11710
11711@item -I @var{name}
11712Ignore files whose names match @var{name} (in your
11713working directory) during the update.  You can specify
11714@samp{-I} more than once on the command line to specify
11715several files to ignore.  Use @samp{-I !} to avoid
11716ignoring any files at all.  @xref{cvsignore}, for other
11717ways to make @sc{cvs} ignore some files.
11718
11719@item -W@var{spec}
11720Specify file names that should be filtered during
11721update.  You can use this option repeatedly.
11722
11723@var{spec} can be a file name pattern of the same type
11724that you can specify in the @file{.cvswrappers}
11725file. @xref{Wrappers}.
11726
11727@item -j@var{revision}
11728With two @samp{-j} options, merge changes from the
11729revision specified with the first @samp{-j} option to
11730the revision specified with the second @samp{j} option,
11731into the working directory.
11732
11733With one @samp{-j} option, merge changes from the
11734ancestor revision to the revision specified with the
11735@samp{-j} option, into the working directory.  The
11736ancestor revision is the common ancestor of the
11737revision which the working directory is based on, and
11738the revision specified in the @samp{-j} option.
11739
11740Note that using a single @samp{-j @var{tagname}} option rather than
11741@samp{-j @var{branchname}} to merge changes from a branch will
11742often not remove files which were removed on the branch.
11743@xref{Merging adds and removals}, for more.
11744
11745In addition, each @samp{-j} option can contain an optional
11746date specification which, when used with branches, can
11747limit the chosen revision to one within a specific
11748date.  An optional date is specified by adding a colon
11749(:) to the tag:
11750@samp{-j@var{Symbolic_Tag}:@var{Date_Specifier}}.
11751
11752@xref{Branching and merging}.
11753
11754@end table
11755
11756@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11757@node update output
11758@appendixsubsec update output
11759
11760@code{update} and @code{checkout} keep you informed of
11761their progress by printing a line for each file, preceded
11762by one character indicating the status of the file:
11763
11764@table @code
11765@item U @var{file}
11766The file was brought up to date with respect to the
11767repository.  This is done for any file that exists in
11768the repository but not in your working directory, and for files
11769that you haven't changed but are not the most recent
11770versions available in the repository.
11771
11772@item P @var{file}
11773Like @samp{U}, but the @sc{cvs} server sends a patch instead of an entire
11774file.  This accomplishes the same thing as @samp{U} using less bandwidth.
11775
11776@item A @var{file}
11777The file has been added to your private copy of the
11778sources, and will be added to the source repository
11779when you run @code{commit} on the file.  This is a
11780reminder to you that the file needs to be committed.
11781
11782@item R @var{file}
11783The file has been removed from your private copy of the
11784sources, and will be removed from the source repository
11785when you run @code{commit} on the file.  This is a
11786reminder to you that the file needs to be committed.
11787
11788@item M @var{file}
11789The file is modified in  your  working  directory.
11790
11791@samp{M} can indicate one of two states for a file
11792you're working on: either there were no modifications
11793to the same file in the repository, so that your file
11794remains as you last saw it; or there were modifications
11795in the repository as well as in your copy, but they
11796were merged successfully, without conflict, in your
11797working directory.
11798
11799@sc{cvs} will print some messages if it merges your work,
11800and a backup copy of your working file (as it looked
11801before you ran @code{update}) will be made.  The exact
11802name of that file is printed while @code{update} runs.
11803
11804@item C @var{file}
11805@cindex .# files
11806@cindex __ files (VMS)
11807A conflict was detected while trying to merge your
11808changes to @var{file} with changes from the source
11809repository.  @var{file} (the copy in your working
11810directory) is now the result of attempting to merge
11811the two revisions; an unmodified copy of your file
11812is also in your working directory, with the name
11813@file{.#@var{file}.@var{revision}} where @var{revision}
11814is the revision that your modified file started
11815from.  Resolve the conflict as described in
11816@ref{Conflicts example}.
11817@c "some systems" as in out-of-the-box OSes?  Not as
11818@c far as I know.  We need to advise sysadmins as well
11819@c as users how to set up this kind of purge, if that is
11820@c what they want.
11821@c We also might want to think about cleaner solutions,
11822@c like having CVS remove the .# file once the conflict
11823@c has been resolved or something like that.
11824(Note that some systems automatically purge
11825files that begin with @file{.#} if they have not been
11826accessed for a few days.  If you intend to keep a copy
11827of your original file, it is a very good idea to rename
11828it.)  Under @sc{vms}, the file name starts with
11829@file{__} rather than @file{.#}.
11830
11831@item ? @var{file}
11832@var{file} is in your working directory, but does not
11833correspond to anything in the source repository, and is
11834not in the list of files for @sc{cvs} to ignore (see the
11835description of the @samp{-I} option, and
11836@pxref{cvsignore}).
11837@end table
11838
11839@c ----- END MAN 1 -----
11840@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
11841@node Invoking CVS
11842@appendix Quick reference to CVS commands
11843@cindex Command reference
11844@cindex Reference, commands
11845@cindex Invoking CVS
11846
11847This appendix describes how to invoke @sc{cvs}, with
11848references to where each command or feature is
11849described in detail.  For other references run the
11850@code{cvs --help} command, or see @ref{Index}.
11851
11852A @sc{cvs} command looks like:
11853
11854@example
11855cvs [ @var{global_options} ] @var{command} [ @var{command_options} ] [ @var{command_args} ]
11856@end example
11857
11858Global options:
11859
11860@table @code
11861@item --allow-root=@var{rootdir}
11862Specify legal @sc{cvsroot} directory (server only) (not
11863in @sc{cvs} 1.9 and older).  See @ref{Password
11864authentication server}.
11865
11866@item -a
11867Authenticate all communication (client only) (not in @sc{cvs}
118681.9 and older).  See @ref{Global options}.
11869
11870@item -b
11871Specify RCS location (@sc{cvs} 1.9 and older).  See
11872@ref{Global options}.
11873
11874@item -d @var{root}
11875Specify the @sc{cvsroot}.  See @ref{Repository}.
11876
11877@item -e @var{editor}
11878Edit messages with @var{editor}.  See @ref{Committing
11879your changes}.
11880
11881@item -f
11882Do not read the @file{~/.cvsrc} file.  See @ref{Global
11883options}.
11884
11885@item -H
11886@itemx --help
11887Print a help message.  See @ref{Global options}.
11888
11889@item -n
11890Do not change any files.  See @ref{Global options}.
11891
11892@item -Q
11893Be really quiet.  See @ref{Global options}.
11894
11895@item -q
11896Be somewhat quiet.  See @ref{Global options}.
11897
11898@item -r
11899Make new working files read-only.  See @ref{Global options}.
11900
11901@item -s @var{variable}=@var{value}
11902Set a user variable.  See @ref{Variables}.
11903
11904@item -T @var{tempdir}
11905Put temporary files in @var{tempdir}.  See @ref{Global
11906options}.
11907
11908@item -t
11909Trace @sc{cvs} execution.  See @ref{Global options}.
11910
11911@item -v
11912@item --version
11913Display version and copyright information for @sc{cvs}.
11914
11915@item -w
11916Make new working files read-write.  See @ref{Global
11917options}.
11918
11919@item -x
11920Encrypt all communication (client only).
11921See @ref{Global options}.
11922
11923@item -z @var{gzip-level}
11924@cindex Compression
11925@cindex Gzip
11926Set the compression level (client only).
11927See @ref{Global options}.
11928@end table
11929
11930Keyword expansion modes (@pxref{Substitution modes}):
11931
11932@example
11933-kkv  $@splitrcskeyword{Id}: file1,v 1.1 1993/12/09 03:21:13 joe Exp $
11934-kkvl $@splitrcskeyword{Id}: file1,v 1.1 1993/12/09 03:21:13 joe Exp harry $
11935-kk   $@splitrcskeyword{Id}$
11936-kv   file1,v 1.1 1993/12/09 03:21:13 joe Exp
11937-ko   @i{no expansion}
11938-kb   @i{no expansion, file is binary}
11939@end example
11940
11941Keywords (@pxref{Keyword list}):
11942
11943@example
11944$@splitrcskeyword{Author}: joe $
11945$@splitrcskeyword{Date}: 1993/12/09 03:21:13 $
11946$@splitrcskeyword{CVSHeader}: files/file1,v 1.1 1993/12/09 03:21:13 joe Exp harry $
11947$@splitrcskeyword{Header}: /home/files/file1,v 1.1 1993/12/09 03:21:13 joe Exp harry $
11948$@splitrcskeyword{Id}: file1,v 1.1 1993/12/09 03:21:13 joe Exp harry $
11949$@splitrcskeyword{Locker}: harry $
11950$@splitrcskeyword{Name}: snapshot_1_14 $
11951$@splitrcskeyword{RCSfile}: file1,v $
11952$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 1.1 $
11953$@splitrcskeyword{Source}: /home/files/file1,v $
11954$@splitrcskeyword{State}: Exp $
11955$@splitrcskeyword{Log}: file1,v $
11956Revision 1.1  1993/12/09 03:30:17  joe
11957Initial revision
11958
11959@end example
11960
11961@c The idea behind this table is that we want each item
11962@c to be a sentence or two at most.  Preferably a
11963@c single line.
11964@c
11965@c In some cases refs to "foo options" are just to get
11966@c this thing written quickly, not because the "foo
11967@c options" node is really the best place to point.
11968Commands, command options, and command arguments:
11969
11970@table @code
11971@c ------------------------------------------------------------
11972@item add [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
11973Add a new file/directory.  See @ref{Adding files}.
11974
11975@table @code
11976@item -k @var{kflag}
11977Set keyword expansion.
11978
11979@item -m @var{msg}
11980Set file description.
11981@end table
11982
11983@c ------------------------------------------------------------
11984@item admin [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
11985Administration of history files in the repository.  See
11986@ref{admin}.
11987@c This list omits those options which are not
11988@c documented as being useful with CVS.  That might be
11989@c a mistake...
11990
11991@table @code
11992@item -b[@var{rev}]
11993Set default branch.  See @ref{Reverting local changes}.
11994
11995@item -c@var{string}
11996Set comment leader.
11997
11998@item -k@var{subst}
11999Set keyword substitution.  See @ref{Keyword
12000substitution}.
12001
12002@item -l[@var{rev}]
12003Lock revision @var{rev}, or latest revision.
12004
12005@item -m@var{rev}:@var{msg}
12006Replace the log message of revision @var{rev} with
12007@var{msg}.
12008
12009@item -o@var{range}
12010Delete revisions from the repository.  See
12011@ref{admin options}.
12012
12013@item -q
12014Run quietly; do not print diagnostics.
12015
12016@item -s@var{state}[:@var{rev}]
12017Set the state.  See @ref{admin options} for more information on possible
12018states.
12019
12020@c Does not work for client/server CVS
12021@item -t
12022Set file description from standard input.
12023
12024@item -t@var{file}
12025Set file description from @var{file}.
12026
12027@item -t-@var{string}
12028Set file description to @var{string}.
12029
12030@item -u[@var{rev}]
12031Unlock revision @var{rev}, or latest revision.
12032@end table
12033
12034@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12035@item annotate [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12036Show last revision where each line was modified.  See
12037@ref{annotate}.
12038
12039@table @code
12040@item -D @var{date}
12041Annotate the most recent revision no later than
12042@var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
12043
12044@item -F
12045Force annotation of binary files.  (Without this option,
12046binary files are skipped with a message.)
12047
12048@item -f
12049Use head revision if tag/date not found.  See
12050@ref{Common options}.
12051
12052@item -l
12053Local; run only in current working directory.  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12054
12055@item -R
12056Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12057behavior}.
12058
12059@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12060Annotate revisions specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
12061and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
12062existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
12063@end table
12064
12065@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12066@item checkout [@var{options}] @var{modules}@dots{}
12067Get a copy of the sources.  See @ref{checkout}.
12068
12069@table @code
12070@item -A
12071Reset any sticky tags/date/options.  See @ref{Sticky
12072tags} and @ref{Keyword substitution}.
12073
12074@item -c
12075Output the module database.  See @ref{checkout options}.
12076
12077@item -D @var{date}
12078Check out revisions as of @var{date} (is sticky).  See
12079@ref{Common options}.
12080
12081@item -d @var{dir}
12082Check out into @var{dir}.  See @ref{checkout options}.
12083
12084@item -f
12085Use head revision if tag/date not found.  See
12086@ref{Common options}.
12087
12088@c Probably want to use rev1/rev2 style like for diff
12089@c -r.  Here and in on-line help.
12090@item -j @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12091Merge in the change specified by @var{tag}, or when @var{date} is specified
12092and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
12093existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{checkout options}.
12094
12095@item -k @var{kflag}
12096Use @var{kflag} keyword expansion.  See
12097@ref{Substitution modes}.
12098
12099@item -l
12100Local; run only in current working directory.  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12101
12102@item -N
12103Don't ``shorten'' module paths if -d specified.  See
12104@ref{checkout options}.
12105
12106@item -n
12107Do not run module program (if any).  See @ref{checkout options}.
12108
12109@item -P
12110Prune empty directories.  See @ref{Moving directories}.
12111
12112@item -p
12113Check out files to standard output (avoids
12114stickiness).  See @ref{checkout options}.
12115
12116@item -R
12117Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12118behavior}.
12119
12120@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12121Checkout the revision already tagged with @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is
12122specified and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag}
12123as it existed on @var{date}.  This .  See @ref{Common options}.
12124
12125@item -s
12126Like -c, but include module status.  See @ref{checkout options}.
12127@end table
12128
12129@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12130@item commit [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12131Check changes into the repository.  See @ref{commit}.
12132
12133@table @code
12134@item -c
12135Check for valid edits before committing.  Requires a @sc{cvs} client and server
12136both version 1.12.10 or greater.
12137
12138@item -F @var{file}
12139Read log message from @var{file}.  See @ref{commit options}.
12140
12141@item -f
12142@c What is this "disables recursion"?  It is from the
12143@c on-line help; is it documented in this manual?
12144Force the file to be committed; disables recursion.
12145See @ref{commit options}.
12146
12147@item -l
12148Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12149
12150@item -m @var{msg}
12151Use @var{msg} as log message.  See @ref{commit options}.
12152
12153@item -n
12154Do not run module program (if any).  See @ref{commit options}.
12155
12156@item -R
12157Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12158behavior}.
12159
12160@item -r @var{rev}
12161Commit to @var{rev}.  See @ref{commit options}.
12162@c FIXME: should be dragging over text from
12163@c commit options, especially if it can be cleaned up
12164@c and made concise enough.
12165@end table
12166
12167@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12168@item diff [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12169Show differences between revisions.  See @ref{diff}.
12170In addition to the options shown below, accepts a wide
12171variety of options to control output style, for example
12172@samp{-c} for context diffs.
12173
12174@table @code
12175@item -D @var{date1}
12176Diff revision for date against working file.  See
12177@ref{diff options}.
12178
12179@item -D @var{date2}
12180Diff @var{rev1}/@var{date1} against @var{date2}.  See
12181@ref{diff options}.
12182
12183@item -l
12184Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12185
12186@item -N
12187Include diffs for added and removed files.  See
12188@ref{diff options}.
12189
12190@item -R
12191Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12192behavior}.
12193
12194@item -r @var{tag1}[:@var{date1}]
12195Diff the revisions specified by @var{tag1} or, when @var{date1} is specified
12196and @var{tag1} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag1} as it
12197existed on @var{date1}, against the working file.  See @ref{diff options}
12198and @ref{Common options}.
12199
12200@item -r @var{tag2}[:@var{date2}]
12201Diff the revisions specified by @var{tag2} or, when @var{date2} is specified
12202and @var{tag2} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag2} as it
12203existed on @var{date2}, against @var{rev1}/@var{date1}.  See @ref{diff options}
12204and @ref{Common options}.
12205@end table
12206
12207@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12208@item edit [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12209Get ready to edit a watched file.  See @ref{Editing files}.
12210
12211@table @code
12212@item -a @var{actions}
12213Specify actions for temporary watch, where
12214@var{actions} is @code{edit}, @code{unedit},
12215@code{commit}, @code{all}, or @code{none}.  See
12216@ref{Editing files}.
12217
12218@item -c
12219Check edits: Edit fails if someone else is already editting the file.
12220Requires a @sc{cvs} client and server both of version 1.12.10 or greater.
12221
12222@item -f
12223Force edit; ignore other edits.  Added in CVS 1.12.10.
12224
12225@item -l
12226Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12227
12228@item -R
12229Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12230behavior}.
12231@end table
12232
12233@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12234@item editors [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12235See who is editing a watched file.  See @ref{Watch information}.
12236
12237@table @code
12238@item -l
12239Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12240
12241@item -R
12242Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12243behavior}.
12244@end table
12245
12246@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12247@item export [@var{options}] @var{modules}@dots{}
12248Export files from @sc{cvs}.  See @ref{export}.
12249
12250@table @code
12251@item -D @var{date}
12252Check out revisions as of @var{date}.  See
12253@ref{Common options}.
12254
12255@item -d @var{dir}
12256Check out into @var{dir}.  See @ref{export options}.
12257
12258@item -f
12259Use head revision if tag/date not found.  See
12260@ref{Common options}.
12261
12262@item -k @var{kflag}
12263Use @var{kflag} keyword expansion.  See
12264@ref{Substitution modes}.
12265
12266@item -l
12267Local; run only in current working directory.  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12268
12269@item -N
12270Don't ``shorten'' module paths if -d specified.  See
12271@ref{export options}.
12272
12273@item -n
12274Do not run module program (if any).  See @ref{export options}.
12275
12276@item -R
12277Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12278behavior}.
12279
12280@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12281Export the revisions specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
12282and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
12283existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
12284@end table
12285
12286@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12287@item history [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12288Show repository access history.  See @ref{history}.
12289
12290@table @code
12291@item -a
12292All users (default is self).  See @ref{history options}.
12293
12294@item -b @var{str}
12295Back to record with @var{str} in module/file/repos
12296field.  See @ref{history options}.
12297
12298@item -c
12299Report on committed (modified) files.  See @ref{history options}.
12300
12301@item -D @var{date}
12302Since @var{date}.  See @ref{history options}.
12303
12304@item -e
12305Report on all record types.  See @ref{history options}.
12306
12307@item -l
12308Last modified (committed or modified report).  See @ref{history options}.
12309
12310@item -m @var{module}
12311Report on @var{module} (repeatable).  See @ref{history options}.
12312
12313@item -n @var{module}
12314In @var{module}.  See @ref{history options}.
12315
12316@item -o
12317Report on checked out modules.  See @ref{history options}.
12318
12319@item -p @var{repository}
12320In @var{repository}.  See @ref{history options}.
12321
12322@item -r @var{rev}
12323Since revision @var{rev}.  See @ref{history options}.
12324
12325@item -T
12326@c What the @#$@# is a TAG?  Same as a tag?  This
12327@c wording is also in the online-line help.
12328Produce report on all TAGs.  See @ref{history options}.
12329
12330@item -t @var{tag}
12331Since tag record placed in history file (by anyone).
12332See @ref{history options}.
12333
12334@item -u @var{user}
12335For user @var{user} (repeatable).  See @ref{history options}.
12336
12337@item -w
12338Working directory must match.  See @ref{history options}.
12339
12340@item -x @var{types}
12341Report on @var{types}, one or more of
12342@code{TOEFWUPCGMAR}.  See @ref{history options}.
12343
12344@item -z @var{zone}
12345Output for time zone @var{zone}.  See @ref{history options}.
12346@end table
12347
12348@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12349@item import [@var{options}] @var{repository} @var{vendor-tag} @var{release-tags}@dots{}
12350Import files into @sc{cvs}, using vendor branches.  See
12351@ref{import}.
12352
12353@table @code
12354@item -b @var{bra}
12355Import to vendor branch @var{bra}.  See
12356@ref{Multiple vendor branches}.
12357
12358@item -d
12359Use the file's modification time as the time of
12360import.  See @ref{import options}.
12361
12362@item -k @var{kflag}
12363Set default keyword substitution mode.  See
12364@ref{import options}.
12365
12366@item -m @var{msg}
12367Use @var{msg} for log message.  See
12368@ref{import options}.
12369
12370@item -I @var{ign}
12371More files to ignore (! to reset).  See
12372@ref{import options}.
12373
12374@item -W @var{spec}
12375More wrappers.  See @ref{import options}.
12376@end table
12377
12378@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12379@item init
12380Create a @sc{cvs} repository if it doesn't exist.  See
12381@ref{Creating a repository}.
12382
12383@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12384@item kserver
12385Kerberos authenticated server.
12386See @ref{Kerberos authenticated}.
12387
12388@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12389@item log [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12390Print out history information for files.  See @ref{log}.
12391
12392@table @code
12393@item -b
12394Only list revisions on the default branch.  See @ref{log options}.
12395
12396@item -d @var{dates}
12397Specify dates (@var{d1}<@var{d2} for range, @var{d} for
12398latest before).  See @ref{log options}.
12399
12400@item -h
12401Only print header.  See @ref{log options}.
12402
12403@item -l
12404Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12405
12406@item -N
12407Do not list tags.  See @ref{log options}.
12408
12409@item -R
12410Only print name of RCS file.  See @ref{log options}.
12411
12412@item -r@var{revs}
12413Only list revisions @var{revs}.  See @ref{log options}.
12414
12415@item -s @var{states}
12416Only list revisions with specified states.  See @ref{log options}.
12417
12418@item -t
12419Only print header and descriptive text.  See @ref{log
12420options}.
12421
12422@item -w@var{logins}
12423Only list revisions checked in by specified logins.  See @ref{log options}.
12424@end table
12425
12426@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12427@item login
12428Prompt for password for authenticating server.  See
12429@ref{Password authentication client}.
12430
12431@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12432@item logout
12433Remove stored password for authenticating server.  See
12434@ref{Password authentication client}.
12435
12436@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12437@item pserver
12438Password authenticated server.
12439See @ref{Password authentication server}.
12440
12441@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12442@item rannotate [@var{options}] [@var{modules}@dots{}]
12443Show last revision where each line was modified.  See
12444@ref{annotate}.
12445
12446@table @code
12447@item -D @var{date}
12448Annotate the most recent revision no later than
12449@var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
12450
12451@item -F
12452Force annotation of binary files.  (Without this option,
12453binary files are skipped with a message.)
12454
12455@item -f
12456Use head revision if tag/date not found.  See
12457@ref{Common options}.
12458
12459@item -l
12460Local; run only in current working directory.  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12461
12462@item -R
12463Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12464
12465@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12466Annotate the revision specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
12467and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag}
12468as it existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
12469@end table
12470
12471@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12472@item rdiff [@var{options}] @var{modules}@dots{}
12473Show differences between releases.  See @ref{rdiff}.
12474
12475@table @code
12476@item -c
12477Context diff output format (default).  See @ref{rdiff options}.
12478
12479@item -D @var{date}
12480Select revisions based on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
12481
12482@item -f
12483Use head revision if tag/date not found.  See
12484@ref{Common options}.
12485
12486@item -l
12487Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12488
12489@item -R
12490Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12491behavior}.
12492
12493@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12494Select the revisions specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
12495and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
12496existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{diff options} and @ref{Common options}.
12497
12498@item -s
12499Short patch - one liner per file.  See @ref{rdiff options}.
12500
12501@item -t
12502Top two diffs - last change made to the file.  See
12503@ref{diff options}.
12504
12505@item -u
12506Unidiff output format.  See @ref{rdiff options}.
12507
12508@item -V @var{vers}
12509Use RCS Version @var{vers} for keyword expansion (obsolete).  See
12510@ref{rdiff options}.
12511@end table
12512
12513@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12514@item release [@var{options}] @var{directory}
12515Indicate that a directory is no longer in use.  See
12516@ref{release}.
12517
12518@table @code
12519@item -d
12520Delete the given directory.  See @ref{release options}.
12521@end table
12522
12523@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12524@item remove [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12525Remove an entry from the repository.  See @ref{Removing files}.
12526
12527@table @code
12528@item -f
12529Delete the file before removing it.  See @ref{Removing files}.
12530
12531@item -l
12532Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12533
12534@item -R
12535Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12536behavior}.
12537@end table
12538
12539@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12540@item rlog [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12541Print out history information for modules.  See @ref{log}.
12542
12543@table @code
12544@item -b
12545Only list revisions on the default branch.  See @ref{log options}.
12546
12547@item -d @var{dates}
12548Specify dates (@var{d1}<@var{d2} for range, @var{d} for
12549latest before).  See @ref{log options}.
12550
12551@item -h
12552Only print header.  See @ref{log options}.
12553
12554@item -l
12555Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12556
12557@item -N
12558Do not list tags.  See @ref{log options}.
12559
12560@item -R
12561Only print name of RCS file.  See @ref{log options}.
12562
12563@item -r@var{revs}
12564Only list revisions @var{revs}.  See @ref{log options}.
12565
12566@item -s @var{states}
12567Only list revisions with specified states.  See @ref{log options}.
12568
12569@item -t
12570Only print header and descriptive text.  See @ref{log options}.
12571
12572@item -w@var{logins}
12573Only list revisions checked in by specified logins.  See @ref{log options}.
12574@end table
12575
12576@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12577@item rtag [@var{options}] @var{tag} @var{modules}@dots{}
12578Add a symbolic tag to a module.
12579See @ref{Revisions} and @ref{Branching and merging}.
12580
12581@table @code
12582@item -a
12583Clear tag from removed files that would not otherwise
12584be tagged.  See @ref{Tagging add/remove}.
12585
12586@item -b
12587Create a branch named @var{tag}.  See @ref{Branching and merging}.
12588
12589@item -B
12590Used in conjunction with -F or -d, enables movement and deletion of
12591branch tags.  Use with extreme caution. 
12592
12593@item -D @var{date}
12594Tag revisions as of @var{date}.  See @ref{Tagging by date/tag}.
12595
12596@item -d
12597Delete @var{tag}.  See @ref{Modifying tags}.
12598
12599@item -F
12600Move @var{tag} if it already exists.  See @ref{Modifying tags}.
12601
12602@item -f
12603Force a head revision match if tag/date not found.
12604See @ref{Tagging by date/tag}.
12605
12606@item -l
12607Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12608
12609@item -n
12610No execution of tag program.  See @ref{Common options}.
12611
12612@item -R
12613Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12614behavior}.
12615
12616@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12617Tag the revision already tagged with @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
12618and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
12619existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Tagging by date/tag} and @ref{Common options}.
12620@end table
12621
12622@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12623@item server
12624Rsh server.  See @ref{Connecting via rsh}.
12625
12626@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12627@item status [@var{options}] @var{files}@dots{}
12628Display status information in a working directory.  See
12629@ref{File status}.
12630
12631@table @code
12632@item -l
12633Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12634
12635@item -R
12636Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12637
12638@item -v
12639Include tag information for file.  See @ref{Tags}.
12640@end table
12641
12642@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12643@item tag [@var{options}] @var{tag} [@var{files}@dots{}]
12644Add a symbolic tag to checked out version of files.
12645See @ref{Revisions} and @ref{Branching and merging}.
12646
12647@table @code
12648@item -b
12649Create a branch named @var{tag}.  See @ref{Branching and merging}.
12650
12651@item -c
12652Check that working files are unmodified.  See
12653@ref{Tagging the working directory}.
12654
12655@item -D @var{date}
12656Tag revisions as of @var{date}.  See @ref{Tagging by date/tag}.
12657
12658@item -d
12659Delete @var{tag}.  See @ref{Modifying tags}.
12660
12661@item -F
12662Move @var{tag} if it already exists.  See @ref{Modifying tags}.
12663
12664@item -f
12665Force a head revision match if tag/date not found.
12666See @ref{Tagging by date/tag}.
12667
12668@item -l
12669Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12670
12671@item -R
12672Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12673
12674@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12675Tag the revision already tagged with @var{tag}, or when @var{date} is specified
12676and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
12677existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Tagging by date/tag} and @ref{Common options}.
12678@end table
12679
12680@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12681@item unedit [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12682Undo an edit command.  See @ref{Editing files}.
12683
12684@table @code
12685@item -l
12686Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12687
12688@item -R
12689Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12690@end table
12691
12692@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12693@item update [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12694Bring work tree in sync with repository.  See
12695@ref{update}.
12696
12697@table @code
12698@item -A
12699Reset any sticky tags/date/options.  See @ref{Sticky
12700tags} and @ref{Keyword substitution}.
12701
12702@item -C
12703Overwrite locally modified files with clean copies from
12704the repository (the modified file is saved in
12705@file{.#@var{file}.@var{revision}}, however).
12706
12707@item -D @var{date}
12708Check out revisions as of @var{date} (is sticky).  See
12709@ref{Common options}.
12710
12711@item -d
12712Create directories.  See @ref{update options}.
12713
12714@item -f
12715Use head revision if tag/date not found.  See
12716@ref{Common options}.
12717
12718@item -I @var{ign}
12719More files to ignore (! to reset).  See
12720@ref{import options}.
12721
12722@c Probably want to use rev1/rev2 style like for diff
12723@c -r.  Here and in on-line help.
12724@item -j @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12725Merge in changes from revisions specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is
12726specified and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag}
12727as it existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{update options}.
12728
12729@item -k @var{kflag}
12730Use @var{kflag} keyword expansion.  See
12731@ref{Substitution modes}.
12732
12733@item -l
12734Local; run only in current working directory.  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12735
12736@item -P
12737Prune empty directories.  See @ref{Moving directories}.
12738
12739@item -p
12740Check out files to standard output (avoids
12741stickiness).  See @ref{update options}.
12742
12743@item -R
12744Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12745behavior}.
12746
12747@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12748Checkout the revisions specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
12749and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
12750existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
12751
12752@item -W @var{spec}
12753More wrappers.  See @ref{import options}.
12754@end table
12755
12756@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12757@item version
12758@cindex version (subcommand)
12759
12760Display the version of @sc{cvs} being used.  If the repository
12761is remote, display both the client and server versions.
12762
12763@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12764@item watch [on|off|add|remove] [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12765
12766on/off: turn on/off read-only checkouts of files.  See
12767@ref{Setting a watch}.
12768
12769add/remove: add or remove notification on actions.  See
12770@ref{Getting Notified}.
12771
12772@table @code
12773@item -a @var{actions}
12774Specify actions for temporary watch, where
12775@var{actions} is @code{edit}, @code{unedit},
12776@code{commit}, @code{all}, or @code{none}.  See
12777@ref{Editing files}.
12778
12779@item -l
12780Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12781
12782@item -R
12783Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12784behavior}.
12785@end table
12786
12787@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12788@item watchers [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12789See who is watching a file.  See @ref{Watch information}.
12790
12791@table @code
12792@item -l
12793Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12794
12795@item -R
12796Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12797behavior}.
12798@end table
12799
12800@end table
12801
12802@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
12803@node Administrative files
12804@appendix Reference manual for Administrative files
12805@cindex Administrative files (reference)
12806@cindex Files, reference manual
12807@cindex Reference manual (files)
12808@cindex CVSROOT (file)
12809
12810Inside the repository, in the directory
12811@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT}, there are a number of
12812supportive files for @sc{cvs}.  You can use @sc{cvs} in a limited
12813fashion without any of them, but if they are set up
12814properly they can help make life easier.  For a
12815discussion of how to edit them, see @ref{Intro
12816administrative files}.
12817
12818The most important of these files is the @file{modules}
12819file, which defines the modules inside the repository.
12820
12821@menu
12822* modules::                     Defining modules
12823* Wrappers::                    Specify binary-ness based on file name
12824* Trigger Scripts::		Launch scripts in response to server events
12825* rcsinfo::                     Templates for the log messages
12826* cvsignore::                   Ignoring files via cvsignore
12827* checkoutlist::                Adding your own administrative files
12828* history file::                History information
12829* Variables::                   Various variables are expanded
12830* config::                      Miscellaneous CVS configuration
12831@end menu
12832
12833@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
12834@node modules
12835@appendixsec The modules file
12836@cindex Modules (admin file)
12837@cindex Defining modules (reference manual)
12838
12839The @file{modules} file records your definitions of
12840names for collections of source code.  @sc{cvs} will
12841use these definitions if you use @sc{cvs} to update the
12842modules file (use normal commands like @code{add},
12843@code{commit}, etc).
12844
12845The @file{modules} file may contain blank lines and
12846comments (lines beginning with @samp{#}) as well as
12847module definitions.  Long lines can be continued on the
12848next line by specifying a backslash (@samp{\}) as the
12849last character on the line.
12850
12851There are three basic types of modules: alias modules,
12852regular modules, and ampersand modules.  The difference
12853between them is the way that they map files in the
12854repository to files in the working directory.  In all
12855of the following examples, the top-level repository
12856contains a directory called @file{first-dir}, which
12857contains two files, @file{file1} and @file{file2}, and a
12858directory @file{sdir}.  @file{first-dir/sdir} contains
12859a file @file{sfile}.
12860
12861@c FIXME: should test all the examples in this section.
12862
12863@menu
12864* Alias modules::             The simplest kind of module
12865* Regular modules::
12866* Ampersand modules::
12867* Excluding directories::     Excluding directories from a module
12868* Module options::            Regular and ampersand modules can take options
12869* Module program options::    How the modules ``program options'' programs
12870                              are run. 
12871@end menu
12872
12873@node Alias modules
12874@appendixsubsec Alias modules
12875@cindex Alias modules
12876@cindex -a, in modules file
12877
12878Alias modules are the simplest kind of module:
12879
12880@table @code
12881@item @var{mname} -a @var{aliases}@dots{}
12882This represents the simplest way of defining a module
12883@var{mname}.  The @samp{-a} flags the definition as a
12884simple alias: @sc{cvs} will treat any use of @var{mname} (as
12885a command argument) as if the list of names
12886@var{aliases} had been specified instead.
12887@var{aliases} may contain either other module names or
12888paths.  When you use paths in aliases, @code{checkout}
12889creates all intermediate directories in the working
12890directory, just as if the path had been specified
12891explicitly in the @sc{cvs} arguments.
12892@end table
12893
12894For example, if the modules file contains:
12895
12896@example
12897amodule -a first-dir
12898@end example
12899
12900@noindent
12901then the following two commands are equivalent:
12902
12903@example
12904$ cvs co amodule
12905$ cvs co first-dir
12906@end example
12907
12908@noindent
12909and they each would provide output such as:
12910
12911@example
12912cvs checkout: Updating first-dir
12913U first-dir/file1
12914U first-dir/file2
12915cvs checkout: Updating first-dir/sdir
12916U first-dir/sdir/sfile
12917@end example
12918
12919@node Regular modules
12920@appendixsubsec Regular modules
12921@cindex Regular modules
12922
12923@table @code
12924@item @var{mname} [ options ] @var{dir} [ @var{files}@dots{} ]
12925In the simplest case, this form of module definition
12926reduces to @samp{@var{mname} @var{dir}}.  This defines
12927all the files in directory @var{dir} as module mname.
12928@var{dir} is a relative path (from @code{$CVSROOT}) to a
12929directory of source in the source repository.  In this
12930case, on checkout, a single directory called
12931@var{mname} is created as a working directory; no
12932intermediate directory levels are used by default, even
12933if @var{dir} was a path involving several directory
12934levels.
12935@end table
12936
12937For example, if a module is defined by:
12938
12939@example
12940regmodule first-dir
12941@end example
12942
12943@noindent
12944then regmodule will contain the files from first-dir:
12945
12946@example
12947$ cvs co regmodule
12948cvs checkout: Updating regmodule
12949U regmodule/file1
12950U regmodule/file2
12951cvs checkout: Updating regmodule/sdir
12952U regmodule/sdir/sfile
12953$
12954@end example
12955
12956By explicitly specifying files in the module definition
12957after @var{dir}, you can select particular files from
12958directory @var{dir}.  Here is
12959an example:
12960
12961@example
12962regfiles first-dir/sdir sfile
12963@end example
12964
12965@noindent
12966With this definition, getting the regfiles module
12967will create a single working directory
12968@file{regfiles} containing the file listed, which
12969comes from a directory deeper
12970in the @sc{cvs} source repository:
12971
12972@example
12973$ cvs co regfiles
12974U regfiles/sfile
12975$
12976@end example
12977
12978@node Ampersand modules
12979@appendixsubsec Ampersand modules
12980@cindex Ampersand modules
12981@cindex &, in modules file
12982
12983A module definition can refer to other modules by
12984including @samp{&@var{module}} in its definition.
12985@example
12986@var{mname} [ options ] @var{&module}@dots{}
12987@end example
12988
12989Then getting the module creates a subdirectory for each such
12990module, in the directory containing the module.  For
12991example, if modules contains
12992
12993@example
12994ampermod &first-dir
12995@end example
12996
12997@noindent
12998then a checkout will create an @code{ampermod} directory
12999which contains a directory called @code{first-dir},
13000which in turns contains all the directories and files
13001which live there.  For example, the command
13002
13003@example
13004$ cvs co ampermod
13005@end example
13006
13007@noindent
13008will create the following files:
13009
13010@example
13011ampermod/first-dir/file1
13012ampermod/first-dir/file2
13013ampermod/first-dir/sdir/sfile
13014@end example
13015
13016There is one quirk/bug: the messages that @sc{cvs}
13017prints omit the @file{ampermod}, and thus do not
13018correctly display the location to which it is checking
13019out the files:
13020
13021@example
13022$ cvs co ampermod
13023cvs checkout: Updating first-dir
13024U first-dir/file1
13025U first-dir/file2
13026cvs checkout: Updating first-dir/sdir
13027U first-dir/sdir/sfile
13028$
13029@end example
13030
13031Do not rely on this buggy behavior; it may get fixed in
13032a future release of @sc{cvs}.
13033
13034@c FIXCVS: What happens if regular and & modules are
13035@c combined, as in "ampermodule first-dir &second-dir"?
13036@c When I tried it, it seemed to just ignore the
13037@c "first-dir".  I think perhaps it should be an error
13038@c (but this needs further investigation).
13039@c In addition to discussing what each one does, we
13040@c should put in a few words about why you would use one or
13041@c the other in various situations.
13042
13043@node Excluding directories
13044@appendixsubsec Excluding directories
13045@cindex Excluding directories, in modules file
13046@cindex !, in modules file
13047
13048An alias module may exclude particular directories from
13049other modules by using an exclamation mark (@samp{!})
13050before the name of each directory to be excluded.
13051
13052For example, if the modules file contains:
13053
13054@example
13055exmodule -a !first-dir/sdir first-dir
13056@end example
13057
13058@noindent
13059then checking out the module @samp{exmodule} will check
13060out everything in @samp{first-dir} except any files in
13061the subdirectory @samp{first-dir/sdir}.
13062@c Note that the "!first-dir/sdir" sometimes must be listed
13063@c before "first-dir".  That seems like a probable bug, in which
13064@c case perhaps it should be fixed (to allow either
13065@c order) rather than documented.  See modules4 in testsuite.
13066
13067@node Module options
13068@appendixsubsec Module options
13069@cindex Options, in modules file
13070
13071Either regular modules or ampersand modules can contain
13072options, which supply additional information concerning
13073the module.
13074
13075@table @code
13076@cindex -d, in modules file
13077@item -d @var{name}
13078Name the working directory something other than the
13079module name.
13080@c FIXME: Needs a bunch of examples, analogous to the
13081@c examples for alias, regular, and ampersand modules
13082@c which show where the files go without -d.
13083
13084@cindex Export program
13085@cindex -e, in modules file
13086@item -e @var{prog}
13087Specify a program @var{prog} to run whenever files in a
13088module are exported.  @var{prog} runs with a single
13089argument, the module name.
13090@c FIXME: Is it run on server? client?
13091
13092@cindex Checkout program
13093@cindex -o, in modules file
13094@item -o @var{prog}
13095Specify a program @var{prog} to run whenever files in a
13096module are checked out.  @var{prog} runs with a single
13097argument, the module name.  See @ref{Module program options} for
13098information on how @var{prog} is called.
13099@c FIXME: Is it run on server? client?
13100
13101@cindex Status of a module
13102@cindex Module status
13103@cindex -s, in modules file
13104@item -s @var{status}
13105Assign a status to the module.  When the module file is
13106printed with @samp{cvs checkout -s} the modules are
13107sorted according to primarily module status, and
13108secondarily according to the module name.  This option
13109has no other meaning.  You can use this option for
13110several things besides status: for instance, list the
13111person that is responsible for this module.
13112
13113@cindex Tag program
13114@cindex -t, in modules file
13115@item -t @var{prog}
13116Specify a program @var{prog} to run whenever files in a
13117module are tagged with @code{rtag}.  @var{prog} runs
13118with two arguments: the module name and the symbolic
13119tag specified to @code{rtag}.  It is not run
13120when @code{tag} is executed.  Generally you will find
13121that the @file{taginfo} file is a better solution (@pxref{taginfo}).
13122@c FIXME: Is it run on server? client?
13123@c Problems with -t include:
13124@c * It is run after the tag not before
13125@c * It doesn't get passed all the information that
13126@c   taginfo does ("mov", &c).
13127@c * It only is run for rtag, not tag.
13128@end table
13129
13130You should also see @pxref{Module program options} about how the
13131``program options'' programs are run.
13132
13133@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13134
13135@node Module program options
13136@appendixsubsec How the modules file ``program options'' programs are run
13137@cindex Modules file program options
13138@cindex -t, in modules file
13139@cindex -o, in modules file
13140@cindex -e, in modules file
13141
13142@noindent
13143For checkout, rtag, and export, the program is server-based, and as such the
13144following applies:-
13145
13146If using remote access methods (pserver, ext, etc.),
13147@sc{cvs} will execute this program on the server from a temporary
13148directory. The path is searched for this program.
13149
13150If using ``local access'' (on a local or remote NFS file system, i.e.
13151repository set just to a path),
13152the program will be executed from the newly checked-out tree, if
13153found there, or alternatively searched for in the path if not.
13154
13155The programs are all run after the operation has effectively
13156completed.
13157
13158
13159@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13160@node Wrappers
13161@appendixsec The cvswrappers file
13162@cindex cvswrappers (admin file)
13163@cindex CVSWRAPPERS, environment variable
13164@cindex Wrappers
13165
13166@c FIXME: need some better way of separating this out
13167@c by functionality.  -m is
13168@c one feature, and -k is a another.  And this discussion
13169@c should be better motivated (e.g. start with the
13170@c problems, then explain how the feature solves it).
13171
13172Wrappers refers to a @sc{cvs} feature which lets you
13173control certain settings based on the name of the file
13174which is being operated on.  The settings are @samp{-k}
13175for binary files, and @samp{-m} for nonmergeable text
13176files.
13177
13178The @samp{-m} option
13179specifies the merge methodology that should be used when
13180a non-binary file is updated.  @code{MERGE} means the usual
13181@sc{cvs} behavior: try to merge the files.  @code{COPY}
13182means that @code{cvs update} will refuse to merge
13183files, as it also does for files specified as binary
13184with @samp{-kb} (but if the file is specified as
13185binary, there is no need to specify @samp{-m 'COPY'}).
13186@sc{cvs} will provide the user with the
13187two versions of the files, and require the user using
13188mechanisms outside @sc{cvs}, to insert any necessary
13189changes.
13190
13191@strong{WARNING: do not use @code{COPY} with
13192@sc{cvs} 1.9 or earlier - such versions of @sc{cvs} will
13193copy one version of your file over the other, wiping
13194out the previous contents.}
13195@c Ordinarily we don't document the behavior of old
13196@c versions.  But this one is so dangerous, I think we
13197@c must.  I almost renamed it to -m 'NOMERGE' so we
13198@c could say "never use -m 'COPY'".
13199The @samp{-m} wrapper option only affects behavior when
13200merging is done on update; it does not affect how files
13201are stored.  See @ref{Binary files}, for more on
13202binary files.
13203
13204The basic format of the file @file{cvswrappers} is:
13205
13206@c FIXME: @example is all wrong for this.  Use @deffn or
13207@c something more sensible.
13208@example
13209wildcard     [option value][option value]...
13210
13211where option is one of
13212-m           update methodology      value: MERGE or COPY
13213-k           keyword expansion       value: expansion mode
13214
13215and value is a single-quote delimited value.
13216@end example
13217
13218@ignore
13219@example
13220*.nib    -f 'unwrap %s' -t 'wrap %s %s' -m 'COPY'
13221*.c      -t 'indent %s %s'
13222@end example
13223@c When does the filter need to be an absolute pathname
13224@c and when will something like the above work?  I
13225@c suspect it relates to the PATH of the server (which
13226@c in turn depends on all kinds of stuff, e.g. inetd
13227@c for pserver).  I'm not sure whether/where to discuss
13228@c this.
13229@c FIXME: What do the %s's stand for?
13230
13231@noindent
13232The above example of a @file{cvswrappers} file
13233states that all files/directories that end with a @code{.nib}
13234should be filtered with the @file{wrap} program before
13235checking the file into the repository. The file should
13236be filtered though the @file{unwrap} program when the
13237file is checked out of the repository. The
13238@file{cvswrappers} file also states that a @code{COPY}
13239methodology should be used when updating the files in
13240the repository (that is, no merging should be performed).
13241
13242@c What pitfalls arise when using indent this way?  Is
13243@c it a winning thing to do?  Would be nice to at least
13244@c hint at those issues; we want our examples to tell
13245@c how to solve problems, not just to say that cvs can
13246@c do certain things.
13247The last example line says that all files that end with
13248@code{.c} should be filtered with @file{indent}
13249before being checked into the repository. Unlike the previous
13250example, no filtering of the @code{.c} file is done when
13251it is checked out of the repository.
13252@noindent
13253The @code{-t} filter is called with two arguments,
13254the first is the name of the file/directory to filter
13255and the second is the pathname to where the resulting
13256filtered file should be placed.
13257
13258@noindent
13259The @code{-f} filter is called with one argument,
13260which is the name of the file to filter from. The end
13261result of this filter will be a file in the users directory
13262that they can work on as they normally would.
13263
13264Note that the @samp{-t}/@samp{-f} features do not
13265conveniently handle one portion of @sc{cvs}'s operation:
13266determining when files are modified.  @sc{cvs} will still
13267want a file (or directory) to exist, and it will use
13268its modification time to determine whether a file is
13269modified.  If @sc{cvs} erroneously thinks a file is
13270unmodified (for example, a directory is unchanged but
13271one of the files within it is changed), you can force
13272it to check in the file anyway by specifying the
13273@samp{-f} option to @code{cvs commit} (@pxref{commit
13274options}).
13275@c This is, of course, a serious design flaw in -t/-f.
13276@c Probably the whole functionality needs to be
13277@c redesigned (starting from requirements) to fix this.
13278@end ignore
13279
13280@c FIXME: We don't document -W or point to where it is
13281@c documented.  Or .cvswrappers.
13282For example, the following command imports a
13283directory, treating files whose name ends in
13284@samp{.exe} as binary:
13285
13286@example
13287cvs import -I ! -W "*.exe -k 'b'" first-dir vendortag reltag
13288@end example
13289
13290@c Another good example, would be storing files
13291@c (e.g. binary files) compressed in the repository.
13292@c 	::::::::::::::::::
13293@c 	cvswrappers
13294@c 	::::::::::::::::::
13295@c 	*.t12 -m 'COPY'
13296@c 	*.t[0-9][0-9] -f 'gunzipcp %s' -t 'gzipcp %s %s' -m 'COPY'
13297@c
13298@c	::::::::::::::::::
13299@c	gunzipcp
13300@c	::::::::::::::::::
13301@c	:
13302@c	[ -f $1 ] || exit 1
13303@c	zcat $1 > /tmp/.#$1.$$
13304@c	mv /tmp/.#$1.$$ $1
13305@c
13306@c	::::::::::::::::::
13307@c	gzipcp
13308@c	::::::::::::::::::
13309@c	:
13310@c	DIRNAME=`echo $1 | sed -e "s|/.*/||g"`
13311@c	if [ ! -d $DIRNAME ] ; then
13312@c	      DIRNAME=`echo $1 | sed -e "s|.*/||g"`
13313@c	fi
13314@c	gzip -c  $DIRNAME  > $2
13315@c One catch--"cvs diff" will not invoke the wrappers
13316@c (probably a CVS bug, although I haven't thought it out).
13317
13318@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13319@node Trigger Scripts
13320@appendixsec The Trigger Scripts
13321@cindex info files
13322@cindex trigger scripts
13323@cindex script hooks
13324
13325@c FIXME
13326@c Somewhere there needs to be a more "how-to" guide to writing these.
13327@c One particular issue that people sometimes are worried about is performance,
13328@c and the impact of writing in perl or sh or ____.  Performance comparisons
13329@c should probably remain outside the scope of this document, but at least
13330@c _that_ much could be referenced, perhaps with links to other sources.
13331
13332Several of the administrative files support triggers, or the launching external
13333scripts or programs at specific times before or after particular events, during
13334the execution of @sc{cvs} commands.  These hooks can be used to prevent certain
13335actions, log them, and/or maintain anything else you deem practical.
13336
13337All the trigger scripts are launched in a copy of the user sandbox being
13338committed, on the server, in client-server mode.  In local mode, the scripts
13339are actually launched directly from the user sandbox directory being committed.
13340For most intents and purposes, the same scripts can be run in both locations
13341without alteration.
13342
13343@menu
13344* syntax::                      The common syntax
13345* Trigger Script Security::	Trigger script security
13346
13347* commit files::                The commit support files (commitinfo,
13348                                verifymsg, loginfo)
13349*   commitinfo::                Pre-commit checking
13350*   verifymsg::                 How are log messages evaluated?
13351*   loginfo::                   Where should log messages be sent?
13352
13353* postadmin::			Logging admin commands
13354* taginfo::                     Verifying/Logging tags
13355* posttag::                     Logging tags
13356* postwatch::			Logging watch commands
13357
13358* preproxy::			Launch a script on a secondary server prior
13359				to becoming a write proxy
13360* postproxy::			Launch a script on a secondary server after
13361				completing proxy operations
13362@end menu
13363
13364@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13365@node syntax
13366@appendixsubsec The common syntax
13367@cindex info files, common syntax
13368@cindex script hooks, common syntax
13369@cindex trigger script hooks, common syntax
13370@cindex syntax of trigger script hooks
13371
13372@c FIXME: having this so totally separate from the
13373@c Variables node is rather bogus.
13374
13375The administrative files such as @file{commitinfo},
13376@file{loginfo}, @file{rcsinfo}, @file{verifymsg}, etc.,
13377all have a common format.  The purpose of the files are
13378described later on.  The common syntax is described
13379here.
13380
13381@cindex Regular expression syntax
13382Each line contains the following:
13383
13384@itemize @bullet
13385@cindex @samp{ALL} keyword, in lieu of regular expressions in script hooks
13386@cindex @samp{DEFAULT} keyword, in lieu of regular expressions in script hooks
13387@item
13388A regular expression or the literal string @samp{DEFAULT}.  Some script hooks
13389also support the literal string @samp{ALL}.  Other than the @samp{ALL} and
13390@samp{DEFAULT} keywords, this is a basic regular expression in the syntax used
13391by GNU emacs.  See the descriptions of the individual script hooks for
13392information on whether the @samp{ALL} keyword is supported
13393(@pxref{Trigger Scripts}).
13394@c FIXME: What we probably should be saying is "POSIX Basic
13395@c Regular Expression with the following extensions (`\('
13396@c `\|' '+' etc)"
13397@c rather than define it with reference to emacs.
13398@c The reference to emacs is not strictly speaking
13399@c true, as we don't support \=, \s, or \S.  Also it isn't
13400@c clear we should document and/or promise to continue to
13401@c support all the obscure emacs extensions like \<.
13402@c Also need to better cite (or include) full
13403@c documentation for the syntax.
13404@c Also see comment in configure.in about what happens to the
13405@c syntax if we pick up a system-supplied regexp matcher.
13406
13407@item
13408A whitespace separator---one or more spaces and/or tabs.
13409
13410@item
13411A file name or command-line template.
13412@end itemize
13413
13414@noindent
13415Blank lines are ignored.  Lines that start with the
13416character @samp{#} are treated as comments.  Long lines
13417unfortunately can @emph{not} be broken in two parts in
13418any way.
13419
13420The first regular expression that matches the current
13421directory name in the repository or the first line containing @samp{DEFAULT}
13422in lieu of a regular expression is used and all lines containing @samp{ALL} is
13423used for the hooks which support the @samp{ALL} keyword.  The rest of the line
13424is used as a file name or command-line template as appropriate.  See the
13425descriptions of the individual script hooks for information on whether the
13426@samp{ALL} keyword is supported (@pxref{Trigger Scripts}).
13427
13428@cindex format strings
13429@cindex format strings, common syntax
13430@cindex info files, common syntax, format strings
13431@cindex Common syntax of info files, format strings
13432@noindent
13433@emph{Note:  The following information on format strings is valid
13434as long as the line @code{UseNewInfoFmtStrings=yes} appears in
13435your repository's config file (@pxref{config}).  Otherwise,
13436default format strings may be appended to the command line and
13437the @samp{loginfo} file, especially, can exhibit slightly
13438different behavior.  For more information,
13439@xref{Updating Commit Files}.}
13440
13441In the cases where the second segment of the matched line is a
13442command line template (e.g. @file{commitinfo}, @file{loginfo},
13443& @file{verifymsg}), the command line template may contain format
13444strings which will be replaced with specific values before the
13445script is run.
13446@c FIXCVS then FIXME - it really would make sense to allow %r & maybe even %p
13447@c to be used in rcsinfo to construct a path, but I haven't
13448@c coded this yet.
13449
13450Format strings can represent a single variable or one or more
13451attributes of a list variable.  An example of a list variable
13452would be the list available to scripts hung on the loginfo hooks
13453- the list of files which were just committed.  In the case of
13454loginfo, three attributes are available for each list item: file
13455name, precommit version, and postcommit version.
13456
13457Format strings consist of a @samp{%} character followed by an optional
13458@samp{@{} (required in the multiple list attribute case), a
13459single format character representing a variable or a single attribute of
13460list elements or multiple format characters representing attributes of
13461list elements, and a closing @samp{@}} when the open bracket was present.
13462
13463@emph{Flat format strings}, or single format characters which get replaced
13464with a single value, will generate a single argument
13465to the called script, regardless of whether the replacement variable contains
13466white space or other special characters.
13467
13468@emph{List attributes} will generate an argument for each attribute
13469requested for each list item.  For example, @samp{%@{sVv@}}
13470in a @file{loginfo} command template will generate three
13471arguments (file name, precommit version, postcommit version,
13472...) for each file committed.  As in the flat format string
13473case, each attribute will be passed in as a single argument
13474regardless of whether it contains white space or other
13475special characters.
13476 
13477@samp{%%} will be replaced with a literal @samp{%}.
13478
13479The format strings available to all script hooks are:
13480
13481@table @t
13482@item c
13483The canonical name of the command being executed.  For instance, in the case of
13484a hook run from @code{cvs up}, @sc{cvs} would replace @samp{%c} with the string
13485@samp{update} and, in the case of a hook run from @code{cvs ci}, @sc{cvs} would
13486replace @samp{%c} with the string @samp{commit}.
13487@item n
13488The null, or empty, string.
13489@item p
13490The name of the directory being operated on within the repository.
13491@item r
13492The name of the repository (the path portion of @code{$CVSROOT}).
13493@item R
13494On a server, the name of the referrer, if any.  The referrer is the CVSROOT the
13495client reports it used to contact a server which then referred it to this
13496server.  Should usually be set on a primary server with a write proxy setup.
13497@end table
13498
13499Other format strings are file specific.  See the docs on the
13500particular script hooks for more information
13501(@pxref{Trigger Scripts}).
13502
13503As an example, the following line in a @file{loginfo} file would
13504match only the directory @file{module} and any subdirectories of
13505@file{module}:
13506
13507@example
13508^module\(/\|$\) (echo; echo %p; echo %@{sVv@}; cat) >>$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/commitlog
13509@end example
13510
13511Using this same line and assuming a commit of new revisions
135121.5.4.4 and 1.27.4.1 based on old revisions 1.5.4.3 and 1.27,
13513respectively, of file1 and file2 in module, something like the
13514following log message should be appended to commitlog:
13515
13516@example
13517
13518module
13519file1 1.5.4.3 1.5.4.4 file2 1.27 1.27.4.1
13520Update of /cvsroot/module
13521In directory localhost.localdomain:/home/jrandom/work/module
13522
13523Modified Files:
13524	file1 file2
13525Log Message:
13526A log message.
13527@end example
13528
13529@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13530@node Trigger Script Security
13531@appendixsubsec Security and the Trigger Scripts
13532@cindex info files, security
13533@cindex script hooks, security
13534@cindex trigger scripts, security
13535
13536Security is a huge subject, and implementing a secure system is a non-trivial
13537task.  This section will barely touch on all the issues involved, but it is
13538well to note that, as with any script you will be allowing an untrusted
13539user to run on your server, there are measures you can take to help prevent
13540your trigger scripts from being abused.
13541
13542For instance, since the CVS trigger scripts all run in a copy of the user's
13543sandbox on the server, a naively coded Perl trigger script which attempts to
13544use a Perl module that is not installed on the system can be hijacked by any
13545user with commit access who is checking in a file with the correct name.  Other
13546scripting languages may be vulnerable to similar hacks.
13547
13548One way to make a script more secure, at least with Perl, is to use scripts
13549which invoke the @code{-T}, or "taint-check" switch on their @code{#!} line.
13550In the most basic terms, this causes Perl to avoid running code that may have
13551come from an external source.  Please run the @code{perldoc perlsec} command
13552for more on Perl security.  Again, other languages may implement other security
13553verification hooks which look more or less like Perl's "taint-check" mechanism.
13554
13555@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13556@node commit files
13557@appendixsubsec The commit support files
13558@cindex Commits, administrative support files
13559@cindex commit files, see Info files
13560
13561The @samp{-i} flag in the @file{modules} file can be
13562used to run a certain program whenever files are
13563committed (@pxref{modules}).  The files described in
13564this section provide other, more flexible, ways to run
13565programs whenever something is committed.
13566
13567There are three kinds of programs that can be run on
13568commit.  They are specified in files in the repository,
13569as described below.  The following table summarizes the
13570file names and the purpose of the corresponding
13571programs.
13572
13573@table @file
13574@item commitinfo
13575The program is responsible for checking that the commit
13576is allowed.  If it exits with a non-zero exit status
13577the commit will be aborted.  @xref{commitinfo}.
13578
13579@item verifymsg
13580The specified program is used to evaluate the log message,
13581and possibly verify that it contains all required
13582fields.  This is most useful in combination with the
13583@file{rcsinfo} file, which can hold a log message
13584template (@pxref{rcsinfo}).  @xref{verifymsg}.
13585
13586@item loginfo
13587The specified program is called when the commit is
13588complete.  It receives the log message and some
13589additional information and can store the log message in
13590a file, or mail it to appropriate persons, or maybe
13591post it to a local newsgroup, or@dots{}  Your
13592imagination is the limit!  @xref{loginfo}.
13593@end table
13594
13595@menu
13596* Updating Commit Files::       Updating legacy repositories to stop using
13597                                deprecated command line template formats
13598@end menu
13599
13600@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13601@node Updating Commit Files
13602@appendixsubsubsec  Updating legacy repositories to stop using deprecated command line template formats
13603@cindex info files, common syntax, updating legacy repositories
13604@cindex Syntax of info files, updating legacy repositories
13605@cindex Common syntax of info files, updating legacy repositories
13606New repositories are created set to use the new format strings by default, so
13607if you are creating a new repository, you shouldn't have to worry about this
13608section.
13609
13610If you are attempting to maintain a legacy repository which was
13611making use of the @file{commitinfo}, @file{editinfo}, @file{verifymsg},
13612@file{loginfo}, and/or @file{taginfo} script hooks, you should have no
13613immediate problems with using the current @sc{cvs} executable, but your users
13614will probably start to see deprecation warnings.
13615
13616The reason for this is that all of the script hooks have been updated to
13617use a new command line parser that extensibly supports multiple
13618@file{loginfo} & @file{notify} style format strings (@pxref{syntax})
13619and this support is not completely compatible with the old style format
13620strings.
13621
13622The quick upgrade method is to stick a @samp{1} after each format string
13623in your old @file{loginfo} file.  For example:
13624
13625@example
13626DEFAULT (echo ""; id; echo %@{sVv@}; date; cat) >> $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/commitlog
13627@end example
13628
13629would become:
13630
13631@example
13632DEFAULT (echo ""; id; echo %1@{sVv@}; date; cat) >> $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/commitlog
13633@end example
13634
13635If you were counting on the fact that only the first @samp{%} in the line was
13636replaced as a format string, you may also have to double up any further
13637percent signs on the line.
13638
13639If you did this all at once and checked it in, everything should still be
13640running properly.
13641
13642Now add the following line to your config file (@pxref{config}):
13643@example
13644UseNewInfoFmtStrings=yes
13645@end example
13646
13647Everything should still be running properly, but your users will probably
13648start seeing new deprecation warnings.
13649  
13650Dealing with the deprecation warnings now generated by @file{commitinfo},
13651@file{editinfo}, @file{verifymsg}, and @file{taginfo} should be easy.  Simply
13652specify what are currently implicit arguments explicitly.  This means appending
13653the following strings to each active command line template in each file:
13654@table @code
13655@item commitinfo
13656@samp{ %r/%p %s}
13657@item editinfo
13658@samp{ %l}
13659@item taginfo
13660@samp{ %t %o %p %@{sv@}}
13661@item verifymsg
13662@samp{ %l}
13663@end table
13664
13665If you don't desire that any of the newly available information be passed to
13666the scripts hanging off of these hooks, no further modifications to these
13667files should be necessary to insure current and future compatibility with
13668@sc{cvs}'s format strings.
13669
13670Fixing @file{loginfo} could be a little tougher.  The old style
13671@file{loginfo} format strings caused a single space and comma separated
13672argument to be passed in in place of the format string.  This is what will
13673continue to be generated due to the deprecated @samp{1} you inserted into
13674the format strings.
13675
13676Since the new format separates each individual item and passes it into the
13677script as a separate argument (for a good reason - arguments containing commas
13678and/or white space are now parsable), to remove the deprecated @samp{1} from
13679your @file{loginfo} command line templates, you will most likely have to
13680rewrite any scripts called by the hook to handle the new argument format.
13681
13682Also note that the way @samp{%} followed by unrecognized characters and by
13683@samp{@{@}} was treated in past versions of CVS is not strictly adhered to as
13684there were bugs in the old versions.  Specifically, @samp{%@{@}} would eat the
13685next character and unrecognized strings resolved only to the empty string,
13686which was counter to what was stated in the documentation.  This version will
13687do what the documentation said it should have (if you were using only some
13688combination of @samp{%@{sVv@}}, e.g. @samp{%@{sVv@}}, @samp{%@{sV@}}, or
13689@samp{%v}, you should have no troubles).
13690
13691On the bright side, you should have plenty of time to do this before all
13692support for the old format strings is removed from @sc{cvs}, so you can just
13693put up with the deprecation warnings for awhile if you like.
13694
13695@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13696@node commitinfo
13697@appendixsubsec Commitinfo
13698@cindex @file{commitinfo}
13699@cindex Commits, precommit verification of
13700@cindex commitinfo (admin file)
13701@cindex info files, commitinfo
13702@cindex script hooks, commitinfo
13703@cindex trigger scripts, commitinfo
13704@cindex info files, precommit verification of commits
13705@cindex script hooks, precommit verification of commits
13706@cindex trigger scripts, precommit verification of commits
13707
13708The @file{commitinfo} file defines programs to execute
13709whenever @samp{cvs commit} is about to execute.  These
13710programs are used for pre-commit checking to verify
13711that the modified, added and removed files are really
13712ready to be committed.  This could be used, for
13713instance, to verify that the changed files conform to
13714to your site's standards for coding practice.
13715
13716The @file{commitinfo} file has the standard form for script hooks
13717(@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular expression followed by
13718a command to execute.  It supports only the DEFAULT keywords.
13719
13720@cindex format strings, commitinfo admin file
13721In addition to the common format strings (@pxref{syntax}),
13722@file{commitinfo} supports:
13723
13724@table @t
13725@item @{s@}
13726a list of the names of files to be committed
13727@end table
13728
13729@cindex commitinfo (admin file), updating legacy repositories
13730@cindex compatibility notes, commitinfo admin file
13731Currently, if no format strings are specified, a default
13732string of @samp{ %r/%p %@{s@}} will be appended to the command
13733line template before replacement is performed, but this
13734feature is deprecated.  It is simply in place so that legacy
13735repositories will remain compatible with the new @sc{cvs} application.
13736For information on updating, @pxref{Updating Commit Files}.
13737
13738@cindex Exit status, of commitinfo
13739@cindex commitinfo (admin file), exit status
13740The first line with a regular expression matching the
13741directory within the repository will be used.  If the
13742command returns a non-zero exit status the commit will
13743be aborted.
13744@c FIXME: need example(s) of what "directory within the
13745@c repository" means.
13746
13747@cindex @file{commitinfo}, working directory
13748@cindex @file{commitinfo}, command environment
13749The command will be run in the root of the workspace
13750containing the new versions of any files the user would like
13751to modify (commit), @emph{or in a copy of the workspace on
13752the server (@pxref{Remote repositories})}.  If a file is
13753being removed, there will be no copy of the file under the
13754current directory.  If a file is being added, there will be
13755no corresponding archive file in the repository unless the
13756file is being resurrected.
13757
13758Note that both the repository directory and the corresponding
13759Attic (@pxref{Attic}) directory may need to be checked to
13760locate the archive file corresponding to any given file being
13761committed.  Much of the information about the specific commit
13762request being made, including the destination branch, commit
13763message, and command line options specified, is not available
13764to the command.
13765
13766@c FIXME: should discuss using commitinfo to control
13767@c who has checkin access to what (e.g. Joe can check into
13768@c directories a, b, and c, and Mary can check into
13769@c directories b, c, and d--note this case cannot be
13770@c conveniently handled with unix groups).  Of course,
13771@c adding a new set of features to CVS might be a more
13772@c natural way to fix this problem than telling people to
13773@c use commitinfo.
13774@c FIXME: Should make some reference, especially in
13775@c the context of controlling who has access, to the fact
13776@c that commitinfo can be circumvented.  Perhaps
13777@c mention SETXID (but has it been carefully examined
13778@c for holes?).  This fits in with the discussion of
13779@c general CVS security in "Password authentication
13780@c security" (the bit which is not pserver-specific).
13781
13782@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13783@node verifymsg
13784@appendixsubsec Verifying log messages
13785@cindex @file{verifymsg} (admin file)
13786@cindex Log message, verifying
13787@cindex logging, commits
13788
13789Once you have entered a log message, you can evaluate
13790that message to check for specific content, such as
13791a bug ID.  Use the @file{verifymsg} file to
13792specify a program that is used to verify the log message.
13793This program could be a simple script that checks
13794that the entered message contains the required fields.
13795
13796The @file{verifymsg} file is often most useful together
13797with the @file{rcsinfo} file, which can be used to
13798specify a log message template (@pxref{rcsinfo}).
13799
13800The @file{verifymsg} file has the standard form for script hooks
13801(@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular expression followed by
13802a command to execute.  It supports only the DEFAULT keywords.
13803
13804@cindex format strings, verifymsg admin file
13805In addition to the common format strings (@pxref{syntax}),
13806@file{verifymsg} supports:
13807
13808@table @t
13809@item l
13810the full path to the file containing the log message to be verified
13811@item @{sV@}
13812File attributes, where:
13813@table @t
13814@item s
13815file name
13816@item V
13817old version number (pre-checkin)
13818@end table
13819@end table
13820
13821@cindex verifymsg (admin/commit file), updating legacy repositories
13822@cindex compatibility notes, verifymsg admin file
13823Currently, if no format strings are specified, a default
13824string of @samp{ %l} will be appended to the command
13825line template before replacement is performed, but this
13826feature is deprecated.  It is simply in place so that legacy
13827repositories will remain compatible with the new @sc{cvs} application.
13828For information on updating, @pxref{Updating Commit Files}.
13829
13830One thing that should be noted is that the @samp{ALL}
13831keyword is not supported.  If more than one matching
13832line is found, the first one is used.  This can be
13833useful for specifying a default verification script in a
13834directory, and then overriding it in a subdirectory.
13835
13836@cindex Exit status, of @file{verifymsg}
13837If the verification script exits with a non-zero exit status,
13838the commit is aborted.
13839
13840@cindex @file{verifymsg}, changing the log message
13841In the default configuration, CVS allows the
13842verification script to change the log message. This is
13843controlled via the RereadLogAfterVerify CVSROOT/config
13844option.
13845
13846When @samp{RereadLogAfterVerify=always} or
13847@samp{RereadLogAfterVerify=stat}, the log message will
13848either always be reread after the verification script
13849is run or reread only if the log message file status
13850has changed.
13851
13852@xref{config}, for more on CVSROOT/config options.
13853
13854It is NOT a good idea for a @file{verifymsg} script to
13855interact directly with the user in the various
13856client/server methods. For the @code{pserver} method,
13857there is no protocol support for communicating between
13858@file{verifymsg} and the client on the remote end. For the
13859@code{ext} and @code{server} methods, it is possible
13860for CVS to become confused by the characters going
13861along the same channel as the CVS protocol
13862messages. See @ref{Remote repositories}, for more
13863information on client/server setups.  In addition, at the time
13864the @file{verifymsg} script runs, the CVS
13865server has locks in place in the repository.  If control is
13866returned to the user here then other users may be stuck waiting
13867for access to the repository.
13868
13869This option can be useful if you find yourself using an
13870rcstemplate that needs to be modified to remove empty
13871elements or to fill in default values.  It can also be
13872useful if the rcstemplate has changed in the repository
13873and the CVS/Template was not updated, but is able to be
13874adapted to the new format by the verification script
13875that is run by @file{verifymsg}.
13876
13877An example of an update might be to change all
13878occurrences of 'BugId:' to be 'DefectId:' (which can be
13879useful if the rcstemplate has recently been changed and
13880there are still checked-out user trees with cached
13881copies in the CVS/Template file of the older version).
13882
13883Another example of an update might be to delete a line
13884that contains 'BugID: none' from the log message after
13885validation of that value as being allowed is made.
13886
13887@menu
13888* verifymsg example::            Verifymsg example
13889@end menu
13890
13891@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13892@node verifymsg example
13893@appendixsubsubsec Verifying log messages
13894@cindex verifymsg, example
13895The following is a little silly example of a
13896@file{verifymsg} file, together with the corresponding
13897@file{rcsinfo} file, the log message template and a
13898verification script.  We begin with the log message template.
13899We want to always record a bug-id number on the first
13900line of the log message.  The rest of log message is
13901free text.  The following template is found in the file
13902@file{/usr/cvssupport/tc.template}.
13903
13904@example
13905BugId:
13906@end example
13907
13908The script @file{/usr/cvssupport/bugid.verify} is used to
13909evaluate the log message.
13910
13911@example
13912#!/bin/sh
13913#
13914#       bugid.verify filename
13915#
13916#  Verify that the log message contains a valid bugid
13917#  on the first line.
13918#
13919if sed 1q < $1 | grep '^BugId:[ ]*[0-9][0-9]*$' > /dev/null; then
13920    exit 0
13921elif sed 1q < $1 | grep '^BugId:[ ]*none$' > /dev/null; then
13922    # It is okay to allow commits with 'BugId: none',
13923    # but do not put that text into the real log message.
13924    grep -v '^BugId:[ ]*none$' > $1.rewrite
13925    mv $1.rewrite $1
13926    exit 0
13927else
13928    echo "No BugId found."
13929    exit 1
13930fi
13931@end example
13932
13933The @file{verifymsg} file contains this line:
13934
13935@example
13936^tc     /usr/cvssupport/bugid.verify %l
13937@end example
13938
13939The @file{rcsinfo} file contains this line:
13940
13941@example
13942^tc     /usr/cvssupport/tc.template
13943@end example
13944
13945The @file{config} file contains this line:
13946
13947@example
13948RereadLogAfterVerify=always
13949@end example
13950
13951
13952
13953@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13954@node loginfo
13955@appendixsubsec Loginfo
13956@cindex loginfo (admin file)
13957@cindex logging, commits
13958@cindex Storing log messages
13959@cindex Mailing log messages
13960@cindex Distributing log messages
13961@cindex Log messages
13962
13963The @file{loginfo} file is used to control where log information is sent after
13964versioned changes are made to repository archive files and after directories
13965are added ot the repository.  @ref{posttag} for how to log tagging
13966information and @ref{postadmin} for how to log changes due to the @code{admin}
13967command.
13968
13969The @file{loginfo} file has the standard form for script hooks
13970(@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular expression followed by
13971a command to execute.  It supports the ALL and DEFAULT keywords.
13972
13973Any specified scripts are called:
13974
13975@table @code
13976@item commit
13977Once per directory, immediately after a successfully completing the commit of
13978all files within that directory.
13979@item import
13980Once per import, immediately after completion of all write operations.
13981@item add
13982Immediately after the successful @code{add} of a directory.
13983@end table
13984
13985Any script called via @file{loginfo} will be fed the log information on its
13986standard input.  Note that the filter program @strong{must} read @strong{all}
13987of the log information from its standard input or @sc{cvs} may fail with a
13988broken pipe signal.
13989
13990@cindex format strings, loginfo admin file
13991In addition to the common format strings (@pxref{syntax}),
13992@file{loginfo} supports:
13993
13994@table @t
13995@item @{stVv@}
13996File attributes, where:
13997@table @t
13998@item s
13999file name
14000@item T
14001tag name of destination, or the empty string when there is no associated
14002tag name (this usually means the trunk)
14003@item V
14004old version number (pre-checkin)
14005@item v
14006new version number (post-checkin)
14007@end table
14008@end table
14009
14010For example, some valid format strings are @samp{%%},
14011@samp{%s}, @samp{%@{s@}}, and @samp{%@{stVv@}}.
14012
14013@cindex loginfo (admin file), updating legacy repositories
14014@cindex compatibility notes, loginfo admin file
14015Currently, if @samp{UseNewInfoFmtStrings} is not set in the @file{config}
14016administration file (@pxref{config}), the format strings will be substituted
14017as they were in past versions of @sc{cvs}, but this feature is deprecated.
14018It is simply in place so that legacy repositories will remain compatible with
14019the new @sc{cvs} application.  For information on updating,
14020please see @ref{Updating Commit Files}.
14021
14022As an example, if @samp{/u/src/master/yoyodyne/tc} is the repository, @samp{%p}
14023and @samp{%@{sVv@}} are the format strings, and three files (@t{ChangeLog},
14024@t{Makefile}, @t{foo.c}) were modified, the output might be:
14025
14026@example
14027yoyodyne/tc ChangeLog 1.1 1.2 Makefile 1.3 1.4 foo.c 1.12 1.13
14028@end example
14029
14030Note: when @sc{cvs} is accessing a remote repository,
14031@file{loginfo} will be run on the @emph{remote}
14032(i.e., server) side, not the client side (@pxref{Remote
14033repositories}).
14034
14035@menu
14036* loginfo example::                          Loginfo example
14037* Keeping a checked out copy::               Updating a tree on every checkin
14038@end menu
14039
14040@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14041@node loginfo example
14042@appendixsubsubsec Loginfo example
14043
14044The following @file{loginfo} file, together with the
14045tiny shell-script below, appends all log messages
14046to the file @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/commitlog},
14047and any commits to the administrative files (inside
14048the @file{CVSROOT} directory) are also logged in
14049@file{/usr/adm/cvsroot-log}.
14050Commits to the @file{prog1} directory are mailed to @t{ceder}.
14051
14052@c FIXME: is it a CVS feature or bug that only the
14053@c first matching line is used?  It is documented
14054@c above, but is it useful?  For example, if we wanted
14055@c to run both "cvs-log" and "Mail" for the CVSROOT
14056@c directory, it is kind of awkward if
14057@c only the first matching line is used.
14058@example
14059ALL                     /usr/local/bin/cvs-log $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/commitlog $USER
14060^CVSROOT\(/\|$\)        /usr/local/bin/cvs-log /usr/adm/cvsroot-log $USER
14061^prog1\(/\|$\)          Mail -s "%p %s" ceder
14062@end example
14063
14064The shell-script @file{/usr/local/bin/cvs-log} looks
14065like this:
14066
14067@example
14068#!/bin/sh
14069(echo "------------------------------------------------------";
14070 echo -n "$2  ";
14071 date;
14072 echo;
14073 cat) >> $1
14074@end example
14075
14076
14077
14078@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14079@node Keeping a checked out copy
14080@appendixsubsubsec Keeping a checked out copy
14081
14082@c What other index entries?  It seems like
14083@c people might want to use a lot of different
14084@c words for this functionality.
14085@cindex Keeping a checked out copy
14086@cindex Checked out copy, keeping
14087@cindex Web pages, maintaining with CVS
14088
14089It is often useful to maintain a directory tree which
14090contains files which correspond to the latest version
14091in the repository.  For example, other developers might
14092want to refer to the latest sources without having to
14093check them out, or you might be maintaining a web site
14094with @sc{cvs} and want every checkin to cause the files
14095used by the web server to be updated.
14096@c Can we offer more details on the web example?  Or
14097@c point the user at how to figure it out?  This text
14098@c strikes me as sufficient for someone who already has
14099@c some idea of what we mean but not enough for the naive
14100@c user/sysadmin to understand it and set it up.
14101
14102The way to do this is by having loginfo invoke
14103@code{cvs update}.  Doing so in the naive way will
14104cause a problem with locks, so the @code{cvs update}
14105must be run in the background.
14106@c Should we try to describe the problem with locks?
14107@c It seems like a digression for someone who just
14108@c wants to know how to make it work.
14109@c Another choice which might work for a single file
14110@c is to use "cvs -n update -p" which doesn't take
14111@c out locks (I think) but I don't see many advantages
14112@c of that and we might as well document something which
14113@c works for multiple files.
14114Here is an example for unix (this should all be on one line):
14115
14116@example
14117^cyclic-pages\(/\|$\)	(date; cat; (sleep 2; cd /u/www/local-docs;
14118 cvs -q update -d) &) >> $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/updatelog 2>&1
14119@end example
14120
14121This will cause checkins to repository directory @code{cyclic-pages}
14122and its subdirectories to update the checked
14123out tree in @file{/u/www/local-docs}.
14124@c More info on some of the details?  The "sleep 2" is
14125@c so if we are lucky the lock will be gone by the time
14126@c we start and we can wait 2 seconds instead of 30.
14127
14128
14129
14130@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14131@node postadmin
14132@appendixsubsec Logging admin commands
14133@cindex postadmin (admin file)
14134@cindex script hook, postadmin
14135@cindex Admin commands, logging
14136
14137The @file{postadmin} file defines programs to execute after an @code{admin}
14138command modifies files.  The @file{postadmin} file has the standard form
14139for script hooks (@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular
14140expression followed by a command to execute.  It supports the ALL and DEFAULT
14141keywords.
14142
14143@cindex format strings, postadmin admin file
14144The @file{postadmin} file supports no format strings other than the common
14145ones (@pxref{syntax}),
14146
14147
14148
14149@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14150@node taginfo
14151@appendixsubsec Taginfo
14152@cindex taginfo (admin file)
14153@cindex script hook, taginfo
14154@cindex Tags, logging
14155@cindex Tags, verifying
14156The @file{taginfo} file defines programs to execute
14157when someone executes a @code{tag} or @code{rtag}
14158command.  The @file{taginfo} file has the standard form
14159for script hooks (@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line
14160is a regular expression followed by a command to execute.
14161It supports the ALL and DEFAULT keywords.
14162
14163@cindex format strings, taginfo admin file
14164In addition to the common format strings (@pxref{syntax}),
14165@file{taginfo} supports:
14166
14167@table @t
14168@item b
14169tag type (@code{T} for branch, @code{N} for not-branch, or @code{?} for
14170unknown, as during delete operations)
14171@item o
14172operation (@code{add} for @code{tag}, @code{mov} for @code{tag -F}, or
14173@code{del} for @code{tag -d})
14174@item t
14175new tag name
14176@item @{sTVv@}
14177file attributes, where:
14178@table @t
14179@item s
14180file name
14181@item T
14182tag name of destination, or the empty string when there is no associated
14183tag name (this usually means the trunk)
14184@item V
14185old version number (for a move or delete operation)
14186@item v
14187new version number (for an add or move operation)
14188@end table
14189@end table
14190
14191For example, some valid format strings are @samp{%%}, @samp{%p}, @samp{%t},
14192@samp{%s}, @samp{%@{s@}}, and @samp{%@{sVv@}}.
14193
14194@cindex taginfo (admin file), updating legacy repositories
14195@cindex compatibility notes, taginfo admin file
14196Currently, if no format strings are specified, a default
14197string of @samp{ %t %o %p %@{sv@}} will be appended to the command
14198line template before replacement is performed, but this
14199feature is deprecated.  It is simply in place so that legacy
14200repositories will remain compatible with the new @sc{cvs} application.
14201For information on updating, @pxref{Updating Commit Files}.
14202
14203@cindex Exit status, of taginfo admin file
14204@cindex taginfo (admin file), exit status
14205A non-zero exit of the filter program will cause the tag to be
14206aborted.
14207
14208Here is an example of using @file{taginfo} to log @code{tag} and @code{rtag}
14209commands.  In the @file{taginfo} file put:
14210
14211@example
14212ALL /usr/local/cvsroot/CVSROOT/loggit %t %b %o %p %@{sVv@}
14213@end example
14214
14215@noindent
14216Where @file{/usr/local/cvsroot/CVSROOT/loggit} contains the
14217following script:
14218
14219@example
14220#!/bin/sh
14221echo "$@@" >>/home/kingdon/cvsroot/CVSROOT/taglog
14222@end example
14223
14224
14225
14226@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14227@node posttag
14228@appendixsubsec Logging tags
14229@cindex posttag (admin file)
14230@cindex script hook, posttag
14231@cindex Tags, logging
14232
14233The @file{posttag} file defines programs to execute after a @code{tag} or
14234@code{rtag} command modifies files.  The @file{posttag} file has the standard
14235form for script hooks (@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular
14236expression followed by a command to execute.  It supports the ALL and DEFAULT
14237keywords.
14238
14239@cindex format strings, posttag admin file
14240The @file{posttag} admin file supports the same format strings as the
14241@file{taginfo} file (@pxref{taginfo}),
14242
14243
14244
14245@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14246@node postwatch
14247@appendixsubsec Logging watch commands
14248@cindex postwatch (admin file)
14249@cindex script hook, postwatch
14250@cindex Watch family of commands, logging
14251
14252The @file{postwatch} file defines programs to execute after any command (for
14253instance, @code{watch}, @code{edit}, @code{unedit}, or @code{commit}) modifies
14254any @file{CVS/fileattr} file in the repository (@pxref{Watches}).  The
14255@file{postwatch} file has the standard form for script hooks
14256(@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular expression followed by
14257a command to execute.  It supports the ALL and DEFAULT keywords.
14258
14259@cindex format strings, postwatch admin file
14260The @file{postwatch} file supports no format strings other than the common
14261ones (@pxref{syntax}), but it is worth noting that the @code{%c} format string
14262may not be replaced as you might expect.  Client runs of @code{edit} and
14263@code{unedit} can sometimes skip contacting the @sc{cvs} server and cache the
14264notification of the file attribute change to be sent the next time the client
14265contacts the server for whatever other reason,
14266
14267
14268
14269@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14270@node preproxy
14271@appendixsubsec Launch a Script before Proxying
14272@cindex preproxy (admin file)
14273@cindex script hook, preproxy
14274@cindex Write proxy, verifying
14275@cindex Write proxy, logging
14276
14277The @file{preproxy} file defines programs to execute after a secondary
14278server receives a write request from a client, just before it starts up the
14279primary server and becomes a write proxy.  This hook could be used to
14280dial a modem, launch an SSH tunnel, establish a VPN, or anything else that
14281might be necessary to do before contacting the primary server.
14282
14283@file{preproxy} scripts are called once, at the time of the write request, with
14284the repository argument (if requested) set from the topmost directory sent by
14285the client.
14286
14287The @file{preproxy} file has the standard form
14288for script hooks (@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular
14289expression followed by a command to execute.  It supports the ALL and DEFAULT
14290keywords.
14291
14292@cindex format strings, preproxy admin file
14293In addition to the common format strings, the @file{preproxy} file supports the
14294following format string:
14295
14296@table @t
14297@item P
14298the CVSROOT string which specifies the primary server
14299@end table
14300
14301
14302
14303@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14304@node postproxy
14305@appendixsubsec Launch a Script after Proxying
14306@cindex postproxy (admin file)
14307@cindex script hook, postproxy
14308@cindex Write proxy, logging
14309@cindex Write proxy, pull updates
14310@cindex secondary server, pull updates
14311
14312The @file{postproxy} file defines programs to execute after a secondary
14313server notes that the connection to the primary server has shut down and before
14314it releases the client by shutting down the connection to the client.
14315This could hook could be used to
14316disconnect a modem, an SSH tunnel, a VPN, or anything else that
14317might be necessary to do after contacting the primary server.  This hook should
14318also be used to pull updates from the primary server before allowing the client
14319which did the write to disconnect since otherwise the client's next read
14320request may generate error messages and fail upon encountering an out of date
14321repository on the secondary server.
14322
14323@file{postproxy} scripts are called once per directory.
14324
14325The @file{postproxy} file has the standard form
14326for script hooks (@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular
14327expression followed by a command to execute.  It supports the ALL and DEFAULT
14328keywords.
14329
14330@cindex format strings, postproxy admin file
14331In addition to the common format strings, the @file{postproxy} file supports
14332the following format string:
14333
14334@table @t
14335@item P
14336the CVSROOT string which specifies the primary server
14337@end table
14338
14339
14340
14341@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14342@node rcsinfo
14343@appendixsec Rcsinfo
14344@cindex rcsinfo (admin file)
14345@cindex Form for log message
14346@cindex Log message template
14347@cindex Template for log message
14348@cindex logging, commits
14349
14350The @file{rcsinfo} file can be used to specify a form to
14351edit when filling out the commit log.  The
14352@file{rcsinfo} file has a syntax similar to the
14353@file{verifymsg}, @file{commitinfo} and @file{loginfo}
14354files.  @xref{syntax}.  Unlike the other files the second
14355part is @emph{not} a command-line template.  Instead,
14356the part after the regular expression should be a full pathname to
14357a file containing the log message template.
14358
14359If the repository name does not match any of the
14360regular expressions in this file, the @samp{DEFAULT}
14361line is used, if it is specified.
14362
14363All occurrences of the name @samp{ALL} appearing as a
14364regular expression are used in addition to the first
14365matching regular expression or @samp{DEFAULT}.
14366
14367@c FIXME: should be offering advice, somewhere around
14368@c here, about where to put the template file.  The
14369@c verifymsg example uses /usr/cvssupport but doesn't
14370@c say anything about what that directory is for or
14371@c whether it is hardwired into CVS or who creates
14372@c it or anything.  In particular we should say
14373@c how to version control the template file.  A
14374@c probably better answer than the /usr/cvssupport
14375@c stuff is to use checkoutlist (with xref to the
14376@c checkoutlist doc).
14377@c Also I am starting to see a connection between
14378@c this and the Keeping a checked out copy node.
14379@c Probably want to say something about that.
14380The log message template will be used as a default log
14381message.  If you specify a log message with @samp{cvs
14382commit -m @var{message}} or @samp{cvs commit -f
14383@var{file}} that log message will override the
14384template.
14385
14386@xref{verifymsg}, for an example @file{rcsinfo}
14387file.
14388
14389When @sc{cvs} is accessing a remote repository,
14390the contents of @file{rcsinfo} at the time a directory
14391is first checked out will specify a template. This
14392template will be updated on all @samp{cvs update}
14393commands. It will also be added to new directories
14394added with a @samp{cvs add new-directory} command.
14395In versions of @sc{cvs} prior to version 1.12, the
14396@file{CVS/Template} file was not updated. If the
14397@sc{cvs} server is at version 1.12 or higher an older
14398client may be used and the @file{CVS/Template} will
14399be updated from the server.
14400
14401@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14402@node cvsignore
14403@appendixsec Ignoring files via cvsignore
14404@cindex cvsignore (admin file), global
14405@cindex Global cvsignore
14406@cindex Ignoring files
14407@c -- This chapter should maybe be moved to the
14408@c tutorial part of the manual?
14409
14410There are certain file names that frequently occur
14411inside your working copy, but that you don't want to
14412put under @sc{cvs} control.  Examples are all the object
14413files that you get while you compile your sources.
14414Normally, when you run @samp{cvs update}, it prints a
14415line for each file it encounters that it doesn't know
14416about (@pxref{update output}).
14417
14418@sc{cvs} has a list of files (or sh(1) file name patterns)
14419that it should ignore while running @code{update},
14420@code{import} and @code{release}.
14421@c -- Are those the only three commands affected?
14422This list is constructed in the following way.
14423
14424@itemize @bullet
14425@item
14426The list is initialized to include certain file name
14427patterns: names associated with @sc{cvs}
14428administration, or with other common source control
14429systems; common names for patch files, object files,
14430archive files, and editor backup files; and other names
14431that are usually artifacts of assorted utilities.
14432Currently, the default list of ignored file name
14433patterns is:
14434
14435@cindex Ignored files
14436@cindex Automatically ignored files
14437@example
14438    RCS     SCCS    CVS     CVS.adm
14439    RCSLOG  cvslog.*
14440    tags    TAGS
14441    .make.state     .nse_depinfo
14442    *~      #*      .#*     ,*      _$*     *$
14443    *.old   *.bak   *.BAK   *.orig  *.rej   .del-*
14444    *.a     *.olb   *.o     *.obj   *.so    *.exe
14445    *.Z     *.elc   *.ln
14446    core
14447@end example
14448
14449@item
14450The per-repository list in
14451@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/cvsignore} is appended to
14452the list, if that file exists.
14453
14454@item
14455The per-user list in @file{.cvsignore} in your home
14456directory is appended to the list, if it exists.
14457
14458@item
14459Any entries in the environment variable
14460@code{$CVSIGNORE} is appended to the list.
14461
14462@item
14463Any @samp{-I} options given to @sc{cvs} is appended.
14464
14465@item
14466As @sc{cvs} traverses through your directories, the contents
14467of any @file{.cvsignore} will be appended to the list.
14468The patterns found in @file{.cvsignore} are only valid
14469for the directory that contains them, not for
14470any sub-directories.
14471@end itemize
14472
14473In any of the 5 places listed above, a single
14474exclamation mark (@samp{!}) clears the ignore list.
14475This can be used if you want to store any file which
14476normally is ignored by @sc{cvs}.
14477
14478Specifying @samp{-I !} to @code{cvs import} will import
14479everything, which is generally what you want to do if
14480you are importing files from a pristine distribution or
14481any other source which is known to not contain any
14482extraneous files.  However, looking at the rules above
14483you will see there is a fly in the ointment; if the
14484distribution contains any @file{.cvsignore} files, then
14485the patterns from those files will be processed even if
14486@samp{-I !} is specified.  The only workaround is to
14487remove the @file{.cvsignore} files in order to do the
14488import.  Because this is awkward, in the future
14489@samp{-I !} might be modified to override
14490@file{.cvsignore} files in each directory.
14491
14492Note that the syntax of the ignore files consists of a
14493series of lines, each of which contains a space
14494separated list of filenames.  This offers no clean way
14495to specify filenames which contain spaces, but you can
14496use a workaround like @file{foo?bar} to match a file
14497named @file{foo bar} (it also matches @file{fooxbar}
14498and the like).  Also note that there is currently no
14499way to specify comments.
14500@c FIXCVS?  I don't _like_ this syntax at all, but
14501@c changing it raises all the usual compatibility
14502@c issues and I'm also not sure what to change it to.
14503
14504@node checkoutlist
14505@appendixsec The checkoutlist file
14506@cindex checkoutlist
14507
14508It may be helpful to use @sc{cvs} to maintain your own
14509files in the @file{CVSROOT} directory.  For example,
14510suppose that you have a script @file{logcommit.pl}
14511which you run by including the following line in the
14512@file{commitinfo} administrative file:
14513
14514@example
14515ALL   $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/logcommit.pl %r/%p %s
14516@end example
14517
14518To maintain @file{logcommit.pl} with @sc{cvs} you would
14519add the following line to the @file{checkoutlist}
14520administrative file:
14521
14522@example
14523logcommit.pl
14524@end example
14525
14526The format of @file{checkoutlist} is one line for each
14527file that you want to maintain using @sc{cvs}, giving
14528the name of the file, followed optionally by more whitespace
14529and any error message that should print if the file cannot be
14530checked out into CVSROOT after a commit:
14531
14532@example
14533logcommit.pl	Could not update CVSROOT/logcommit.pl.
14534@end example
14535
14536After setting up @file{checkoutlist} in this fashion,
14537the files listed there will function just like
14538@sc{cvs}'s built-in administrative files.  For example,
14539when checking in one of the files you should get a
14540message such as:
14541
14542@example
14543cvs commit: Rebuilding administrative file database
14544@end example
14545
14546@noindent
14547and the checked out copy in the @file{CVSROOT}
14548directory should be updated.
14549
14550Note that listing @file{passwd} (@pxref{Password
14551authentication server}) in @file{checkoutlist} is not
14552recommended for security reasons.
14553
14554For information about keeping a checkout out copy in a
14555more general context than the one provided by
14556@file{checkoutlist}, see @ref{Keeping a checked out
14557copy}.
14558
14559@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14560@node history file
14561@appendixsec The history file
14562@cindex History file
14563@cindex Log information, saving
14564
14565By default, the file @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/history} is used
14566to log information for the @code{history} command (@pxref{history}).
14567This file name may be changed with the @samp{HistoryLogPath} and
14568@samp{HistorySearchPath} config options (@pxref{config}).
14569
14570The file format of the @file{history} file is
14571documented only in comments in the @sc{cvs} source
14572code, but generally programs should use the @code{cvs
14573history} command to access it anyway, in case the
14574format changes with future releases of @sc{cvs}.
14575
14576@node Variables
14577@appendixsec Expansions in administrative files
14578@cindex Internal variables
14579@cindex Variables
14580
14581Sometimes in writing an administrative file, you might
14582want the file to be able to know various things based
14583on environment @sc{cvs} is running in.  There are
14584several mechanisms to do that.
14585
14586To find the home directory of the user running @sc{cvs}
14587(from the @code{HOME} environment variable), use
14588@samp{~} followed by @samp{/} or the end of the line.
14589Likewise for the home directory of @var{user}, use
14590@samp{~@var{user}}.  These variables are expanded on
14591the server machine, and don't get any reasonable
14592expansion if pserver (@pxref{Password authenticated})
14593is in use; therefore user variables (see below) may be
14594a better choice to customize behavior based on the user
14595running @sc{cvs}.
14596@c Based on these limitations, should we deprecate ~?
14597@c What is it good for?  Are people using it?
14598
14599One may want to know about various pieces of
14600information internal to @sc{cvs}.  A @sc{cvs} internal
14601variable has the syntax @code{$@{@var{variable}@}},
14602where @var{variable} starts with a letter and consists
14603of alphanumeric characters and @samp{_}.  If the
14604character following @var{variable} is a
14605non-alphanumeric character other than @samp{_}, the
14606@samp{@{} and @samp{@}} can be omitted.  The @sc{cvs}
14607internal variables are:
14608
14609@table @code
14610@item CVSROOT
14611@cindex CVSROOT, internal variable
14612This is the absolute path to the current @sc{cvs} root directory.
14613@xref{Repository}, for a description of the various
14614ways to specify this, but note that the internal
14615variable contains just the directory and not any
14616of the access method information.
14617
14618@item RCSBIN
14619@cindex RCSBIN, internal variable
14620In @sc{cvs} 1.9.18 and older, this specified the
14621directory where @sc{cvs} was looking for @sc{rcs}
14622programs.  Because @sc{cvs} no longer runs @sc{rcs}
14623programs, specifying this internal variable is now an
14624error.
14625
14626@item CVSEDITOR
14627@cindex CVSEDITOR, internal variable
14628@itemx EDITOR
14629@cindex EDITOR, internal variable
14630@itemx VISUAL
14631@cindex VISUAL, internal variable
14632These all expand to the same value, which is the editor
14633that @sc{cvs} is using.  @xref{Global options}, for how
14634to specify this.
14635
14636@item USER
14637@cindex USER, internal variable
14638Username of the user running @sc{cvs} (on the @sc{cvs}
14639server machine).
14640When using pserver, this is the user specified in the repository
14641specification which need not be the same as the username the
14642server is running as (@pxref{Password authentication server}).
14643Do not confuse this with the environment variable of the same name.
14644
14645@item SESSIONID
14646@cindex COMMITID, internal variable
14647Unique Session ID of the @sc{cvs} process. This is a
14648random string of printable characters of at least 16
14649characters length. Users should assume that it may
14650someday grow to at most 256 characters in length.
14651
14652@item COMMITID
14653@cindex COMMITID, internal variable
14654Unique Session ID of the @sc{cvs} process. This is a
14655random string of printable characters of at least 16
14656characters length. Users should assume that it may
14657someday grow to at most 256 characters in length.
14658@end table
14659
14660If you want to pass a value to the administrative files
14661which the user who is running @sc{cvs} can specify,
14662use a user variable.
14663@cindex User variables
14664To expand a user variable, the
14665administrative file contains
14666@code{$@{=@var{variable}@}}.  To set a user variable,
14667specify the global option @samp{-s} to @sc{cvs}, with
14668argument @code{@var{variable}=@var{value}}.  It may be
14669particularly useful to specify this option via
14670@file{.cvsrc} (@pxref{~/.cvsrc}).
14671
14672For example, if you want the administrative file to
14673refer to a test directory you might create a user
14674variable @code{TESTDIR}.  Then if @sc{cvs} is invoked
14675as
14676
14677@example
14678cvs -s TESTDIR=/work/local/tests
14679@end example
14680
14681@noindent
14682and the
14683administrative file contains @code{sh
14684$@{=TESTDIR@}/runtests}, then that string is expanded
14685to @code{sh /work/local/tests/runtests}.
14686
14687All other strings containing @samp{$} are reserved;
14688there is no way to quote a @samp{$} character so that
14689@samp{$} represents itself.
14690
14691Environment variables passed to administrative files are:
14692
14693@table @code
14694@cindex environment variables, passed to administrative files
14695
14696@item CVS_USER
14697@cindex CVS_USER, environment variable
14698The @sc{cvs}-specific username provided by the user, if it
14699can be provided (currently just for the pserver access
14700method), and to the empty string otherwise.  (@code{CVS_USER}
14701and @code{USER} may differ when @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/passwd}
14702is used to map @sc{cvs} usernames to system usernames.)
14703
14704@item LOGNAME
14705@cindex LOGNAME, environment variable
14706The username of the system user.
14707
14708@item USER
14709@cindex USER, environment variable
14710Same as @code{LOGNAME}.
14711Do not confuse this with the internal variable of the same name.
14712@end table
14713
14714@node config
14715@appendixsec The CVSROOT/config configuration file
14716
14717@cindex configuration file
14718@cindex config, in CVSROOT
14719@cindex CVSROOT/config
14720
14721Usually, the @file{config} file is found at @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/config},
14722but this may be overridden on the @code{pserver} and @code{server} command
14723lines (@pxref{server & pserver}).
14724
14725The administrative file @file{config} contains various
14726miscellaneous settings which affect the behavior of
14727@sc{cvs}.  The syntax is slightly different from the
14728other administrative files.
14729
14730Leading white space on any line is ignored, though the syntax is very strict
14731and will reject spaces and tabs almost anywhere else.
14732
14733Empty lines, lines containing nothing but white space, and lines which start
14734with @samp{#} (discounting any leading white space) are ignored.
14735
14736@c FIXME: where do we define comments for the other
14737@c administrative files.
14738Other lines consist of the optional leading white space, a keyword, @samp{=},
14739and a value.  Please note again that this syntax is very strict.
14740Extraneous spaces or tabs, other than the leading white space, are not
14741permitted on these lines.
14742@c See comments in parseinfo.c:parse_config for more
14743@c discussion of this strictness.
14744
14745As of CVS 1.12.13, lines of the form @samp{[@var{CVSROOT}]} mark the subsequent
14746section of the config file as applying only to certain repositories.  Multiple
14747@samp{[@var{CVSROOT}]} lines without intervening
14748@samp{@var{KEYWORD}=@var{VALUE}} pairs cause processing to fall through,
14749processing subsequent keywords for any root in the list.  Finally, keywords
14750and values which appear before any @samp{[@var{CVSROOT}]} lines are defaults,
14751and may to apply to any repository.  For example, consider the following file:
14752
14753@example
14754# Defaults
14755LogHistory=TMAR
14756
14757[/cvsroots/team1]
14758  LockDir=/locks/team1
14759
14760[/cvsroots/team2]
14761  LockDir=/locks/team2
14762
14763[/cvsroots/team3]
14764  LockDir=/locks/team3
14765
14766[/cvsroots/team4]
14767  LockDir=/locks/team4
14768
14769[/cvsroots/team3]
14770[/cvsroots/team4]
14771  # Override logged commands for teams 3 & 4.
14772  LogHistory=all
14773@end example
14774
14775This example file sets up separate lock directories for each project, as well
14776as a default set of logged commands overridden for the example's team 3 &
14777team 4. This syntax could be useful, for instance, if you wished to share a
14778single config file, for instance @file{/etc/cvs.conf}, among several
14779repositories.
14780
14781Currently defined keywords are:
14782
14783@table @code
14784@cindex HistoryLogPath, in CVSROOT/config
14785@item HistorySearchPath=@var{pattern}
14786Request that @sc{cvs} look for its history information in files matching
14787@var{pattern}, which is a standard UNIX file glob.  If @var{pattern} matches
14788multiple files, all will be searched in lexicographically sorted order.
14789@xref{history}, and @ref{history file}, for more.
14790
14791If no value is supplied for this option, it defaults to
14792@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/history}.
14793
14794@cindex HistorySearchPath, in CVSROOT/config
14795@item HistoryLogPath=@var{path}
14796Control where @sc{cvs} logs its history.  If the file does not exist, @sc{cvs}
14797will attempt to create it.  Format strings, as available to the GNU C
14798@code{strftime} function and often the UNIX date command, and the string
14799@var{$CVSROOT} will be substituted in this path.  For example, consider the
14800line:
14801
14802@example
14803HistoryLogPath=$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/history/%Y-%m-%d
14804@end example
14805
14806This line would cause @sc{cvs} to attempt to create its history file in a
14807subdirectory (@file{history}) of the configuration directory (@file{CVSROOT})
14808with a name equal to the current date representation in the ISO8601 format (for
14809example, on May 11, 2005, @sc{cvs} would attempt to log its history under the
14810repository root directory in a file named @file{CVSROOT/history/2005-05-11}).
14811@xref{history}, and @ref{history file}, for more.
14812
14813If no value is supplied for this option, it defaults to
14814@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/history}.
14815
14816@cindex ImportNewFilesToVendorBranchOnly, in CVSROOT/config
14817@cindex import, config admin file
14818@cindex config (admin file), import
14819@item ImportNewFilesToVendorBranchOnly=@var{value}
14820Specify whether @code{cvs import} should always behave as if the
14821@samp{-X} flag was specified on the command line.  
14822@var{value} may be either @samp{yes} or @samp{no}.  If set to @samp{yes},
14823all uses of @code{cvs import} on the repository will behave as if the
14824@samp{-X} flag was set.  The default value is @samp{no}.
14825
14826@cindex KeywordExpand, in CVSROOT/config
14827@item KeywordExpand=@var{value}
14828Specify @samp{i} followed by a list of keywords to be expanded
14829(for example, @samp{KeywordExpand=iMYCVS,Name,Date}),
14830or @samp{e} followed by a list of keywords not to be expanded
14831(for example, @samp{KeywordExpand=eCVSHeader}).
14832For more on keyword expansion, see @ref{Configuring keyword expansion}.
14833
14834@cindex LocalKeyword, in CVSROOT/config
14835@item LocalKeyword=@var{value}
14836Specify a local alias for a standard keyword.
14837For example, @samp{LocalKeyword=MYCVS=CVSHeader}.
14838For more on local keywords, see @ref{Keyword substitution}.
14839
14840@cindex LockDir, in CVSROOT/config
14841@item LockDir=@var{directory}
14842Put @sc{cvs} lock files in @var{directory} rather than
14843directly in the repository.  This is useful if you want
14844to let users read from the repository while giving them
14845write access only to @var{directory}, not to the
14846repository.
14847It can also be used to put the locks on a very fast
14848in-memory file system to speed up locking and unlocking
14849the repository.
14850You need to create @var{directory}, but
14851@sc{cvs} will create subdirectories of @var{directory} as it
14852needs them.  For information on @sc{cvs} locks, see
14853@ref{Concurrency}.
14854
14855@c Mention this in Compatibility section?
14856Before enabling the LockDir option, make sure that you
14857have tracked down and removed any copies of @sc{cvs} 1.9 or
14858older.  Such versions neither support LockDir, nor will
14859give an error indicating that they don't support it.
14860The result, if this is allowed to happen, is that some
14861@sc{cvs} users will put the locks one place, and others will
14862put them another place, and therefore the repository
14863could become corrupted.  @sc{cvs} 1.10 does not support
14864LockDir but it will print a warning if run on a
14865repository with LockDir enabled.
14866
14867@cindex LogHistory, in CVSROOT/config
14868@item LogHistory=@var{value}
14869Control what is logged to the @file{CVSROOT/history} file (@pxref{history}).
14870Default of @samp{TOEFWUPCGMAR} (or simply @samp{all}) will log
14871all transactions.  Any subset of the default is
14872legal.  (For example, to only log transactions that modify the
14873@file{*,v} files, use @samp{LogHistory=TMAR}.)  To disable history logging
14874completely, use @samp{LogHistory=}.
14875
14876@cindex MaxCommentLeaderLength, in CVSROOT/config
14877@cindex Log keyword, configuring substitution behavior
14878@item MaxCommentLeaderLength=@var{length}
14879Set to some length, in bytes, where a trailing @samp{k}, @samp{M}, @samp{G},
14880or @samp{T} causes the preceding nubmer to be interpreted as kilobytes,
14881megabytes, gigabytes, or terrabytes, respectively, will cause
14882@code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} keywords (@pxref{Keyword substitution}), with
14883more than @var{length} bytes preceding it on a line to be ignored (or to fall
14884back on the comment leader set in the RCS archive file - see
14885@code{UseArchiveCommentLeader} below).  Defaults to 20 bytes to allow checkouts
14886to proceed normally when they include binary files containing
14887@code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} keywords and which users have neglected to mark
14888as binary.
14889
14890@cindex MinCompressionLevel, in CVSROOT/config
14891@cindex MaxCompressionLevel, in CVSROOT/config
14892@cindex Compression levels, restricting on server
14893@item MinCompressionLevel=@var{value}
14894@itemx MaxCompressionLevel=@var{value}
14895Restricts the level of compression used by the @sc{cvs} server to a @var{value}
14896between 0 and 9.  @var{value}s 1 through 9 are the same @sc{zlib} compression
14897levels accepted by the @samp{-z} option (@pxref{Global options}), and 0 means
14898no compression.  When one or both of these keys are set and a client requests a
14899level outside the specified range, the server will simply use the closest
14900permissable level.  Clients will continue compressing at the level requested by
14901the user.
14902
14903The exception is when level 0 (no compression) is not available and the client
14904fails to request any compression.  The @sc{cvs} server will then exit with an
14905error message when it becomes apparent that the client is not going to request
14906compression.  This will not happen with clients version 1.12.13 and later since
14907these client versions allow the server to notify them that they must request
14908some level of compression.
14909
14910@ignore
14911@cindex PreservePermissions, in CVSROOT/config
14912@item PreservePermissions=@var{value}
14913Enable support for saving special device files,
14914symbolic links, file permissions and ownerships in the
14915repository.  The default value is @samp{no}.
14916@xref{Special Files}, for the full implications of using
14917this keyword.
14918@end ignore
14919
14920@cindex PrimaryServer, in CVSROOT/config
14921@cindex Primary server
14922@cindex Secondary server
14923@cindex proxy, write
14924@cindex write proxy
14925@item PrimaryServer=@var{CVSROOT}
14926When specified, and the repository specified by @var{CVSROOT} is not the one
14927currently being accessed, then the server will turn itself into a transparent
14928proxy to @var{CVSROOT} for write requests.  The @var{hostname} configured as
14929part of @var{CVSROOT} must resolve to the same string returned by the
14930@command{uname} command on the primary server for this to work.  Host name
14931resolution is performed via some combination of @command{named}, a broken out
14932line from @file{/etc/hosts}, and the Network Information Service (NIS or YP),
14933depending on the configuration of the particular system.
14934
14935Only the @samp{:ext:} method is
14936currently supported for primaries (actually, @samp{:fork:} is supported as
14937well, but only for testing - if you find another use for accessing a primary
14938via the @samp{:fork:} method, please send a note to @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}
14939about it).  See @ref{Write proxies} for more on configuring and using write
14940proxies.
14941
14942@cindex RCSBIN, in CVSROOT/config
14943@item RCSBIN=@var{bindir}
14944For @sc{cvs} 1.9.12 through 1.9.18, this setting told
14945@sc{cvs} to look for @sc{rcs} programs in the
14946@var{bindir} directory.  Current versions of @sc{cvs}
14947do not run @sc{rcs} programs; for compatibility this
14948setting is accepted, but it does nothing.
14949
14950@cindex RereadLogAfterVerify, in CVSROOT/config
14951@cindex @file{verifymsg}, changing the log message
14952@item RereadLogAfterVerify=@var{value}
14953Modify the @samp{commit} command such that CVS will reread the
14954log message after running the program specified by @file{verifymsg}.
14955@var{value} may be one of @samp{yes} or @samp{always}, indicating that
14956the log message should always be reread; @samp{no}
14957or @samp{never}, indicating that it should never be
14958reread; or @var{value} may be @samp{stat}, indicating
14959that the file should be checked with the file system
14960@samp{stat()} function to see if it has changed (see warning below)
14961before rereading.  The default value is @samp{always}.
14962
14963@strong{Note: the `stat' mode can cause CVS to pause for up to
14964one extra second per directory committed.  This can be less IO and
14965CPU intensive but is not recommended for use with large repositories}
14966
14967@xref{verifymsg}, for more information on how verifymsg
14968may be used.
14969
14970@cindex SystemAuth, in CVSROOT/config
14971@item SystemAuth=@var{value}
14972If @var{value} is @samp{yes}, then pserver should check
14973for users in the system's user database if not found in
14974@file{CVSROOT/passwd}.  If it is @samp{no}, then all
14975pserver users must exist in @file{CVSROOT/passwd}.
14976The default is @samp{yes}.  For more on pserver, see
14977@ref{Password authenticated}.
14978
14979@cindex TmpDir, in config
14980@cindex temporary files, location of
14981@cindex temporary directory, set in config
14982@item TmpDir=@var{path}
14983Specify @var{path} as the directory to create temporary files in.
14984@xref{Global options}, for more on setting the path to the temporary
14985directory.  This option first appeared with @sc{cvs} release 1.12.13.
14986
14987@cindex TopLevelAdmin, in CVSROOT/config
14988@item TopLevelAdmin=@var{value}
14989Modify the @samp{checkout} command to create a
14990@samp{CVS} directory at the top level of the new
14991working directory, in addition to @samp{CVS}
14992directories created within checked-out directories.
14993The default value is @samp{no}.
14994
14995This option is useful if you find yourself performing
14996many commands at the top level of your working
14997directory, rather than in one of the checked out
14998subdirectories.  The @file{CVS} directory created there
14999will mean you don't have to specify @code{CVSROOT} for
15000each command.  It also provides a place for the
15001@file{CVS/Template} file (@pxref{Working directory
15002storage}).
15003
15004@cindex UseArchiveCommentLeader, in CVSROOT/config
15005@cindex Log keyword, configuring substitution behavior
15006@item UseArchiveCommentLeader=@var{value}
15007Set to @code{true}, if the text preceding a @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$}
15008keyword is found to exceed @code{MaxCommentLeaderLength} (above) bytes, then
15009the comment leader set in the RCS archive file (@pxref{admin}), if any, will
15010be used instead.  If there is no comment leader set in the archive file or
15011@var{value} is set to @samp{false}, then the keyword will not be expanded
15012(@pxref{Keyword list}).  To force the comment leader in the RCS archive file to
15013be used exclusively (and @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} expansion skipped in
15014files where the comment leader has not been set in the archive file), set
15015@var{value} and set @code{MaxCommentLeaderLength} to @code{0}.
15016
15017@cindex UseNewInfoFmtStrings, in CVSROOT/config
15018@cindex format strings, config admin file
15019@cindex config (admin file), updating legacy repositories
15020@cindex compatibility notes, config admin file
15021@item UseNewInfoFmtStrings=@var{value}
15022Specify whether @sc{cvs} should support the new or old command line
15023template model for the commit support files (@pxref{commit files}).
15024This configuration variable began life in deprecation and is only here
15025in order to give people time to update legacy repositories to use the new
15026format string syntax before support for the old syntax is removed.  For
15027information on updating your repository to support the new model,
15028please see @ref{Updating Commit Files}.
15029
15030@emph{Note that new repositories (created with the @code{cvs init} command)
15031will have this value set to @samp{yes}, but the default value is @samp{no}.}
15032
15033@cindex UserAdminOptions, in CVSROOT/config
15034@item UserAdminOptions=@var{value}
15035Control what options will be allowed with the @code{cvs admin}
15036command (@pxref{admin}) for users not in the @code{cvsadmin} group.
15037The @var{value} string is a list of single character options
15038which should be allowed.  If a user who is not a member of the
15039@code{cvsadmin} group tries to execute any @code{cvs admin}
15040option which is not listed they will will receive an error message
15041reporting that the option is restricted.
15042
15043If no @code{cvsadmin} group exists on the server, @sc{cvs} will
15044ignore the @code{UserAdminOptions} keyword (@pxref{admin}).
15045
15046When not specified, @code{UserAdminOptions} defaults to
15047@samp{k}.  In other words, it defaults to allowing
15048users outside of the @code{cvsadmin} group to use the
15049@code{cvs admin} command only to change the default keyword
15050expansion mode for files.
15051
15052As an example, to restrict users not in the @code{cvsadmin}
15053group to using @code{cvs admin} to change the default keyword
15054substitution mode, lock revisions, unlock revisions, and
15055replace the log message, use @samp{UserAdminOptions=klum}.
15056@end table
15057
15058
15059
15060@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15061@node Environment variables
15062@appendix All environment variables which affect CVS
15063@cindex Environment variables
15064@cindex Reference manual for variables
15065
15066This is a complete list of all environment variables
15067that affect @sc{cvs} (Windows users, please bear with this list;
15068$VAR is equivalent to %VAR% at the Windows command prompt).
15069
15070@table @code
15071@cindex CVSIGNORE, environment variable
15072@item $CVSIGNORE
15073A whitespace-separated list of file name patterns that
15074@sc{cvs} should ignore. @xref{cvsignore}.
15075
15076@cindex CVSWRAPPERS, environment variable
15077@item $CVSWRAPPERS
15078A whitespace-separated list of file name patterns that
15079@sc{cvs} should treat as wrappers. @xref{Wrappers}.
15080
15081@cindex CVSREAD, environment variable
15082@cindex Read-only files, and CVSREAD
15083@item $CVSREAD
15084If this is set, @code{checkout} and @code{update} will
15085try hard to make the files in your working directory
15086read-only.  When this is not set, the default behavior
15087is to permit modification of your working files.
15088
15089@cindex CVSREADONLYFS, environment variable
15090@item $CVSREADONLYFS
15091Turns on read-only repository mode. This allows one to
15092check out from a read-only repository, such as within
15093an anoncvs server, or from a @sc{cd-rom} repository.
15094
15095It has the same effect as if the @samp{-R} command-line
15096option is used. This can also allow the use of
15097read-only NFS repositories.
15098
15099@item $CVSUMASK
15100Controls permissions of files in the repository.  See
15101@ref{File permissions}.
15102
15103@item $CVSROOT
15104Should contain the full pathname to the root of the @sc{cvs}
15105source repository (where the @sc{rcs} files are
15106kept).  This information must be available to @sc{cvs} for
15107most commands to execute; if @code{$CVSROOT} is not set,
15108or if you wish to override it for one invocation, you
15109can supply it on the command line: @samp{cvs -d cvsroot
15110cvs_command@dots{}} Once you have checked out a working
15111directory, @sc{cvs} stores the appropriate root (in
15112the file @file{CVS/Root}), so normally you only need to
15113worry about this when initially checking out a working
15114directory.
15115
15116@item $CVSEDITOR
15117@cindex CVSEDITOR, environment variable
15118@itemx $EDITOR
15119@cindex EDITOR, environment variable
15120@itemx $VISUAL
15121@cindex VISUAL, environment variable
15122Specifies the program to use for recording log messages
15123during commit.  @code{$CVSEDITOR} overrides
15124@code{$EDITOR}, which overrides @code{$VISUAL}.
15125See @ref{Committing your changes} for more or
15126@ref{Global options} for alternative ways of specifying a
15127log editor.
15128
15129@cindex PATH, environment variable
15130@item $PATH
15131If @code{$RCSBIN} is not set, and no path is compiled
15132into @sc{cvs}, it will use @code{$PATH} to try to find all
15133programs it uses.
15134
15135@cindex HOME, environment variable
15136@item $HOME
15137@cindex HOMEPATH, environment variable
15138@item $HOMEPATH
15139@cindex HOMEDRIVE, environment variable
15140@item $HOMEDRIVE
15141Used to locate the directory where the @file{.cvsrc}
15142file, and other such files, are searched.  On Unix, @sc{cvs}
15143just checks for @code{HOME}.  On Windows NT, the system will
15144set @code{HOMEDRIVE}, for example to @samp{d:} and @code{HOMEPATH},
15145for example to @file{\joe}.  On Windows 95, you'll
15146probably need to set @code{HOMEDRIVE} and @code{HOMEPATH} yourself.
15147@c We are being vague about whether HOME works on
15148@c Windows; see long comment in windows-NT/filesubr.c.
15149
15150@cindex CVS_RSH, environment variable
15151@item $CVS_RSH
15152Specifies the external program which @sc{cvs} connects with,
15153when @code{:ext:} access method is specified.
15154@pxref{Connecting via rsh}.
15155
15156@item $CVS_SERVER
15157Used in client-server mode when accessing a remote
15158repository using @sc{rsh}.  It specifies the name of
15159the program to start on the server side (and any
15160necessary arguments) when accessing a remote repository
15161using the @code{:ext:}, @code{:fork:}, or @code{:server:} access methods.
15162The default value for @code{:ext:} and @code{:server:} is @code{cvs};
15163the default value for @code{:fork:} is the name used to run the client.
15164@pxref{Connecting via rsh}
15165
15166@item $CVS_PASSFILE
15167Used in client-server mode when accessing the @code{cvs
15168login server}.  Default value is @file{$HOME/.cvspass}.
15169@pxref{Password authentication client}
15170
15171@cindex CVS_CLIENT_PORT
15172@item $CVS_CLIENT_PORT
15173Used in client-server mode to set the port to use when accessing the server
15174via Kerberos, GSSAPI, or @sc{cvs}'s password authentication protocol
15175if the port is not specified in the CVSROOT.
15176@pxref{Remote repositories}
15177
15178@cindex CVS_PROXY_PORT
15179@item $CVS_PROXY_PORT
15180Used in client-server mode to set the port to use when accessing a server
15181via a web proxy, if the port is not specified in the CVSROOT.  Works with
15182GSSAPI, and the password authentication protocol.
15183@pxref{Remote repositories}
15184
15185@cindex CVS_RCMD_PORT, environment variable
15186@item $CVS_RCMD_PORT
15187Used in client-server mode.  If set, specifies the port
15188number to be used when accessing the @sc{rcmd} demon on
15189the server side. (Currently not used for Unix clients).
15190
15191@cindex CVS_CLIENT_LOG, environment variable
15192@item $CVS_CLIENT_LOG
15193Used for debugging only in client-server
15194mode.  If set, everything sent to the server is logged
15195into @file{@code{$CVS_CLIENT_LOG}.in} and everything
15196sent from the server is logged into
15197@file{@code{$CVS_CLIENT_LOG}.out}.
15198
15199@cindex CVS_SERVER_SLEEP, environment variable
15200@item $CVS_SERVER_SLEEP
15201Used only for debugging the server side in
15202client-server mode.  If set, delays the start of the
15203server child process the specified amount of
15204seconds so that you can attach to it with a debugger.
15205
15206@cindex CVS_IGNORE_REMOTE_ROOT, environment variable
15207@item $CVS_IGNORE_REMOTE_ROOT
15208For @sc{cvs} 1.10 and older, setting this variable
15209prevents @sc{cvs} from overwriting the @file{CVS/Root}
15210file when the @samp{-d} global option is specified.
15211Later versions of @sc{cvs} do not rewrite
15212@file{CVS/Root}, so @code{CVS_IGNORE_REMOTE_ROOT} has no
15213effect.
15214
15215@cindex CVS_LOCAL_BRANCH_NUM, environment variable
15216@item $CVS_LOCAL_BRANCH_NUM
15217Setting this variable allows some control over the
15218branch number that is assigned. This is specifically to
15219support the local commit feature of CVSup. If one sets
15220@code{CVS_LOCAL_BRANCH_NUM} to (say) 1000 then branches
15221the local repository, the revision numbers will look
15222like 1.66.1000.xx. There is almost a dead-set certainty
15223that there will be no conflicts with version numbers.
15224
15225@cindex COMSPEC, environment variable
15226@item $COMSPEC
15227Used under OS/2 only.  It specifies the name of the
15228command interpreter and defaults to @sc{cmd.exe}.
15229
15230@cindex TMPDIR, environment variable
15231@cindex temporary file directory, set via environment variable
15232@cindex temporary files, location of
15233@item $TMPDIR
15234Directory in which temporary files are located.
15235@xref{Global options}, for more on setting the temporary directory.
15236
15237@cindex CVS_PID, environment variable
15238@item $CVS_PID
15239This is the process identification (aka pid) number of
15240the @sc{cvs} process. It is often useful in the
15241programs and/or scripts specified by the
15242@file{commitinfo}, @file{verifymsg}, @file{loginfo}
15243files.
15244@end table
15245
15246@node Compatibility
15247@appendix Compatibility between CVS Versions
15248
15249@cindex CVS, versions of
15250@cindex Versions, of CVS
15251@cindex Compatibility, between CVS versions
15252@c We don't mention versions older than CVS 1.3
15253@c on the theory that it would clutter it up for the vast
15254@c majority of people, who don't have anything that old.
15255@c
15256The repository format is compatible going back to
15257@sc{cvs} 1.3.  But see @ref{Watches Compatibility}, if
15258you have copies of @sc{cvs} 1.6 or older and you want
15259to use the optional developer communication features.
15260@c If you "cvs rm" and commit using 1.3, then you'll
15261@c want to run "rcs -sdead <file,v>" on each of the
15262@c files in the Attic if you then want 1.5 and
15263@c later to recognize those files as dead (I think the
15264@c symptom if this is not done is that files reappear
15265@c in joins).  (Wait: the above will work but really to
15266@c be strictly correct we should suggest checking
15267@c in a new revision rather than just changing the
15268@c state of the head revision, shouldn't we?).
15269@c The old convert.sh script was for this, but it never
15270@c did get updated to reflect use of the RCS "dead"
15271@c state.
15272@c Note: this is tricky to document without confusing
15273@c people--need to carefully say what CVS version we
15274@c are talking about and keep in mind the distinction
15275@c between a
15276@c repository created with 1.3 and on which one now
15277@c uses 1.5+, and a repository on which one wants to
15278@c use both versions side by side (e.g. during a
15279@c transition period).
15280@c Wait, can't CVS just detect the case in which a file
15281@c is in the Attic but the head revision is not dead?
15282@c Not sure whether this should produce a warning or
15283@c something, and probably needs further thought, but
15284@c it would appear that the situation can be detected.
15285@c
15286@c We might want to separate out the 1.3 compatibility
15287@c section (for repository & working directory) from the
15288@c rest--that might help avoid confusing people who
15289@c are upgrading (for example) from 1.6 to 1.8.
15290@c
15291@c A minor incompatibility is if a current version of CVS
15292@c puts "Nfoo" into CVS/Tag, then CVS 1.9 or older will
15293@c see this as if there is no tag.  Seems to me this is
15294@c too obscure to mention.
15295
15296The working directory format is compatible going back
15297to @sc{cvs} 1.5.  It did change between @sc{cvs} 1.3
15298and @sc{cvs} 1.5.  If you run @sc{cvs} 1.5 or newer on
15299a working directory checked out with @sc{cvs} 1.3,
15300@sc{cvs} will convert it, but to go back to @sc{cvs}
153011.3 you need to check out a new working directory with
15302@sc{cvs} 1.3.
15303
15304The remote protocol is interoperable going back to @sc{cvs} 1.5, but no
15305further (1.5 was the first official release with the remote protocol,
15306but some older versions might still be floating around).  In many
15307cases you need to upgrade both the client and the server to take
15308advantage of new features and bug fixes, however.
15309
15310@c Perhaps should be saying something here about the
15311@c "D" lines in Entries (written by CVS 1.9; 1.8 and
15312@c older don't use them).  These are supposed to be
15313@c compatible in both directions, but I'm not sure
15314@c they quite are 100%.  One common gripe is if you
15315@c "rm -r" a directory and 1.9 gets confused, as it
15316@c still sees it in Entries.  That one is fixed in
15317@c (say) 1.9.6.  Someone else reported problems with
15318@c starting with a directory which was checked out with
15319@c an old version, and then using a new version, and
15320@c some "D" lines appeared, but not for every
15321@c directory, causing some directories to be skipped.
15322@c They weren't sure how to reproduce this, though.
15323
15324@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15325@node Troubleshooting
15326@appendix Troubleshooting
15327
15328If you are having trouble with @sc{cvs}, this appendix
15329may help.  If there is a particular error message which
15330you are seeing, then you can look up the message
15331alphabetically.  If not, you can look through the
15332section on other problems to see if your problem is
15333mentioned there.
15334
15335@menu
15336* Error messages::              Partial list of CVS errors
15337* Connection::                  Trouble making a connection to a CVS server
15338* Other problems::              Problems not readily listed by error message
15339@end menu
15340
15341@ignore
15342@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
15343@c @node Bad administrative files
15344@appendixsec Bad administrative files
15345
15346@c -- Give hints on how to fix them
15347@end ignore
15348
15349@node Error messages
15350@appendixsec Partial list of error messages
15351
15352Here is a partial list of error messages that you may
15353see from @sc{cvs}.  It is not a complete list---@sc{cvs}
15354is capable of printing many, many error messages, often
15355with parts of them supplied by the operating system,
15356but the intention is to list the common and/or
15357potentially confusing error messages.
15358
15359The messages are alphabetical, but introductory text
15360such as @samp{cvs update: } is not considered in
15361ordering them.
15362
15363In some cases the list includes messages printed by old
15364versions of @sc{cvs} (partly because users may not be
15365sure which version of @sc{cvs} they are using at any
15366particular moment).
15367@c If we want to start retiring messages, perhaps we
15368@c should pick a cutoff version (for example, no more
15369@c messages which are specific to versions before 1.9)
15370@c and then move the old messages to an "old messages"
15371@c node rather than deleting them completely.
15372
15373@table @code
15374@c FIXME: What is the correct way to format a multiline
15375@c error message here?  Maybe @table is the wrong
15376@c choice?  Texinfo gurus?
15377@item @var{file}:@var{line}: Assertion '@var{text}' failed
15378The exact format of this message may vary depending on
15379your system.  It indicates a bug in @sc{cvs}, which can
15380be handled as described in @ref{BUGS}.
15381
15382@item cvs @var{command}: authorization failed: server @var{host} rejected access
15383This is a generic response when trying to connect to a
15384pserver server which chooses not to provide a
15385specific reason for denying authorization.  Check that
15386the username and password specified are correct and
15387that the @code{CVSROOT} specified is allowed by @samp{--allow-root}
15388in @file{inetd.conf}.  See @ref{Password authenticated}.
15389
15390@item cvs @var{command}: conflict: removed @var{file} was modified by second party
15391This message indicates that you removed a file, and
15392someone else modified it.  To resolve the conflict,
15393first run @samp{cvs add @var{file}}.  If desired, look
15394at the other party's modification to decide whether you
15395still want to remove it.  If you don't want to remove
15396it, stop here.  If you do want to remove it, proceed
15397with @samp{cvs remove @var{file}} and commit your
15398removal.
15399@c Tests conflicts2-142b* in sanity.sh test for this.
15400
15401@item cannot change permissions on temporary directory
15402@example
15403Operation not permitted
15404@end example
15405This message has been happening in a non-reproducible,
15406occasional way when we run the client/server testsuite,
15407both on Red Hat Linux 3.0.3 and 4.1.  We haven't been
15408able to figure out what causes it, nor is it known
15409whether it is specific to Linux (or even to this
15410particular machine!).  If the problem does occur on
15411other unices, @samp{Operation not permitted} would be
15412likely to read @samp{Not owner} or whatever the system
15413in question uses for the unix @code{EPERM} error.  If
15414you have any information to add, please let us know as
15415described in @ref{BUGS}.  If you experience this error
15416while using @sc{cvs}, retrying the operation which
15417produced it should work fine.
15418@c This has been seen in a variety of tests, including
15419@c multibranch-2, multibranch-5, and basic1-24-rm-rm,
15420@c so it doesn't seem particularly specific to any one
15421@c test.
15422
15423@item cvs [server aborted]: Cannot check out files into the repository itself
15424The obvious cause for this message (especially for
15425non-client/server @sc{cvs}) is that the @sc{cvs} root
15426is, for example, @file{/usr/local/cvsroot} and you try
15427to check out files when you are in a subdirectory, such
15428as @file{/usr/local/cvsroot/test}.  However, there is a
15429more subtle cause, which is that the temporary
15430directory on the server is set to a subdirectory of the
15431root (which is also not allowed).  If this is the
15432problem, set the temporary directory to somewhere else,
15433for example @file{/var/tmp}; see @code{TMPDIR} in
15434@ref{Environment variables}, for how to set the
15435temporary directory.
15436
15437@item cannot commit files as 'root'
15438See @samp{'root' is not allowed to commit files}.
15439
15440@c For one example see basica-1a10 in the testsuite
15441@c For another example, "cvs co ." on NT; see comment
15442@c at windows-NT/filesubr.c (expand_wild).
15443@c For another example, "cvs co foo/bar" where foo exists.
15444@item cannot open CVS/Entries for reading: No such file or directory
15445This generally indicates a @sc{cvs} internal error, and
15446can be handled as with other @sc{cvs} bugs
15447(@pxref{BUGS}).  Usually there is a workaround---the
15448exact nature of which would depend on the situation but
15449which hopefully could be figured out.
15450
15451@c This is more obscure than it might sound; it only
15452@c happens if you run "cvs init" from a directory which
15453@c contains a CVS/Root file at the start.
15454@item cvs [init aborted]: cannot open CVS/Root: No such file or directory
15455This message is harmless.  Provided it is not
15456accompanied by other errors, the operation has
15457completed successfully.  This message should not occur
15458with current versions of @sc{cvs}, but it is documented
15459here for the benefit of @sc{cvs} 1.9 and older.
15460
15461@item cvs server: cannot open /root/.cvsignore: Permission denied
15462@itemx cvs [server aborted]: can't chdir(/root): Permission denied
15463See @ref{Connection}.
15464
15465@item cvs [checkout aborted]: cannot rename file @var{file} to CVS/,,@var{file}: Invalid argument
15466This message has been reported as intermittently
15467happening with @sc{cvs} 1.9 on Solaris 2.5.  The cause is
15468unknown; if you know more about what causes it, let us
15469know as described in @ref{BUGS}.
15470
15471@item cvs [@var{command} aborted]: cannot start server via rcmd
15472This, unfortunately, is a rather nonspecific error
15473message which @sc{cvs} 1.9 will print if you are
15474running the @sc{cvs} client and it is having trouble
15475connecting to the server.  Current versions of @sc{cvs}
15476should print a much more specific error message.  If
15477you get this message when you didn't mean to run the
15478client at all, you probably forgot to specify
15479@code{:local:}, as described in @ref{Repository}.
15480
15481@item ci: @var{file},v: bad diff output line: Binary files - and /tmp/T2a22651 differ
15482@sc{cvs} 1.9 and older will print this message
15483when trying to check in a binary file if
15484@sc{rcs} is not correctly installed.  Re-read the
15485instructions that came with your @sc{rcs} distribution
15486and the @sc{install} file in the @sc{cvs}
15487distribution.  Alternately, upgrade to a current
15488version of @sc{cvs}, which checks in files itself
15489rather than via @sc{rcs}.
15490
15491@item cvs checkout: could not check out @var{file}
15492With @sc{cvs} 1.9, this can mean that the @code{co} program
15493(part of @sc{rcs}) returned a failure.  It should be
15494preceded by another error message, however it has been
15495observed without another error message and the cause is
15496not well-understood.  With the current version of @sc{cvs},
15497which does not run @code{co}, if this message occurs
15498without another error message, it is definitely a @sc{cvs}
15499bug (@pxref{BUGS}).
15500@c My current suspicion is that the RCS in the rcs (not
15501@c cvs/winnt/rcs57nt.zip) directory on the _Practical_
15502@c CD is bad (remains to be confirmed).
15503@c There is also a report of something which looks
15504@c very similar on SGI, Irix 5.2, so I dunno.
15505
15506@item cvs [login aborted]: could not find out home directory
15507This means that you need to set the environment
15508variables that @sc{cvs} uses to locate your home directory.
15509See the discussion of @code{HOME}, @code{HOMEDRIVE}, and @code{HOMEPATH} in
15510@ref{Environment variables}.
15511
15512@item cvs update: could not merge revision @var{rev} of @var{file}: No such file or directory
15513@sc{cvs} 1.9 and older will print this message if there was
15514a problem finding the @code{rcsmerge} program.  Make
15515sure that it is in your @code{PATH}, or upgrade to a
15516current version of @sc{cvs}, which does not require
15517an external @code{rcsmerge} program.
15518
15519@item cvs [update aborted]: could not patch @var{file}: No such file or directory
15520This means that there was a problem finding the
15521@code{patch} program.  Make sure that it is in your
15522@code{PATH}.  Note that despite appearances the message
15523is @emph{not} referring to whether it can find @var{file}.
15524If both the client and the server are running a current
15525version of @sc{cvs}, then there is no need for an
15526external patch program and you should not see this
15527message.  But if either client or server is running
15528@sc{cvs} 1.9, then you need @code{patch}.
15529
15530@item cvs update: could not patch @var{file}; will refetch
15531This means that for whatever reason the client was
15532unable to apply a patch that the server sent.  The
15533message is nothing to be concerned about, because
15534inability to apply the patch only slows things down and
15535has no effect on what @sc{cvs} does.
15536@c xref to update output.  Or File status?
15537@c Or some place else that
15538@c explains this whole "patch"/P/Needs Patch thing?
15539
15540@item dying gasps from @var{server} unexpected
15541There is a known bug in the server for @sc{cvs} 1.9.18
15542and older which can cause this.  For me, this was
15543reproducible if I used the @samp{-t} global option.  It
15544was fixed by Andy Piper's 14 Nov 1997 change to
15545src/filesubr.c, if anyone is curious.
15546If you see the message,
15547you probably can just retry the operation which failed,
15548or if you have discovered information concerning its
15549cause, please let us know as described in @ref{BUGS}.
15550
15551@item end of file from server (consult above messages if any)
15552The most common cause for this message is if you are
15553using an external @code{rsh} program and it exited with
15554an error.  In this case the @code{rsh} program should
15555have printed a message, which will appear before the
15556above message.  For more information on setting up a
15557@sc{cvs} client and server, see @ref{Remote repositories}.
15558
15559@item cvs [update aborted]: EOF in key in RCS file @var{file},v
15560@itemx cvs [checkout aborted]: EOF while looking for end of string in RCS file @var{file},v
15561This means that there is a syntax error in the given
15562@sc{rcs} file.  Note that this might be true even if @sc{rcs} can
15563read the file OK; @sc{cvs} does more error checking of
15564errors in the RCS file.  That is why you may see this
15565message when upgrading from @sc{cvs} 1.9 to @sc{cvs}
155661.10.  The likely cause for the original corruption is
15567hardware, the operating system, or the like.  Of
15568course, if you find a case in which @sc{cvs} seems to
15569corrupting the file, by all means report it,
15570(@pxref{BUGS}).
15571There are quite a few variations of this error message,
15572depending on exactly where in the @sc{rcs} file @sc{cvs}
15573finds the syntax error.
15574
15575@cindex mkmodules
15576@item cvs commit: Executing 'mkmodules'
15577This means that your repository is set up for a version
15578of @sc{cvs} prior to @sc{cvs} 1.8.  When using @sc{cvs}
155791.8 or later, the above message will be preceded by
15580
15581@example
15582cvs commit: Rebuilding administrative file database
15583@end example
15584
15585If you see both messages, the database is being rebuilt
15586twice, which is unnecessary but harmless.  If you wish
15587to avoid the duplication, and you have no versions of
15588@sc{cvs} 1.7 or earlier in use, remove @code{-i mkmodules}
15589every place it appears in your @code{modules}
15590file.  For more information on the @code{modules} file,
15591see @ref{modules}.
15592
15593@c This message comes from "co", and I believe is
15594@c possible only with older versions of CVS which call
15595@c co.  The problem with being able to create the bogus
15596@c RCS file still exists, though (and I think maybe
15597@c there is a different symptom(s) now).
15598@c FIXME: Would be nice to have a more exact wording
15599@c for this message.
15600@item missing author
15601Typically this can happen if you created an RCS file
15602with your username set to empty.  @sc{cvs} will, bogusly,
15603create an illegal RCS file with no value for the author
15604field.  The solution is to make sure your username is
15605set to a non-empty value and re-create the RCS file.
15606@c "make sure your username is set" is complicated in
15607@c and of itself, as there are the environment
15608@c variables the system login name, &c, and it depends
15609@c on the version of CVS.
15610
15611@item cvs [checkout aborted]: no such tag @var{tag}
15612This message means that @sc{cvs} isn't familiar with
15613the tag @var{tag}.  Usually the root cause is that you have
15614mistyped a tag name.  Ocassionally this can also occur because the
15615users creating tags do not have permissions to write to the
15616@file{CVSROOT/val-tags} file (@pxref{File permissions}, for more).
15617
15618Prior to @sc{cvs} version 1.12.10, there were a few relatively
15619obscure cases where a given tag could be created in an archive
15620file in the repository but @sc{cvs} would require the user to
15621@c Search sanity.sh for "no such tag" to see some of
15622@c the relatively obscure cases.
15623try a few other @sc{cvs} commands involving that tag
15624until one was found whch caused @sc{cvs} to update
15625@cindex CVSROOT/val-tags file, forcing tags into
15626@cindex val-tags file, forcing tags into
15627the @file{val-tags} file, at which point the originally failing command
15628would begin to work.  This same method can be used to repair a @file{val-tags}
15629file that becomes out of date due to the permissions problem mentioned above.
15630This updating is only required once per tag - once a tag is listed in
15631@file{val-tags}, it stays there.
15632
15633Note that using @samp{tag -f} to not require tag matches did not and
15634does not override this check (@pxref{Common options}). 
15635 
15636@item *PANIC* administration files missing
15637This typically means that there is a directory named
15638@sc{cvs} but it does not contain the administrative files
15639which @sc{cvs} puts in a CVS directory.  If the problem is
15640that you created a CVS directory via some mechanism
15641other than @sc{cvs}, then the answer is simple, use a name
15642other than @sc{cvs}.  If not, it indicates a @sc{cvs} bug
15643(@pxref{BUGS}).
15644
15645@item rcs error: Unknown option: -x,v/
15646This message will be followed by a usage message for
15647@sc{rcs}.  It means that you have an old version of
15648@sc{rcs} (probably supplied with your operating
15649system), as well as an old version of @sc{cvs}.
15650@sc{cvs} 1.9.18 and earlier only work with @sc{rcs} version 5 and
15651later; current versions of @sc{cvs} do not run @sc{rcs} programs.
15652@c For more information on installing @sc{cvs}, see
15653@c (FIXME: where?  it depends on whether you are
15654@c getting binaries or sources or what).
15655@c The message can also say "ci error" or something
15656@c instead of "rcs error", I suspect.
15657
15658@item cvs [server aborted]: received broken pipe signal
15659This message can be caused by a loginfo program that fails to
15660read all of the log information from its standard input.
15661If you find it happening in any other circumstances,
15662please let us know as described in @ref{BUGS}.
15663
15664@item 'root' is not allowed to commit files
15665When committing a permanent change, @sc{cvs} makes a log entry of
15666who committed the change.  If you are committing the change logged
15667in as "root" (not under "su" or other root-priv giving program),
15668@sc{cvs} cannot determine who is actually making the change.
15669As such, by default, @sc{cvs} disallows changes to be committed by users
15670logged in as "root".  (You can disable this option by passing the
15671@code{--enable-rootcommit} option to @file{configure} and recompiling @sc{cvs}.
15672On some systems this means editing the appropriate @file{config.h} file
15673before building @sc{cvs}.)
15674
15675@item cvs [server aborted]: Secondary out of sync with primary!
15676
15677This usually means that the version of @sc{cvs} running on a secondary
15678server is incompatible with the version running on the primary server
15679(@pxref{Write proxies}).
15680This will not occur if the client supports redirection.
15681
15682It is not the version number that is significant here, but the list of
15683supported requests that the servers provide to the client.
15684For example, even if both servers were the same version,
15685if the secondary was compiled with GSSAPI support and the primary was not,
15686the list of supported requests provided by the two servers
15687would be different and the secondary would not work as a transparent
15688proxy to the primary.
15689Conversely, even if the two servers were radically different versions
15690but both provided the same list of valid requests to the client,
15691the transparent proxy would succeed.
15692
15693@item Terminated with fatal signal 11
15694This message usually indicates that @sc{cvs} (the server, if you're
15695using client/server mode) has run out of (virtual) memory.
15696Although @sc{cvs} tries to catch the error and issue a more meaningful
15697message, there are many circumstances where that is not possible.
15698If you appear to have lots of memory available to the system,
15699the problem is most likely that you're running into a system-wide
15700limit on the amount of memory a single process can use or a
15701similar process-specific limit.
15702The mechanisms for displaying and setting such limits vary from
15703system to system, so you'll have to consult an expert for your
15704particular system if you don't know how to do that.
15705
15706@item Too many arguments!
15707This message is typically printed by the @file{log.pl}
15708script which is in the @file{contrib} directory in the
15709@sc{cvs} source distribution.  In some versions of
15710@sc{cvs}, @file{log.pl} has been part of the default
15711@sc{cvs} installation.  The @file{log.pl} script gets
15712called from the @file{loginfo} administrative file.
15713Check that the arguments passed in @file{loginfo} match
15714what your version of @file{log.pl} expects.  In
15715particular, the @file{log.pl} from @sc{cvs} 1.3 and
15716older expects the log file as an argument whereas the
15717@file{log.pl} from @sc{cvs} 1.5 and newer expects the
15718log file to be specified with a @samp{-f} option.  Of
15719course, if you don't need @file{log.pl} you can just
15720comment it out of @file{loginfo}.
15721
15722@item cvs [update aborted]: unexpected EOF reading @var{file},v
15723See @samp{EOF in key in RCS file}.
15724
15725@item cvs [login aborted]: unrecognized auth response from @var{server}
15726This message typically means that the server is not set
15727up properly.  For example, if @file{inetd.conf} points
15728to a nonexistent cvs executable.  To debug it further,
15729find the log file which inetd writes
15730(@file{/var/log/messages} or whatever inetd uses on
15731your system).  For details, see @ref{Connection}, and
15732@ref{Password authentication server}.
15733
15734@item cvs commit: Up-to-date check failed for `@var{file}'
15735This means that someone else has committed a change to
15736that file since the last time that you did a @code{cvs
15737update}.  So before proceeding with your @code{cvs
15738commit} you need to @code{cvs update}.  @sc{cvs} will merge
15739the changes that you made and the changes that the
15740other person made.  If it does not detect any conflicts
15741it will report @samp{M @var{file}} and you are ready
15742to @code{cvs commit}.  If it detects conflicts it will
15743print a message saying so, will report @samp{C @var{file}},
15744and you need to manually resolve the
15745conflict.  For more details on this process see
15746@ref{Conflicts example}.
15747
15748@item Usage:	diff3 [-exEX3 [-i | -m] [-L label1 -L label3]] file1 file2 file3
15749@example
15750Only one of [exEX3] allowed
15751@end example
15752This indicates a problem with the installation of
15753@code{diff3} and @code{rcsmerge}.  Specifically
15754@code{rcsmerge} was compiled to look for GNU diff3, but
15755it is finding unix diff3 instead.  The exact text of
15756the message will vary depending on the system.  The
15757simplest solution is to upgrade to a current version of
15758@sc{cvs}, which does not rely on external
15759@code{rcsmerge} or @code{diff3} programs.
15760
15761@item warning: unrecognized response `@var{text}' from cvs server
15762If @var{text} contains a valid response (such as
15763@samp{ok}) followed by an extra carriage return
15764character (on many systems this will cause the second
15765part of the message to overwrite the first part), then
15766it probably means that you are using the @samp{:ext:}
15767access method with a version of rsh, such as most
15768non-unix rsh versions, which does not by default
15769provide a transparent data stream.  In such cases you
15770probably want to try @samp{:server:} instead of
15771@samp{:ext:}.  If @var{text} is something else, this
15772may signify a problem with your @sc{cvs} server.
15773Double-check your installation against the instructions
15774for setting up the @sc{cvs} server.
15775@c FIXCVS: should be printing CR as \r or \015 or some
15776@c such, probably.
15777
15778@item cvs commit: [@var{time}] waiting for @var{user}'s lock in @var{directory}
15779This is a normal message, not an error.  See
15780@ref{Concurrency}, for more details.
15781
15782@item cvs commit: warning: editor session failed
15783@cindex Exit status, of editor
15784This means that the editor which @sc{cvs} is using exits with a nonzero
15785exit status.  Some versions of vi will do this even when there was not
15786a problem editing the file.  If so, point the
15787@code{CVSEDITOR} environment variable to a small script
15788such as:
15789
15790@example
15791#!/bin/sh
15792vi $*
15793exit 0
15794@end example
15795
15796@item cvs update: warning: @var{file} was lost
15797This means that the working copy of @var{file} has been deleted
15798but it has not been removed from @sc{cvs}.
15799This is nothing to be concerned about,
15800the update will just recreate the local file from the repository.
15801(This is a convenient way to discard local changes to a file:
15802just delete it and then run @code{cvs update}.)
15803
15804@item cvs update: warning: @var{file} is not (any longer) pertinent
15805This means that the working copy of @var{file} has been deleted,
15806it has not been removed from @sc{cvs} in the current working directory,
15807but it has been removed from @sc{cvs} in some other working directory.
15808This is nothing to be concerned about,
15809the update would have removed the local file anyway.
15810
15811@end table
15812
15813@node Connection
15814@appendixsec Trouble making a connection to a CVS server
15815
15816This section concerns what to do if you are having
15817trouble making a connection to a @sc{cvs} server.  If
15818you are running the @sc{cvs} command line client
15819running on Windows, first upgrade the client to
15820@sc{cvs} 1.9.12 or later.  The error reporting in
15821earlier versions provided much less information about
15822what the problem was.  If the client is non-Windows,
15823@sc{cvs} 1.9 should be fine.
15824
15825If the error messages are not sufficient to track down
15826the problem, the next steps depend largely on which
15827access method you are using.
15828
15829@table @code
15830@cindex :ext:, troubleshooting
15831@item :ext:
15832Try running the rsh program from the command line.  For
15833example: "rsh servername cvs -v" should print @sc{cvs}
15834version information.  If this doesn't work, you need to
15835fix it before you can worry about @sc{cvs} problems.
15836
15837@cindex :server:, troubleshooting
15838@item :server:
15839You don't need a command line rsh program to use this
15840access method, but if you have an rsh program around,
15841it may be useful as a debugging tool.  Follow the
15842directions given for :ext:.
15843
15844@cindex :pserver:, troubleshooting
15845@item :pserver:
15846Errors along the lines of "connection refused" typically indicate
15847that inetd isn't even listening for connections on port 2401
15848whereas errors like "connection reset by peer",
15849"received broken pipe signal", "recv() from server: EOF",
15850or "end of file from server"
15851typically indicate that inetd is listening for
15852connections but is unable to start @sc{cvs} (this is frequently
15853caused by having an incorrect path in @file{inetd.conf}
15854or by firewall software rejecting the connection).
15855"unrecognized auth response" errors are caused by a bad command
15856line in @file{inetd.conf}, typically an invalid option or forgetting
15857to put the @samp{pserver} command at the end of the line.
15858Another less common problem is invisible control characters that
15859your editor "helpfully" added without you noticing.
15860
15861One good debugging tool is to "telnet servername
158622401".  After connecting, send any text (for example
15863"foo" followed by return).  If @sc{cvs} is working
15864correctly, it will respond with
15865
15866@example
15867cvs [pserver aborted]: bad auth protocol start: foo
15868@end example
15869
15870If instead you get:
15871
15872@example
15873Usage: cvs [cvs-options] command [command-options-and-arguments]
15874...
15875@end example
15876
15877@noindent
15878then you're missing the @samp{pserver} command at the end of the
15879line in @file{inetd.conf}; check to make sure that the entire command
15880is on one line and that it's complete.
15881
15882Likewise, if you get something like:
15883
15884@example
15885Unknown command: `pserved'
15886
15887CVS commands are:
15888        add          Add a new file/directory to the repository
15889...
15890@end example
15891
15892@noindent
15893then you've misspelled @samp{pserver} in some way.  If it isn't
15894obvious, check for invisible control characters (particularly
15895carriage returns) in @file{inetd.conf}.
15896
15897If it fails to work at all, then make sure inetd is working
15898right.  Change the invocation in @file{inetd.conf} to run the
15899echo program instead of cvs.  For example:
15900
15901@example
159022401  stream  tcp  nowait  root /bin/echo echo hello
15903@end example
15904
15905After making that change and instructing inetd to
15906re-read its configuration file, "telnet servername
159072401" should show you the text hello and then the
15908server should close the connection.  If this doesn't
15909work, you need to fix it before you can worry about
15910@sc{cvs} problems.
15911
15912On AIX systems, the system will often have its own
15913program trying to use port 2401.  This is AIX's problem
15914in the sense that port 2401 is registered for use with
15915@sc{cvs}.  I hear that there is an AIX patch available
15916to address this problem.
15917
15918Another good debugging tool is the @samp{-d}
15919(debugging) option to inetd.  Consult your system
15920documentation for more information.
15921
15922If you seem to be connecting but get errors like:
15923
15924@example
15925cvs server: cannot open /root/.cvsignore: Permission denied
15926cvs [server aborted]: can't chdir(/root): Permission denied
15927@end example
15928
15929@noindent
15930then you probably haven't specified @samp{-f} in @file{inetd.conf}.
15931(In releases prior to @sc{cvs} 1.11.1, this problem can be caused by
15932your system setting the @code{$HOME} environment variable
15933for programs being run by inetd.  In this case, you can either
15934have inetd run a shell script that unsets @code{$HOME} and then runs
15935@sc{cvs}, or you can use @code{env} to run @sc{cvs} with a pristine
15936environment.)
15937
15938If you can connect successfully for a while but then can't,
15939you've probably hit inetd's rate limit.
15940(If inetd receives too many requests for the same service
15941in a short period of time, it assumes that something is wrong
15942and temporarily disables the service.)
15943Check your inetd documentation to find out how to adjust the
15944rate limit (some versions of inetd have a single rate limit,
15945others allow you to set the limit for each service separately.)
15946@end table
15947
15948@node Other problems
15949@appendixsec Other common problems
15950
15951Here is a list of problems which do not fit into the
15952above categories.  They are in no particular order.
15953
15954@itemize @bullet
15955@item
15956On Windows, if there is a 30 second or so delay when
15957you run a @sc{cvs} command, it may mean that you have
15958your home directory set to @file{C:/}, for example (see
15959@code{HOMEDRIVE} and @code{HOMEPATH} in
15960@ref{Environment variables}).  @sc{cvs} expects the home
15961directory to not end in a slash, for example @file{C:}
15962or @file{C:\cvs}.
15963@c FIXCVS: CVS should at least detect this and print an
15964@c error, presumably.
15965
15966@item
15967If you are running @sc{cvs} 1.9.18 or older, and
15968@code{cvs update} finds a conflict and tries to
15969merge, as described in @ref{Conflicts example}, but
15970doesn't tell you there were conflicts, then you may
15971have an old version of @sc{rcs}.  The easiest solution
15972probably is to upgrade to a current version of
15973@sc{cvs}, which does not rely on external @sc{rcs}
15974programs.
15975@end itemize
15976
15977@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15978@node Credits
15979@appendix Credits
15980
15981@cindex Contributors (manual)
15982@cindex Credits (manual)
15983Roland Pesch, then of Cygnus Support <@t{roland@@wrs.com}>
15984wrote the manual pages which were distributed with
15985@sc{cvs} 1.3.  Much of their text was copied into this
15986manual.  He also read an early draft
15987of this manual and contributed many ideas and
15988corrections.
15989
15990The mailing-list @code{info-cvs} is sometimes
15991informative. I have included information from postings
15992made by the following persons:
15993David G. Grubbs <@t{dgg@@think.com}>.
15994
15995Some text has been extracted from the man pages for
15996@sc{rcs}.
15997
15998The @sc{cvs} @sc{faq} by David G. Grubbs has provided
15999useful material.  The @sc{faq} is no longer maintained,
16000however, and this manual is about the closest thing there
16001is to a successor (with respect to documenting how to
16002use @sc{cvs}, at least).
16003
16004In addition, the following persons have helped by
16005telling me about mistakes I've made:
16006
16007@display
16008Roxanne Brunskill <@t{rbrunski@@datap.ca}>,
16009Kathy Dyer <@t{dyer@@phoenix.ocf.llnl.gov}>,
16010Karl Pingle <@t{pingle@@acuson.com}>,
16011Thomas A Peterson <@t{tap@@src.honeywell.com}>,
16012Inge Wallin <@t{ingwa@@signum.se}>,
16013Dirk Koschuetzki <@t{koschuet@@fmi.uni-passau.de}>
16014and Michael Brown <@t{brown@@wi.extrel.com}>.
16015@end display
16016
16017The list of contributors here is not comprehensive; for a more
16018complete list of who has contributed to this manual see
16019the file @file{doc/ChangeLog} in the @sc{cvs} source
16020distribution.
16021
16022@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16023@node BUGS
16024@appendix Dealing with bugs in CVS or this manual
16025
16026@cindex Bugs in this manual or CVS
16027Neither @sc{cvs} nor this manual is perfect, and they
16028probably never will be.  If you are having trouble
16029using @sc{cvs}, or think you have found a bug, there
16030are a number of things you can do about it.  Note that
16031if the manual is unclear, that can be considered a bug
16032in the manual, so these problems are often worth doing
16033something about as well as problems with @sc{cvs} itself.
16034
16035@cindex Reporting bugs
16036@cindex Bugs, reporting
16037@cindex Errors, reporting
16038@itemize @bullet
16039@item
16040If you want someone to help you and fix bugs that you
16041report, there are companies which will do that for a
16042fee.  One such company is:
16043
16044@cindex Ximbiot
16045@cindex Support, getting CVS support
16046@example
16047Ximbiot
16048319 S. River St.
16049Harrisburg, PA  17104-1657
16050USA
16051Email: info@@ximbiot.com
16052Phone: (717) 579-6168
16053Fax:   (717) 234-3125
16054@url{http://ximbiot.com/}
16055
16056@end example
16057
16058@item
16059If you got @sc{cvs} through a distributor, such as an
16060operating system vendor or a vendor of freeware
16061@sc{cd-rom}s, you may wish to see whether the
16062distributor provides support.  Often, they will provide
16063no support or minimal support, but this may vary from
16064distributor to distributor.
16065
16066@item
16067If you have the skills and time to do so, you may wish
16068to fix the bug yourself.  If you wish to submit your
16069fix for inclusion in future releases of @sc{cvs}, see
16070the file @sc{hacking} in the @sc{cvs} source
16071distribution.  It contains much more information on the
16072process of submitting fixes.
16073
16074@item
16075There may be resources on the net which can help.  A
16076good place to start is:
16077
16078@example
16079@url{http://cvs.nongnu.org/}
16080@end example
16081
16082If you are so inspired, increasing the information
16083available on the net is likely to be appreciated.  For
16084example, before the standard @sc{cvs} distribution
16085worked on Windows 95, there was a web page with some
16086explanation and patches for running @sc{cvs} on Windows
1608795, and various people helped out by mentioning this
16088page on mailing lists or newsgroups when the subject
16089came up.
16090
16091@item
16092It is also possible to report bugs to @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}.
16093Note that someone may or may not want to do anything
16094with your bug report---if you need a solution consider
16095one of the options mentioned above.  People probably do
16096want to hear about bugs which are particularly severe
16097in consequences and/or easy to fix, however.  You can
16098also increase your odds by being as clear as possible
16099about the exact nature of the bug and any other
16100relevant information.  The way to report bugs is to
16101send email to @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}.  Note
16102that submissions to @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org} may be distributed
16103under the terms of the @sc{gnu} Public License, so if
16104you don't like this, don't submit them.  There is
16105usually no justification for sending mail directly to
16106one of the @sc{cvs} maintainers rather than to
16107@email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}; those maintainers who want to hear
16108about such bug reports read @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}.  Also note
16109that sending a bug report to other mailing lists or
16110newsgroups is @emph{not} a substitute for sending it to
16111@email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}.  It is fine to discuss @sc{cvs} bugs on
16112whatever forum you prefer, but there are not
16113necessarily any maintainers reading bug reports sent
16114anywhere except @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}.
16115@end itemize
16116
16117@cindex Known bugs in this manual or CVS
16118People often ask if there is a list of known bugs or
16119whether a particular bug is a known one.  The file
16120@sc{bugs} in the @sc{cvs} source distribution is one
16121list of known bugs, but it doesn't necessarily try to
16122be comprehensive.  Perhaps there will never be a
16123comprehensive, detailed list of known bugs.
16124
16125@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16126@node Index
16127@unnumbered Index
16128@cindex Index
16129
16130@printindex cp
16131
16132@bye
16133
16134Local Variables:
16135fill-column: 55
16136End:
16137